TW201310170A - Color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing color filter - Google Patents

Color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing color filter Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201310170A
TW201310170A TW101129765A TW101129765A TW201310170A TW 201310170 A TW201310170 A TW 201310170A TW 101129765 A TW101129765 A TW 101129765A TW 101129765 A TW101129765 A TW 101129765A TW 201310170 A TW201310170 A TW 201310170A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
compound
color filter
radiation
acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW101129765A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI541601B (en
Inventor
Yasunobu Suzuki
Akihisa Honda
Tsutomu Okuda
Daigo Ichinohe
Original Assignee
Jsr Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Jsr Corp filed Critical Jsr Corp
Publication of TW201310170A publication Critical patent/TW201310170A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI541601B publication Critical patent/TWI541601B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/1303Apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture of LCDs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

A color filter having high reliability and cured at a lower temperature is provided, and a liquid crystal display device using the color filter is provided. The color filter 10 is produced using a coloring pattern 6, a protective film 8 and a spacer 9. The coloring pattern 6 contains any of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments, triarylmethane dyes and azoic dyes. The protective film 8 is formed from a first radiation sensitive resin composition containing siloxane polymer. The spacer 9 is formed from a second radiation sensitive resin composition containing an alkali soluble resin and at least one compound represented by formula (1) or (2). The liquid crystal display device 1 is constructed by using the color filter 10.

Description

彩色濾光片、液晶顯示元件及彩色濾光片的製造方法 Color filter, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing color filter

本發明涉及一種彩色濾光片、液晶顯示元件及彩色濾光片的製造方法。 The present invention relates to a color filter, a liquid crystal display element, and a method of manufacturing a color filter.

液晶顯示元件例如在玻璃基板等一對基板中夾持液晶而構成。 The liquid crystal display element is configured by sandwiching a liquid crystal, for example, on a pair of substrates such as a glass substrate.

液晶顯示元件可以在夾持液晶的基板的表面具有液晶配向用配向膜。在先前,通過散佈等而在液晶顯示元件的基板間配置由玻璃、氧化鋁或樹脂所形成的球狀或棒狀的間隔件,液晶的厚度保持為1 μm~10 μm左右的規定值。液晶顯示元件對自背光源或外光等光源所放射的光發揮作為微細的光閘(shutter)的功能。而且,液晶顯示元件使光部分性透過或者遮光而進行顯示,具有薄型、輕量等優異的特徵。 The liquid crystal display element may have a liquid crystal alignment alignment film on the surface of the substrate sandwiching the liquid crystal. In the prior art, a spherical or rod-shaped spacer formed of glass, alumina, or resin is placed between the substrates of the liquid crystal display element by dispersion or the like, and the thickness of the liquid crystal is maintained at a predetermined value of about 1 μm to 10 μm. The liquid crystal display element functions as a fine shutter for light emitted from a light source such as a backlight or external light. Further, the liquid crystal display element transmits light by partially transmitting or blocking light, and is excellent in characteristics such as thinness and lightness.

液晶顯示元件在開發的當初是用作以字符顯示等為中心的計算器或時鐘的顯示元件。其後,由於變得可進行大畫面中的點陣顯示,因此將用途擴大至筆記本電腦的顯示元件等中。 The liquid crystal display element was originally developed as a display element of a calculator or a clock centered on a character display or the like. Thereafter, since dot matrix display in a large screen can be performed, the use is expanded to a display element of a notebook computer or the like.

而且,液晶顯示元件克服了高精細化、彩色化及視角擴大等課題,將用途進一步擴大到PC(個人電腦)的顯示器用途中。於最近,實現了更廣的視角、液晶的高速響應化及顯示品質的提高等,從而用作大型的薄型電視用顯示元件。 Further, the liquid crystal display element overcomes the problems of high definition, colorization, and viewing angle expansion, and further expands the use to display applications of PCs (Personal Computers). Recently, a wide viewing angle, high-speed response of liquid crystals, and improvement in display quality have been realized, and it has been used as a display element for a large-sized thin television.

可實現此種液晶顯示元件的發展的技術之一是如上所述的可實現彩色顯示的彩色化技術。 One of the techniques for realizing the development of such a liquid crystal display element is the colorization technique which realizes color display as described above.

液晶顯示元件通常不能以其自身顯色,從而難以進行彩色顯示。因此,開發了利用彩色濾光片的技術,變得可實現彩色顯示。 Liquid crystal display elements generally cannot develop color by themselves, making it difficult to perform color display. Therefore, a technique using a color filter has been developed, and color display can be realized.

另外,使用彩色濾光片的彩色化技術亦可用於使用白色發光層的有機電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)元件或電子紙等的彩色顯示中。另外,若利用彩色濾光片,則變得可進行電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)圖像傳感器、互補型金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)圖像傳感器等固體攝像元件的彩色攝影。 Further, the coloring technique using a color filter can also be used for color display of an organic electroluminescence (EL) element or an electronic paper using a white light-emitting layer. In addition, when a color filter is used, a solid-state imaging device such as a charge coupled device (CCD) image sensor or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensor can be used. Color photography.

彩色濾光片包含玻璃等透明基板與紅、綠及藍等的微小著色圖案。著色圖案採用格子狀等規則形狀而排列於透明基板上。 The color filter includes a transparent substrate such as glass and a minute colored pattern of red, green, and blue. The coloring patterns are arranged on a transparent substrate in a regular shape such as a lattice shape.

彩色濾光片的製造方法例如已知有如下所述的方法。於透明基板上或者形成有所期望的圖案的遮光層的透明基板上,塗布適當的可感應照射線的著色組成物。著色組成物可使用在著色劑中包含紅、綠、藍等的顏料的顏料分散型著色感放射線性組成物。其次,使塗膜乾燥後,介隔掩模而對乾燥塗膜照射放射線(以下稱為“曝光”),實施顯影處理。然後,進行例如230℃等超過200℃的高溫下的硬化,通過該些操作而獲得定影的著色圖案(例如參照專利文獻1或專利文獻2)。 As a method of manufacturing a color filter, for example, the method described below is known. A colored composition of an appropriate inductive illumination line is applied to a transparent substrate or a transparent substrate on which a light-shielding layer having a desired pattern is formed. As the coloring composition, a pigment dispersion type coloring radiation-sensitive linear composition containing a pigment such as red, green, or blue in the coloring agent can be used. Next, after drying the coating film, the dried coating film is irradiated with radiation (hereinafter referred to as "exposure") through a mask, and development processing is performed. Then, the curing at a high temperature of, for example, 230 ° C or higher is performed at a high temperature, and a fixed color pattern is obtained by these operations (for example, refer to Patent Document 1 or Patent Document 2).

近年來,對於顯示元件的高畫質化及高亮度化的要求日益變高,對於彩色濾光片也強烈要求能夠有助於此種性能提高。為了實現顯示元件的高對比度化或固體攝像元件的高精細化,有效的是使用染料作為著色劑(例如參照專利文獻3~專利文獻5)。於彩色濾光片中,使用染料作為著色劑的技術也受到關注。在包含染料的先前的著色組成物中,主要採用將多官能丙烯酸酯、烷氧基甲基三聚氰胺樹脂等與聚合起始劑加以組合的硬化方法。 In recent years, there has been an increasing demand for high image quality and high luminance of display elements, and there is a strong demand for color filters to contribute to such performance improvement. In order to achieve high contrast of the display element or high definition of the solid-state imaging element, it is effective to use a dye as a coloring agent (for example, refer to Patent Document 3 to Patent Document 5). Among color filters, a technique using a dye as a colorant has also been attracting attention. In the prior coloring composition containing a dye, a hardening method in which a polyfunctional acrylate, an alkoxymethyl melamine resin, or the like is combined with a polymerization initiator is mainly used.

然而,在使用包含染料的著色組成物而形成的著色圖案中存在如下的問題:與使用包含顏料的著色組成物的著色圖案相比而言,可靠性、特別是耐熱性差。因此,在用以形成著色圖案的硬化步驟中,要求於更低溫下的加熱。 However, in the colored pattern formed using the colored composition containing the dye, there is a problem that reliability, particularly heat resistance, is inferior to the coloring pattern using the colored composition containing the pigment. Therefore, in the hardening step for forming the colored pattern, heating at a lower temperature is required.

而且,在彩色濾光片的製造中,當形成著色圖案後,在成膜成為電極的ITO(Indium Tin Oxide:摻雜有錫的氧化銦)之前,可以在著色圖案上形成保護膜。該保護膜是為了對著色圖案進行保護,另一方面實現優異的特性的ITO而形成。此處,為了形成保護膜,通常必需硬化步驟。硬化步驟中的加熱變得導致處於保護膜下層的使用包含染料的著色組成物而形成的著色圖案的劣化。因此,要求用以形成保護膜的硬化步驟的低溫化。 Further, in the production of the color filter, after the colored pattern is formed, a protective film can be formed on the colored pattern before the formation of ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) which is an electrode. This protective film is formed to protect the colored pattern and to realize ITO having excellent characteristics. Here, in order to form a protective film, a hardening step is usually necessary. The heating in the hardening step becomes a deterioration of the colored pattern formed by using the colored composition containing the dye in the lower layer of the protective film. Therefore, the low temperature of the hardening step for forming the protective film is required.

另外,在彩色濾光片中,最近盛行開發設置柱狀間隔件的技術(例如參照專利文獻6)。在彩色濾光片上直立設置的柱狀間隔件可使用能夠將夾持液晶的一對基板間的間隔保持為規定值的例如感光性樹脂等而形成。柱狀的間 隔件可高精度地實現基板間所夾持的液晶的厚度的控制。因此,成為代替先前技術中的在上述基板間所配置的球狀或棒狀間隔件的技術,可使液晶顯示元件面內的特性的均一性提高。 In addition, in the color filter, a technique of providing a columnar spacer has recently been developed (for example, refer to Patent Document 6). The columnar spacer which is erected on the color filter can be formed, for example, by using a photosensitive resin or the like which can maintain a predetermined interval between the pair of substrates sandwiching the liquid crystal. Columnar room The spacer can control the thickness of the liquid crystal sandwiched between the substrates with high precision. Therefore, in order to replace the spherical or rod-shaped spacer disposed between the substrates in the prior art, the uniformity of the characteristics in the plane of the liquid crystal display element can be improved.

於彩色濾光片上設置柱狀間隔件時,該間隔件形成於彩色濾光片的作為透明電極的ITO上。亦即,在基板上形成著色圖案後,於其上形成ITO膜,利用例如光刻技術等而在ITO上形成柱狀間隔件。此時,為了形成間隔件,通常必需硬化步驟。該間隔件的硬化步驟中的加熱導致處於其下層的彩色濾光片的著色圖案劣化。特別是在由含有染料的著色組成物而形成著色圖案時,該劣化成為大的問題。因此,對於柱狀間隔件的硬化步驟,強烈要求低溫化。 When a columnar spacer is provided on the color filter, the spacer is formed on the ITO as a transparent electrode of the color filter. That is, after a colored pattern is formed on the substrate, an ITO film is formed thereon, and a columnar spacer is formed on the ITO by, for example, photolithography. At this time, in order to form the spacer, a hardening step is usually necessary. The heating in the hardening step of the spacer causes the colored pattern of the color filter in the lower layer to deteriorate. In particular, when a colored pattern is formed from a colored composition containing a dye, the deterioration becomes a big problem. Therefore, for the hardening step of the column spacer, low temperature is strongly required.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開平2-144502號公報[專利文獻2]日本專利特開平3-53201號公報[專利文獻3]日本專利特開2005-99584號公報[專利文獻4]日本專利特開2007-219466號公報[專利文獻5]日本專利特開2007-316179號公報[專利文獻6]日本專利特開平11-344700號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-316179 (Patent Document 5) Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-344700

如上所述,在使用包含染料的先前的著色組成物而形成的彩色濾光片中存在耐熱性差的問題。 As described above, there is a problem that heat resistance is poor in a color filter formed using a previous coloring composition containing a dye.

因此要求通過低溫的硬化步驟而製造包含著色圖案、保護膜及柱狀間隔件的彩色濾光片。在這種情況下, 先前的彩色濾光片中存在如下的現象:在耐顯影性、或者應用於液晶顯示元件中時的電壓保持率等可靠性方面無法實現充分的性能,從而成為問題。此種問題的原因可列舉:低溫硬化的著色組成物或保護膜或間隔件的硬化反應性不充分。因此,要求開發出使用可包含染料的著色組成物,可通過低溫硬化而形成的可靠性高的彩色濾光片。 Therefore, it is required to manufacture a color filter including a colored pattern, a protective film, and a columnar spacer by a low temperature hardening step. under these circumstances, In the conventional color filter, there is a problem that sufficient performance cannot be achieved in terms of reliability such as development resistance or voltage holding ratio when applied to a liquid crystal display element, which poses a problem. The cause of such a problem is that the coloring composition of the low-temperature curing or the protective film or the spacer has insufficient curing reactivity. Therefore, development of a highly reliable color filter which can be formed by low temperature hardening using a colored composition which can contain a dye is required.

另外,在先前的彩色濾光片的製造中,通過超過200℃的高溫加熱步驟而進行著色圖案形成、保護膜形成、柱狀間隔件(以下,若無特別記載則簡稱為間隔件)的形成。液晶配向用配向膜的成膜也是通過超過200℃的高溫加熱步驟而進行的。然而,於最近,自節能的觀點考慮,逐漸追求此種製造步驟中的加熱步驟的低溫化。亦即,逐漸追求通過使包含硬化步驟的製造步驟低溫化而實現節能。 In the production of the conventional color filter, the formation of the colored pattern, the formation of the protective film, and the formation of the columnar spacer (hereinafter, simply referred to as a spacer unless otherwise specified) are performed by a high-temperature heating step exceeding 200 °C. . The film formation of the alignment film for liquid crystal alignment is also carried out by a high-temperature heating step exceeding 200 °C. However, recently, from the viewpoint of energy saving, the temperature reduction of the heating step in such a manufacturing step is gradually pursued. That is, it is gradually sought to achieve energy saving by lowering the manufacturing steps including the hardening step.

根據以上的狀況,強烈期望如下的彩色濾光片:具有可通過低溫硬化而形成著色圖案的著色組成物,可通過低溫硬化而形成的保護膜及可通過低溫硬化而形成的間隔件,而且耐顯影性、耐熱性、耐溶劑性、電壓保持率等優異,能夠實現液晶顯示元件的高畫質化及高亮度化的彩色濾光片。 In view of the above circumstances, there is a strong demand for a color filter having a colored composition which can form a colored pattern by low-temperature curing, a protective film which can be formed by low-temperature curing, and a spacer which can be formed by low-temperature hardening, and which is resistant. It is excellent in developability, heat resistance, solvent resistance, voltage holding ratio, and the like, and can realize a color filter having high image quality and high luminance of a liquid crystal display element.

本發明是鑒於如上所述的問題而成的。亦即,本發明的目的在於提供彩色濾光片及其製造方法,所述彩色濾光片包含:使用可包含染料的著色組成物而通過低溫硬化所形成的著色圖案、通過低溫硬化而形成的保護膜、以及通 過低溫硬化而形成的間隔件。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems. That is, an object of the present invention is to provide a color filter comprising: a colored pattern formed by low temperature hardening using a colored composition which can contain a dye, and formed by low temperature hardening. Protective film, and through A spacer formed by low temperature hardening.

而且,本發明的其他目的在於提供使用彩色濾光片所構成的液晶顯示元件,所述彩色濾光片包含:使用可包含染料的著色組成物而通過低溫硬化所形成的著色圖案、通過低溫硬化而形成的保護膜、以及通過低溫硬化而形成的間隔件。 Further, another object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display element comprising a color filter comprising: a colored pattern formed by low temperature hardening using a coloring composition which can contain a dye, and hardening by low temperature. The protective film is formed, and a spacer formed by low temperature hardening.

本發明的第1態樣涉及一種彩色濾光片,其特徵在於包含著色圖案、保護膜, A first aspect of the invention relates to a color filter comprising a colored pattern and a protective film.

所述著色圖案含有選自由二酮基吡咯並吡咯類顏料、鹵化鋅酞菁類顏料、三芳基甲烷類染料及偶氮類染料所構成的群組的至少1種著色劑; The coloring pattern contains at least one coloring agent selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, zinc halide phthalocyanine pigments, triarylmethane dyes, and azo dyes;

所述保護膜由含有如下成分的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物形成:[A]矽氧烷聚合物、[B]自由基聚合起始劑、及[C]有機溶劑。 The protective film is formed of a first radiation sensitive resin composition containing the following components: [A] a siloxane polymer, [B] a radical polymerization initiator, and [C] an organic solvent.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選進一步包含間隔件,所述間隔件由含有如下成分的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物形成:[α]鹼溶性樹脂、[β]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[γ]感放射線性聚合起始劑、以及[δ]選自由下述式(1)所表示的化合物及下述式(2)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物; In a first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the spacer further comprises a spacer which is formed of a second radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following components: [α] alkali-soluble resin, [β] having ethylenic unsaturation The polymerizable compound of the bond, the [γ] radiation-sensitive polymerization initiator, and [δ] are selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (1) and a compound represented by the following formula (2). At least one compound;

(在式(1)中,R1~R6分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R1~R6中的至少1個是吸電子基,且R1~R6中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烷基取代;在式(2)中,R7~R16分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R7~R16中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烴基取代;A為單鍵、羰基、羰氧基、羰基亞甲基、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、亞甲基或碳數為2~6的伸烷基;其中,上述 亞甲基及伸烷基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被氰基、鹵素原子或氟烷基取代)。 (In the formula (1), R 1 to R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 1 to R 6 is an electron withdrawing group, and R 1 to R 6 are At least one of the amine groups is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in the formula (2), R 7 to R 16 are each independently hydrogen. An atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 7 to R 16 is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; A is a single bond, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylmethylene group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, a methylene group or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms; wherein the above methylene group and alkylene group All or a part of the hydrogen atom may be substituted by a cyano group, a halogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選著色圖案由含有如下成分的著色組成物而形成:[I]鹼溶性樹脂、[II]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[III]感放射線性聚合起始劑、及[IV]所述著色劑。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the colored pattern is formed of a coloring composition containing the following components: [I] an alkali-soluble resin, [II] a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and [III] radiation-sensitive. a polymerization initiator, and the colorant described in [IV].

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選著色組成物進一步含有[V]選自由上述式(1)所表示的化合物、上述式(2)所表示的化合物、三級胺化合物、胺鹽、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物、硫醇化合物、嵌段異氰酸酯化合物及含有咪唑環的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物。 In the first aspect of the invention, the coloring composition further contains [V] a compound selected from the above formula (1), a compound represented by the above formula (2), a tertiary amine compound, an amine salt, and an anthracene. At least one compound of the group consisting of a salt, a phosphonium salt, a guanamine compound, a thiol compound, a blocked isocyanate compound, and a compound containing an imidazole ring.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選著色組成物中所含有的[I]鹼溶性樹脂是包含如下結構單元的共聚物:(I-1)由選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所構成的群組的至少1種所形成的結構單元、(I-2)由含有環氧基的不飽和化合物所形成的結構單元。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferred that the [I] alkali-soluble resin contained in the coloring composition is a copolymer comprising the following structural unit: (I-1) is selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic anhydrides. At least one structural unit formed in the group formed, and (I-2) a structural unit formed of an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選第1感放射線性樹脂組成物中所含有的[A]矽氧烷聚合物是水解性矽烷化合物的水解縮合物,該水解性矽烷化合物包含:(a1)下述式(A-1)所表示的水解性矽烷化合物、與(a2)下述式(A-2)所表示的水解性矽烷化合物; In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the [A] siloxane polymer contained in the first radiation sensitive resin composition is a hydrolysis condensate of a hydrolyzable decane compound, and the hydrolyzable decane compound comprises: (a1) a hydrolyzable decane compound represented by the following formula (A-1) and (a2) a hydrolyzable decane compound represented by the following formula (A-2);

(在式(A-1)中,R1是碳數為1~6的烷基;R2是包含自由基反應性官能基的有機基;p是1~3的整數;其中,當R1及R2成為多個的情況時,多個R1及R2分別獨立;在式(A-2)中,R3是碳數為1~6的烷基;R4是氫原子、碳數為1~20的烷基、碳數為1~20的氟化烷基、苯基、萘基、環氧基、胺基或異氰酸酯基;n是0~20的整數;q是0~3的整數;其中,當R3及R4成為多個的情況時,多個R3及R4分別獨立)。 (In the formula (A-1), R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R 2 is an organic group containing a radical reactive functional group; p is an integer of 1 to 3; wherein, when R 1 When R 2 is plural, a plurality of R 1 and R 2 are each independently; in the formula (A-2), R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon number. Is an alkyl group of 1 to 20, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an epoxy group, an amine group or an isocyanate group; n is an integer of 0 to 20; q is 0 to 3 An integer; wherein, when R 3 and R 4 are plural, a plurality of R 3 and R 4 are each independently).

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選第1感放射線性樹脂組成物進一步含有[D]除[A]矽氧烷聚合物以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the first radiation sensitive resin composition further contains [D] an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the [A] alkane polymer.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選第1感放射線性樹脂組成物進一步含有[E]感放射線性酸產生劑或感放射線性鹼產生劑。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the first radiation sensitive resin composition further contains an [E] radiation sensitive acid generator or a radiation sensitive alkali generator.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選第2感放射線性樹脂組成物中所含有的[α]鹼溶性樹脂是包含如下結構單元的共聚物:(α-1)由選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所構成的群組的至少1種所形成的結構單元、(α-2)由含有環氧基的不飽和化合物所形成的結構單元。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the [α] alkali-soluble resin contained in the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is a copolymer comprising the following structural unit: (α-1) is selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids And a structural unit formed of at least one of the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic anhydrides and (α-2) a structural unit formed of an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選著色圖案是在200℃以下的硬化溫度下所形成的著色圖案。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the colored pattern is a colored pattern formed at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選保護膜是在200℃以下的硬化溫度下所形成的保護膜。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the protective film is a protective film formed at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選間隔件是在200℃以下的硬化溫度下所形成的間隔件。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferred that the spacer be a spacer formed at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選著色圖案是在比保護膜的硬化溫度更低的硬化溫度下所形成的著色圖案。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the colored pattern is a colored pattern formed at a curing temperature lower than a curing temperature of the protective film.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選著色圖案是在比間隔件的硬化溫度更低的硬化溫度下所形成的著色圖案。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the colored pattern is a colored pattern formed at a curing temperature lower than a curing temperature of the spacer.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選保護膜是在比間隔件的硬化溫度更低的硬化溫度下所形成的保護膜。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the protective film is a protective film formed at a curing temperature lower than a curing temperature of the spacer.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選包含配向膜,所述配向膜是使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑及包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑中的任意種所得的配向膜。 In a first aspect of the invention, it is preferable to include an alignment film which is a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group and a polyimine containing no photo-alignment group. An alignment film obtained from any of the liquid crystal alignment agents.

在本發明的第1態樣中,優選配向膜是使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑所得的配向膜。 In the first aspect of the invention, it is preferred that the alignment film is an alignment film obtained by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group.

本發明的第2態樣涉及一種液晶顯示元件,其特徵在於包含本發明的第1態樣的彩色濾光片。 A second aspect of the invention relates to a liquid crystal display element comprising the color filter of the first aspect of the invention.

本發明的第3態樣涉及一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其特徵在於包括如下步驟:[1]在基板上形成著色組成物的塗膜的步驟,所述著色組成物含有選自由二酮基吡咯並吡咯類顏料、鹵化鋅酞菁類顏料、三芳基甲烷類染料及偶氮類染料所構成的群組的至少1種著色劑;[2]在著色組成物的塗膜上形成著色圖案的步驟;[3]在200℃以下對形成有著色圖案的塗膜進行硬化的步驟;[4]在基板上形成第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜的步驟,所述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有如下的成分:[A]矽氧烷聚合物、[B]自由基聚合起始劑、及[C]有機溶劑;[5]對第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線的步驟;[6]對步驟[5]中照射了放射線的塗膜進行顯影的步驟;[7]在200℃以下使步驟[6]中進行了顯影的塗膜硬化的步驟;[8]在具有步驟[7]的經硬化的塗膜的基板上形成第2感放射線性樹脂組成物塗膜的步驟,所述第2感放射線性樹脂組成物含有如下成分: [α]鹼溶性樹脂、[β]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[γ]感放射線性聚合起始劑、及[δ]選自由下述式(1)所表示的化合物及下述式(2)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物;[9]對第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線的步驟;[10]對步驟[9]中照射了放射線的塗膜進行顯影的步驟;以及[11]在200℃以下使步驟[10]中進行了顯影的塗膜硬化而形成間隔件的步驟; A third aspect of the invention relates to a method of producing a color filter, comprising the steps of: [1] forming a coating film of a color composition on a substrate, the coloring composition containing a diketone selected from the group consisting of At least one coloring agent of a group consisting of a pyridylpyrrole pigment, a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, a triarylmethane dye, and an azo dye; [2] forming a colored pattern on the coating film of the coloring composition [3] a step of curing a coating film on which a colored pattern is formed at 200 ° C or lower; [4] a step of forming a coating film of a first radiation sensitive resin composition on a substrate, the first radiation The resin composition contains the following components: [A] a siloxane polymer, [B] a radical polymerization initiator, and [C] an organic solvent; [5] a coating film for the first radiation-sensitive resin composition. a step of irradiating at least a part of the radiation; [6] a step of developing the coating film irradiated with radiation in the step [5]; [7] a step of hardening the coating film developed in the step [6] at 200 ° C or lower [8] Forming the second on the substrate having the hardened coating film of the step [7] In the step of coating the film of the radiation-sensitive resin composition, the second radiation-sensitive resin composition contains the following components: [α] an alkali-soluble resin, [β] a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and [γ] radiation. The polymerization initiator and [δ] are at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (1) and a compound represented by the following formula (2); [9] for the second compound a step of irradiating at least a part of the coating film of the radiation sensitive resin composition with radiation; [10] a step of developing the coating film irradiated with radiation in the step [9]; and [11] performing the step [10] at 200 ° C or lower. a step of hardening the developed coating film to form a spacer;

[化6] [Chemical 6]

(在式(1)中,R1~R6分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R1~R6中的至少1個是吸電子基,且R1~R6中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烷基取代;在式(2)中,R7~R16分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R7~R16中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烴基取代;A為單鍵、羰基、羰氧基、羰基亞甲基、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、亞甲基或碳數為2~6的伸烷基;其中,上述亞甲基及伸烷基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被氰基、鹵素原子或氟烷基取代)。 (In the formula (1), R 1 to R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 1 to R 6 is an electron withdrawing group, and R 1 to R 6 are At least one of the amine groups is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in the formula (2), R 7 to R 16 are each independently hydrogen. An atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 7 to R 16 is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; A is a single bond, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylmethylene group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, a methylene group or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms; wherein the above methylene group and alkylene group All or a part of the hydrogen atom may be substituted by a cyano group, a halogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group.

在本發明的第3態樣中,優選著色組成物進一步含有[I]鹼溶性樹脂、[II]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[III]感放射線性聚合起始劑。 In the third aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the coloring composition further contains [I] an alkali-soluble resin, [II] a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and [III] a radiation-sensitive polymerization initiator.

在本發明的第3態樣中,優選步驟[3]的硬化溫度是比步驟[7]的硬化溫度更低的溫度。 In the third aspect of the invention, it is preferred that the hardening temperature of the step [3] is a temperature lower than the hardening temperature of the step [7].

在本發明的第3態樣中,優選步驟[3]的硬化溫度是比步驟[11]的硬化溫度更低的溫度。 In the third aspect of the invention, it is preferred that the hardening temperature of the step [3] is a temperature lower than the hardening temperature of the step [11].

在本發明的第3態樣中,優選步驟[7]的硬化溫度是比步驟[11]的硬化溫度更低的溫度。 In the third aspect of the invention, it is preferred that the hardening temperature of the step [7] is a temperature lower than the hardening temperature of the step [11].

在本發明的第3態樣中,優選於步驟[11]之後包含[12]在200℃以下形成配向膜的步驟。 In the third aspect of the invention, it is preferred to include the step of forming an alignment film at 200 ° C or lower after [11] after the step [11].

在本發明的第3態樣中,優選步驟[12]是使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑及包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑中的任意一種而形成配向膜。 In a third aspect of the present invention, preferably, the step [12] is a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group and a liquid crystal alignment agent comprising a polyimine having no photo-alignment group. Any one of them forms an alignment film.

根據本發明而提供一種可通過低溫硬化而製造且具有高可靠性的彩色濾光片及其製造方法。 According to the present invention, a color filter which can be manufactured by low-temperature hardening and which has high reliability and a method of manufacturing the same are provided.

而且,根據本發明而提供一種包含可通過低溫硬化而製造且具有高可靠性的彩色濾光片,可進行彩色顯示的液晶顯示元件。 Moreover, according to the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal display element comprising a color filter which can be manufactured by low temperature hardening and which has high reliability and which can perform color display.

以下對本發明的實施形態加以說明。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described below.

另外,在本發明中,在曝光時所照射的“放射線”是包括可見光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、X射線、帶電粒子束等的概念。 Further, in the present invention, the "radiation" irradiated at the time of exposure is a concept including visible light rays, ultraviolet rays, far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, charged particle beams, and the like.

<液晶顯示元件> <Liquid crystal display element>

本實施形態的液晶顯示元件是包含本實施形態的彩色濾光片的彩色液晶顯示元件。 The liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment is a color liquid crystal display element including the color filter of the present embodiment.

以下,對本實施形態的液晶顯示元件的結構加以說明。 Hereinafter, the configuration of the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment will be described.

本實施形態的液晶顯示元件例如可以是使配置有薄膜晶體管(Thin Film Transistor;TFT)的驅動用基板、與構成本實施形態的彩色濾光片的其他基板介隔液晶層而對向的結構。或者,液晶顯示元件還可以是使在配置有薄膜晶體管(TFT)的驅動用基板上形成後述的本實施形態的著色圖案或保護膜或間隔件而構成的基板、與形成有ITO(Indium Tin Oxide;摻雜有錫的氧化銦)電極的基板介隔液晶層而對向的結構。後者的結構具有如下的優點:可使數值孔徑明顯提高,且獲得明亮的高精細的液晶顯示元件。 The liquid crystal display device of the present embodiment may be configured such that a driving substrate on which a thin film transistor (TFT) is disposed and a other substrate constituting the color filter of the present embodiment are opposed to each other via a liquid crystal layer. Alternatively, the liquid crystal display element may be a substrate formed by forming a coloring pattern or a protective film or a spacer of the present embodiment to be described later on a driving substrate on which a thin film transistor (TFT) is disposed, and forming ITO (Indium Tin Oxide). The structure in which the substrate of the tin-doped indium oxide electrode is opposed to the liquid crystal layer. The latter structure has the advantage that the numerical aperture can be significantly improved, and a bright high-definition liquid crystal display element can be obtained.

圖1是本實施形態的彩色濾光片的模式剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a color filter of the embodiment.

圖1中所示的彩色濾光片10是本實施形態的彩色濾光片的一例。具有如下的結構:在透明的基板5上配置有紅色(R)、綠色(G)及藍色(B)的著色圖案6、黑色矩陣7、設於著色圖案6上的保護膜8、設於保護膜8上的ITO電極4、於ITO電極4上直立設置的間隔件9。 The color filter 10 shown in Fig. 1 is an example of the color filter of the present embodiment. A configuration in which a red (R), green (G), and blue (B) colored pattern 6 , a black matrix 7 , and a protective film 8 provided on the colored pattern 6 are disposed on the transparent substrate 5 The ITO electrode 4 on the protective film 8 and the spacer 9 which is provided upright on the ITO electrode 4.

另外,著色圖案6的顏色並不限定於上述RGB 3色,還可以選擇其他顏色或者進一步加入黃色(Y)而製成4色的著色圖案。 Further, the color of the colored pattern 6 is not limited to the above-described RGB three colors, and other colors may be selected or yellow (Y) may be further added to form a four-color colored pattern.

如後所述那樣,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片10中,著色圖案6含有適宜的著色劑而構成。具體而言,將含有優選的著色劑的著色組成物塗布於基板上進行圖案化後,使其硬化而形成。保護膜8也同樣地是在塗布感放射線性樹脂組成物而進行圖案化之後,使其硬化而形成。間隔件9也同樣地是在塗布感放射線性樹脂組成物而進行圖案化 之後,使其硬化而形成。另外,在以下的說明中,為了方便起見,將用以形成保護膜8的感放射線性樹脂組成物稱為第1感放射線性樹脂組成物,將用以形成間隔件9的感放射線性樹脂組成物稱為第2感放射線性樹脂組成物。而且,該著色組成物、第1感放射線性樹脂組成物及第2感放射線性樹脂組成物具有如下特徵:如後述那樣,均可製成感放射線性樹脂組成物,且可通過200℃以下的低溫硬化而分別形成著色圖案6與保護膜8與間隔件9。 As will be described later, in the color filter 10 of the present embodiment, the colored pattern 6 is formed by containing a suitable coloring agent. Specifically, a colored composition containing a preferred coloring agent is applied onto a substrate, patterned, and then cured. Similarly, the protective film 8 is formed by applying a radiation-sensitive resin composition and patterning it, followed by curing. The spacer 9 is similarly patterned by applying a radiation sensitive resin composition. Thereafter, it is formed by hardening. In the following description, for the sake of convenience, the radiation sensitive resin composition for forming the protective film 8 is referred to as a first radiation sensitive resin composition, and the radiation sensitive resin for forming the spacer 9 is used. The composition is referred to as a second sensitizing radiation resin composition. In addition, the coloring composition, the first radiation sensitive resin composition, and the second radiation sensitive resin composition are characterized in that they can be made into a radiation sensitive resin composition and can pass through 200 ° C or less as will be described later. The colored pattern 6 and the protective film 8 and the spacer 9 are respectively formed by low temperature hardening.

因此,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片10中,變得可以通過200℃以下的低溫硬化而分別形成著色圖案6與保護膜8與間隔件9,且可利用低溫硬化而製造。 Therefore, in the color filter 10 of the present embodiment, the colored pattern 6 and the protective film 8 and the spacer 9 can be formed by low-temperature curing at 200 ° C or lower, and can be produced by low-temperature curing.

而且,在彩色濾光片10中,於形成著色圖案6之後形成保護膜8。保護膜8可通過200℃以下的低溫硬化而形成,因此變得無需將著色圖案6在形成後暴露於用以形成保護膜的高溫加熱的狀態下。同樣地,在彩色濾光片10中,於形成著色圖案6、形成保護膜8之後形成間隔件9。間隔件9可以通過200℃以下的低溫硬化而形成,因此變得無需將著色圖案6在形成後暴露於用以形成間隔件9的高溫加熱的狀態下。因此,於彩色濾光片10中,即使使用雖然在著色圖案6的形成中顏色特性優異但於耐熱性方面存在課題的染料作為著色劑,亦可減少步驟劣化。亦即,可選擇染料作為著色組成物的著色劑,可由使用染料的著色組成物而形成顏色特性優異的著色圖案6。 Further, in the color filter 10, the protective film 8 is formed after the coloring pattern 6 is formed. The protective film 8 can be formed by low-temperature hardening of 200 ° C or less, and thus it becomes unnecessary to expose the colored pattern 6 to a state of high-temperature heating for forming a protective film after formation. Similarly, in the color filter 10, the spacer 9 is formed after the coloring pattern 6 is formed and the protective film 8 is formed. The spacer 9 can be formed by low-temperature hardening of 200 ° C or less, and thus it becomes unnecessary to expose the colored pattern 6 to a state of high-temperature heating for forming the spacer 9 after formation. Therefore, in the color filter 10, even if a dye having excellent color characteristics in the formation of the colored pattern 6 but having a problem in heat resistance is used as a coloring agent, step deterioration can be reduced. That is, a dye can be selected as the coloring agent of the coloring composition, and the coloring pattern 6 excellent in color characteristics can be formed by using the coloring composition of the dye.

另外,如上所述,著色組成物、第1感放射線性樹脂 組成物及第2感放射線性樹脂組成物均是感放射線性的樹脂組成物,分別用以製造彩色濾光片10。因此,於製造彩色濾光片10時,可以考慮在著色圖案6上形成保護膜8而調整形成著色圖案6時的硬化溫度。亦即,在基板5上,利用與單獨形成著色圖案6時最適宜的硬化溫度相比而言更低的硬化溫度而形成著色圖案6。其後,可通過對著色圖案6上所形成的保護膜8進行硬化加熱而進行對著色圖案6的加熱。同樣地,於製造彩色濾光片10時,可以考慮形成著色圖案6後形成間隔件9而調整形成著色圖案6時的硬化溫度。亦即,在基板5上,利用與僅形成著色圖案6時最適宜的硬化溫度相比而言更低的硬化溫度而形成著色圖案6。而且,在形成ITO電極4之後,還可以通過直立設置在ITO電極4上的間隔件9的硬化加熱而對著色圖案6進行加熱。 Further, as described above, the coloring composition, the first radiation sensitive resin Both the composition and the second radiation-sensitive resin composition are radiation-sensitive resin compositions for producing the color filter 10, respectively. Therefore, when manufacturing the color filter 10, it is conceivable to form the protective film 8 on the colored pattern 6 to adjust the hardening temperature at the time of forming the colored pattern 6. That is, the colored pattern 6 is formed on the substrate 5 by a lower curing temperature than the optimum curing temperature when the colored pattern 6 is separately formed. Thereafter, the colored pattern 6 can be heated by hardening and heating the protective film 8 formed on the colored pattern 6. Similarly, when manufacturing the color filter 10, it is conceivable to form the spacer 9 after forming the colored pattern 6, and to adjust the hardening temperature when forming the colored pattern 6. That is, the colored pattern 6 is formed on the substrate 5 by a lower curing temperature than the optimum curing temperature when only the colored pattern 6 is formed. Further, after the ITO electrode 4 is formed, the colored pattern 6 can also be heated by hardening heating of the spacer 9 provided on the ITO electrode 4 standing upright.

例如,在著色圖案6與保護膜8的最適宜的硬化溫度分別為200℃以下,具體而言為180℃的情況下,可以用低於180℃的硬化溫度而預先在基板5上形成著色圖案6。例如,可以用150℃的硬化溫度而預先形成著色圖案6。其次,在該著色圖案6上形成第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜,在最適宜的180℃下進行硬化,由此而形成保護膜8。而且,變得對處於其下層的著色圖案6進行加熱,可獲得所期望的狀態的著色圖案6。另外,在基板5上,以例如150℃的硬化溫度而預先形成著色圖案6,其後以最適宜的180℃的硬化溫度而由第2感放射線性樹脂組成物形成 間隔件9。其結果,變得對處於間隔件9的下層的著色圖案6進行加熱,可獲得所期望的狀態的著色圖案6。在以上的情況下,變得可選擇染料作為著色組成物的著色劑,利用由使用染料的著色組成物而形成的著色圖案6,可提供顏色特性優異的彩色濾光片10。 For example, in the case where the optimum curing temperature of the colored pattern 6 and the protective film 8 is 200 ° C or lower, specifically 180 ° C, a colored pattern can be formed on the substrate 5 in advance with a curing temperature lower than 180 ° C. 6. For example, the colored pattern 6 can be formed in advance by a hardening temperature of 150 °C. Next, a coating film of the first radiation sensitive resin composition is formed on the colored pattern 6, and is cured at an optimum temperature of 180 ° C to form the protective film 8. Further, the colored pattern 6 in the lower layer is heated to obtain the colored pattern 6 in a desired state. Further, on the substrate 5, the colored pattern 6 is formed in advance at a curing temperature of, for example, 150 ° C, and thereafter formed of a second radiation-sensitive resin composition at an optimum curing temperature of 180 ° C. Spacer 9. As a result, the colored pattern 6 in the lower layer of the spacer 9 is heated, and the colored pattern 6 in a desired state can be obtained. In the above case, the dye can be selected as the coloring agent of the coloring composition, and the coloring pattern 6 formed by using the coloring composition of the dye can provide the color filter 10 excellent in color characteristics.

而且,於製造彩色濾光片10時,可考慮在形成著色圖案6與保護膜8之後形成間隔件9而調整形成著色圖案6時的硬化溫度以及形成保護膜8時的硬化溫度。亦即,在基板5上,利用與僅形成著色圖案6時最適宜的硬化溫度相比而言更低的硬化溫度而形成著色圖案6。其次,利用與僅僅形成保護膜8時最適宜的硬化溫度相比而言更低的硬化溫度而形成保護膜8。而且,在形成ITO電極4之後,還可以通過直立設置在ITO電極4上的間隔件9的硬化加熱而對著色圖案6及保護膜8也進行加熱。 Further, in the case of manufacturing the color filter 10, it is conceivable to form the spacer 9 after forming the colored pattern 6 and the protective film 8, and to adjust the curing temperature when forming the colored pattern 6 and the curing temperature when the protective film 8 is formed. That is, the colored pattern 6 is formed on the substrate 5 by a lower curing temperature than the optimum curing temperature when only the colored pattern 6 is formed. Next, the protective film 8 is formed by a lower curing temperature than the optimum hardening temperature when only the protective film 8 is formed. Further, after the ITO electrode 4 is formed, the colored pattern 6 and the protective film 8 can also be heated by the hardening heating of the spacer 9 provided on the ITO electrode 4 standing upright.

例如,在著色圖案6與保護膜8與間隔件9的最適宜的硬化溫度分別為200℃以下、具體而言為180℃的情況下,可以用低於180℃的硬化溫度而預先在基板5上形成著色圖案6。例如,可以用150℃的硬化溫度而預先形成著色圖案6。其次,於該著色圖案6上形成第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜,例如可用150℃的硬化溫度而預先形成。其次,於保護膜8上形成ITO電極4之後,於ITO電極4上形成第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜。其次,對該塗膜進行圖案化,用最適宜的180℃進行硬化,由此而形成間隔件9。其結果,變得對處於下層的著色圖案6及 保護膜8進行加熱,可獲得所期望的狀態的著色圖案6及保護膜8。在此種情況下,變得可選擇染料作為著色組成物的著色劑,利用由使用染料的著色組成物而形成的著色圖案6,可提供顏色特性優異的彩色濾光片10。 For example, in the case where the optimum curing temperature of the colored pattern 6 and the protective film 8 and the spacer 9 is 200 ° C or lower, specifically 180 ° C, the substrate 5 can be previously used with a curing temperature lower than 180 ° C. A colored pattern 6 is formed thereon. For example, the colored pattern 6 can be formed in advance by a hardening temperature of 150 °C. Next, a coating film on which the first radiation-sensitive resin composition is formed on the colored pattern 6 can be formed in advance by, for example, a curing temperature of 150 °C. Next, after the ITO electrode 4 is formed on the protective film 8, a coating film of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is formed on the ITO electrode 4. Next, the coating film is patterned and cured at an optimum temperature of 180 ° C to form a spacer 9. As a result, the coloring pattern 6 and the lower layer are formed. The protective film 8 is heated to obtain the colored pattern 6 and the protective film 8 in a desired state. In this case, the dye can be selected as the coloring agent of the coloring composition, and the coloring pattern 6 formed by using the coloring composition of the dye can provide the color filter 10 excellent in color characteristics.

另外,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片10中,在形成間隔件9之後,可如後所述那樣設置液晶配向用配向膜(在圖1並未圖示)。配向膜可使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑或包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑而獲得。在這種情況下,變得可在200℃以下的加熱溫度下形成配向膜。 Further, in the color filter 10 of the present embodiment, after the spacer 9 is formed, a liquid crystal alignment alignment film (not shown in FIG. 1) can be provided as will be described later. The alignment film can be obtained by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group or a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimide having no photo-alignment group. In this case, it becomes possible to form an alignment film at a heating temperature of 200 ° C or lower.

其次,對應用本實施形態的彩色濾光片的本實施形態的液晶顯示元件加以說明。 Next, a liquid crystal display element of this embodiment to which the color filter of the present embodiment is applied will be described.

圖2是包含本實施形態的彩色濾光片的彩色液晶顯示元件的模式剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a color liquid crystal display element including the color filter of the embodiment.

圖2中所示的液晶顯示元件1是本實施形態的液晶顯示元件的一例,是TFT驅動的扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)型液晶模式的顯示元件。該彩色液晶顯示元件具有上述驅動用基板、與構成上述本實施形態的彩色濾光片的基板介隔TN液晶層而對向的結構。 The liquid crystal display element 1 shown in FIG. 2 is an example of a liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, and is a TFT-driven twisted nematic (TN) liquid crystal mode display element. This color liquid crystal display device has a structure in which the above-described driving substrate and a substrate constituting the color filter of the above-described embodiment are opposed to each other with a TN liquid crystal layer interposed therebetween.

如圖2所示,在透明的基板2的與液晶13相接之側,將包含ITO的透明的像素電極3與TFT(未圖示)配設為格子狀而構成驅動用基板。 As shown in FIG. 2, on the side of the transparent substrate 2 that is in contact with the liquid crystal 13, a transparent pixel electrode 3 including ITO and a TFT (not shown) are arranged in a lattice shape to constitute a driving substrate.

而且,在透明的基板5的與液晶13相接之側,配置有上述的通過低溫硬化而製造的著色圖案6等,構成彩色 濾光片10。更具體而言配置有彩色濾光片10,所述彩色濾光片10在基板5上包含有:在與像素電極3對向的位置所設的紅色、綠色及藍色的著色圖案6,黑色矩陣7,在著色圖案6上所設的保護膜8,在保護膜8上所設的ITO電極4,在ITO電極4上所直立設置的間隔件9,配向膜12。ITO電極4在液晶顯示元件1中構成公共電極。 Further, on the side of the transparent substrate 5 that is in contact with the liquid crystal 13, the above-described colored pattern 6 and the like which are produced by low-temperature curing are disposed to form a color. Filter 10. More specifically, the color filter 10 is disposed, and the color filter 10 includes, on the substrate 5, a red, green, and blue coloring pattern 6 disposed at a position facing the pixel electrode 3, black. The matrix 7, the protective film 8 provided on the colored pattern 6, the ITO electrode 4 provided on the protective film 8, the spacer 9 provided upright on the ITO electrode 4, and the alignment film 12. The ITO electrode 4 constitutes a common electrode in the liquid crystal display element 1.

在基板2上設有與基板5同樣的配向膜12。通過在必要的情況下對各個配向膜12進行例如摩擦處理等配向處理,可實現在基板2、基板5之間所夾持的液晶13的均一配向。 The alignment film 12 similar to the substrate 5 is provided on the substrate 2. By performing an alignment treatment such as rubbing treatment on each of the alignment films 12 as necessary, uniform alignment of the liquid crystals 13 sandwiched between the substrate 2 and the substrate 5 can be realized.

在基板2與基板5中,在與液晶13相接之側的相反側分別配置有偏光板14。基板2與基板5的間隔通常為2 μm~10 μm,該些元件通過設在周邊部的密封材料16而相互固定。 In the substrate 2 and the substrate 5, a polarizing plate 14 is disposed on the side opposite to the side in contact with the liquid crystal 13, respectively. The distance between the substrate 2 and the substrate 5 is usually 2 μm to 10 μm, and these elements are fixed to each other by the sealing material 16 provided at the peripheral portion.

在圖2中,符號17是指自背光單元(未圖示)而向液晶13照射的背光源光。背光單元例如可使用組合有冷陰極螢光管(CCFL:Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp)等螢光管與散射板而成的結構的背光單元。而且,還可以使用以白色LED為光源的背光單元。白色LED例如可列舉:使用具有獨立光譜的紅色LED、綠色LED、藍色LED而獲得白色光的白色LED,將紅色LED、綠色LED、藍色LED加以組合而通過混色獲得白色光的白色LED,將藍色LED、紅色LED、綠色螢光體加以組合而通過混色獲得白色光的白色LED,將藍色LED、紅色發光螢光體、綠色發 光螢光體加以組合而通過混色獲得白色光的白色LED,通過藍色LED、YAG類螢光體的混色而獲得白色光的白色LED,將藍色LED、橙色發光螢光體、綠色發光螢光體加以組合而通過混色獲得白色光的白色LED,將紫外線LED、紅色發光螢光體、綠色發光螢光體、藍色發光螢光體加以組合而通過混色獲得白色光的白色LED等。 In FIG. 2, reference numeral 17 denotes backlight light that is irradiated to the liquid crystal 13 from a backlight unit (not shown). As the backlight unit, for example, a backlight unit having a structure in which a fluorescent tube such as a Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp (CCFL) and a diffusion plate are combined can be used. Moreover, a backlight unit using a white LED as a light source can also be used. Examples of the white LED include a white LED that obtains white light using a red LED having an independent spectrum, a green LED, and a blue LED, and a white LED that combines a red LED, a green LED, and a blue LED to obtain white light by color mixing. A white LED that combines a blue LED, a red LED, and a green phosphor to obtain a white light by mixing colors, and a blue LED, a red luminescent phosphor, and a green hair A white LED that combines light phosphors to obtain white light by color mixing, and a white LED that obtains white light by color mixing of blue LEDs and YAG-based phosphors, and blue LEDs, orange-emitting phosphors, and green-emitting phosphors A white LED which combines light bodies to obtain white light by color mixing, and combines an ultraviolet LED, a red light-emitting phosphor, a green light-emitting phosphor, and a blue light-emitting phosphor to obtain a white light white LED or the like by color mixing.

於本實施形態的彩色液晶顯示元件中,除了上述TN型以外,還可以設為超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)型、共面轉換(In-Planes Switching,IPS)型、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)型或光學補償雙折射(Optically Compensated Birefringence,OCB)型等液晶模式。在這種情況下,液晶配向用配向膜在各液晶模式中選擇最適宜的配向膜,例如在VA型的情況下使用垂直配向型的配向膜。 In addition to the TN type, the color liquid crystal display device of the present embodiment may be a Super Twisted Nematic (STN) type, an In-Planes Switching (IPS) type, or a vertical alignment ( Vertical Alignment, VA) or optically compensated birefringence (OCB) type liquid crystal mode. In this case, the alignment film for liquid crystal alignment selects an optimum alignment film in each liquid crystal mode, and for example, in the case of the VA type, a vertical alignment type alignment film is used.

其次,對作為本實施形態的液晶顯示元件的主要構成要素的本實施形態的彩色濾光片加以更詳細的說明。 Next, the color filter of this embodiment which is a main component of the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment will be described in more detail.

本實施形態的彩色濾光片如上所述那樣包含著色圖案、設在該著色圖案上的保護膜。於保護膜上的ITO電極上可包含直立設置的間隔件,是顏色特性優異且可通過低溫硬化而製造的彩色濾光片。 As described above, the color filter of the present embodiment includes a colored pattern and a protective film provided on the colored pattern. The ITO electrode on the protective film may include a spacer disposed upright, and is a color filter excellent in color characteristics and curable by low temperature hardening.

著色圖案可使用著色組成物而形成在適當的基板上,保護膜是使用第1感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成在該著色圖案上。間隔件可使用第2感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成在保護膜上的ITO電極上。亦即,本實施形態的彩色 濾光片可使用著色組成物、第1感放射線性樹脂組成物及第2感放射線性樹脂組成物而製造。 The colored pattern can be formed on a suitable substrate using a coloring composition, and the protective film is formed on the colored pattern using a first radiation-sensitive resin composition. The spacer can be formed on the ITO electrode on the protective film using the second radiation-sensitive resin composition. That is, the color of this embodiment The filter can be produced by using a coloring composition, a first radiation sensitive resin composition, and a second radiation sensitive resin composition.

於以下,首先對本實施形態的彩色濾光片的著色圖案加以說明,特別是對著色圖案的形成中所使用的本實施形態的著色組成物加以說明。 In the following, the coloring pattern of the color filter of the present embodiment will be described first, and in particular, the coloring composition of the present embodiment used for forming the colored pattern will be described.

<著色組成物> <Coloring composition>

本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中所使用的著色組成物含有[I]鹼溶性樹脂、[II]聚合性化合物、[III]聚合起始劑、及[IV]著色劑。而且,可進一步含有[V]化合物。而且,只要不損及本發明的效果,則還可以含有其他任意成分。 以下,對著色組成物中所含有的各成分加以說明。 The colored composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment contains [I] an alkali-soluble resin, a [II] polymerizable compound, a [III] polymerization initiator, and a [IV] colorant. Further, a compound of [V] may be further contained. Further, other optional components may be contained as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Hereinafter, each component contained in the coloring composition will be described.

<[I]鹼溶性樹脂> <[I] alkali soluble resin>

[I]鹼溶性樹脂若為具有羧基因而具有鹼顯影性的樹脂,則並無特別限定。而且,優選包含選自由具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的結構單元及具有環氧基的結構單元所構成的群組的至少1種結構單元的共聚物。[I]鹼溶性樹脂具有上述特定結構單元,因此可形成具有優異的表面硬化性及深部硬化性的硬化膜。 [I] The alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited as long as it has a carboxyl group and has alkali developability. Further, a copolymer comprising at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of a structural unit having a (meth)acryloxy group and a structural unit having an epoxy group is preferable. [I] The alkali-soluble resin has the specific structural unit described above, and thus a cured film having excellent surface hardenability and deep-curing property can be formed.

[I]鹼溶性樹脂可通過使如下的結構單元共聚而合成,從而獲得包含該些結構單元的共聚物:(I-1)由選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所構成的群組的至少1種(以下亦稱為“(I-1)化合物”)所形成的結構單元、(I-2)由含有環氧基的不飽和化合物(以下亦稱為“(I-2)化合物”)所形成的結構單元。 [I] an alkali-soluble resin can be synthesized by copolymerizing a structural unit to obtain a copolymer comprising the structural unit: (I-1) is selected from the group consisting of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an unsaturated carboxylic anhydride. At least one structural unit (hereinafter also referred to as "(I-1) compound")), (I-2) is an unsaturated compound containing an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as "(I-2) compound) ") The structural unit formed.

[I]鹼溶性樹脂例如可以通過在溶劑中、聚合起始劑的存在下使賦予含有羧基的結構單元的(I-1)化合物與賦予含有環氧基的結構單元的(I-2)化合物共聚而製造。而且,還可以進一步添加(I-3)賦予含有羥基的結構單元的含羥基不飽和化合物(以下亦稱為“(I-3)化合物”)而製成共聚物。另外,在[I]鹼溶性樹脂的製造中,還可以與上述(I-1)化合物、(I-2)化合物及(I-3)化合物一同進一步添加(I-4)化合物(賦予源自上述(I-1)化合物、(I-2)化合物及(I-3)化合物的結構單元以外的結構單元的不飽和化合物)而製成共聚物。以下,對各化合物加以詳述。 [I] the alkali-soluble resin can be, for example, a compound (I-1) which imparts a structural unit containing a carboxyl group to a compound of the formula (I-2) which imparts an epoxy group-containing structural unit in the presence of a polymerization initiator in a solvent. Manufactured by copolymerization. Further, (I-3) a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated compound (hereinafter also referred to as "(I-3) compound")) to which a structural unit containing a hydroxyl group is added may be further added to form a copolymer. Further, in the production of the [I] alkali-soluble resin, the compound (I-4) may be further added together with the compound (I-1), the compound (I-2) and the compound (I-3). The (I-1) compound, the (I-2) compound, and the unsaturated compound of the structural unit other than the structural unit of the (I-3) compound are used to form a copolymer. Hereinafter, each compound will be described in detail.

[(I-1)化合物] [(I-1) compound]

(I-1)化合物可列舉不飽和單羧酸、不飽和二羧酸、不飽和二羧酸的酸酐、多元羧酸的單[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基]酯、在兩末端具有羧基與羥基的聚合物的單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、具有羧基的不飽和多環式化合物及其酸酐等。 Examples of the compound (I-1) include an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid, an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, an acid anhydride of an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, and a mono[(meth)acryloxyalkylalkyl] ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid at both ends. A mono(meth)acrylate having a polymer having a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group, an unsaturated polycyclic compound having a carboxyl group, an acid anhydride thereof, and the like.

不飽和單羧酸例如可列舉丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、丁烯酸等;不飽和二羧酸例如可列舉馬來酸、富馬酸、檸康酸、中康酸、衣康酸等;不飽和二羧酸的酸酐例如可列舉作為上述二羧酸而例示的化合物的酸酐等;多元羧酸的單[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基]酯例如可列舉琥珀酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯、鄰苯二甲酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯等;在兩末端具有羧基與羥基的聚合物的單(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可列舉ω-羧基聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等; 具有羧基的不飽和多環式化合物及其酸酐例如可列舉:5-羧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二羧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羧基-5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羧基-5-乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羧基-6-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羧基-6-乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二羧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯酸酐等。 Examples of the unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and crotonic acid; and examples of the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid include maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, and the like; Examples of the acid anhydride of the dicarboxylic acid include an acid anhydride of a compound exemplified as the above dicarboxylic acid; and a mono[(meth)acryloxyalkylalkyl] ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid, for example, succinic acid mono [2-(A) Alkenyloxyethyl]ester, mono[2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl] phthalate, etc.; mono(meth)acrylic acid having a polymer having a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group at both ends Examples of the ester include ω-carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate; Examples of the unsaturated polycyclic compound having a carboxyl group and an acid anhydride thereof include 5-carboxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, and 5 -carboxy-5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-methylbicyclo[2.2 .1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene anhydride, and the like.

在該些(I-1)化合物中,優選單羧酸、二羧酸酐、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、馬來酸酐,自共聚反應性、對於鹼性水溶液的溶解性及獲得容易性考慮,更優選丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、馬來酸酐。該些(I-1)化合物可單獨使用亦可將2種以上混合使用。 Among the compounds (I-1), monocarboxylic acid, dicarboxylic anhydride, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and maleic anhydride are preferred, and self-copolymerization reactivity, solubility in an aqueous alkaline solution, and ease of availability are more preferable. Acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride. These (I-1) compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

作為(I-1)化合物的使用比例,基於(I-1)化合物以及(I-2)化合物(視需要為任意的(I-3)化合物及(I-4)化合物)的合計而言,優選為5質量%~30質量%,更優選為10質量%~25質量%。通過使(I-1)化合物的使用比例為5質量%~30質量%,可使[I]鹼溶性樹脂的對於鹼性水溶液的溶解性最佳化,從而獲得放射線性感光度優異的著色組成物。 The ratio of use of the compound (I-1) is based on the total of the (I-1) compound and the (I-2) compound (optionally any of the (I-3) compound and the (I-4) compound). It is preferably 5 mass% to 30 mass%, and more preferably 10 mass% to 25% by mass. When the use ratio of the compound (I-1) is from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, the solubility of the [I] alkali-soluble resin in an aqueous alkaline solution can be optimized, and a coloring composition excellent in radiation sensitivity can be obtained. .

[(I-2)化合物] [(I-2) compound]

(I-2)化合物是具有自由基聚合性的含有環氧基的不飽和化合物。環氧基可列舉環氧乙烷基(1,2-環氧結構)、環氧丙烷基(1,3-環氧結構)。 The compound (I-2) is an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound having a radical polymerizable property. The epoxy group may, for example, be an oxiranyl group (1,2-epoxy structure) or an propylene oxide group (1,3-epoxy structure).

具有環氧乙烷基的不飽和化合物例如可列舉丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-甲基 縮水甘油酯、α-乙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-正丙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-正丁基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯酸-3,4-環氧丁基酯、甲基丙烯酸-3,4-環氧丁基酯、丙烯酸-6,7-環氧庚基酯、甲基丙烯酸-6,7-環氧庚基酯、α-乙基丙烯酸-6,7-環氧庚基酯、鄰乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、間乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、對乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、甲基丙烯酸-3,4-環氧環己基甲酯等。自使共聚反應性及著色圖案等的耐溶劑性提高的觀點考慮,該些化合物中優選甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-甲基縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸-6,7-環氧庚基酯、鄰乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、間乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、對乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、甲基丙烯酸-3,4-環氧環己基酯。 Examples of the unsaturated compound having an oxiranyl group include glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, and -2-methyl methacrylate. Glycidyl ester, α-ethyl methacrylate, glycidyl α-n-propyl acrylate, glycidyl α-n-butyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl acrylate, methacrylic acid-3 , 4-epoxybutyl ester, acrylate-6,7-epoxyheptyl ester, -6,7-epoxyheptyl methacrylate, α-ethyl acrylate-6,7-epoxyheptyl ester , o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, methacrylic acid-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester, and the like. From the viewpoint of improving solvent resistance such as copolymerization reactivity and coloring pattern, among these compounds, glycidyl methacrylate, -2-methylglycidyl methacrylate, and methacrylic acid-6,7- are preferable. Epoxyheptyl ester, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methacrylate.

具有環氧丙烷基的不飽和化合物例如可列舉:3-(丙烯醯氧基甲基)環氧丙烷、3-(丙烯醯氧基甲基)-2-甲基環氧丙烷、3-(丙烯醯氧基甲基)-3-乙基環氧丙烷、3-(丙烯醯氧基甲基)-2-苯基環氧丙烷、3-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)環氧丙烷、3-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)-2-乙基環氧丙烷、3-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)-3-乙基環氧丙烷、3-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)-2-苯基環氧丙烷等丙烯酸酯;3-(甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基)環氧丙烷、3-(甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基)-2-甲基環氧丙烷、3-(甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基)-3-乙基環氧丙烷、3-(甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基)-2-苯基環氧丙烷、3-(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)環氧丙烷、3-(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)-2-乙基環氧丙烷、3-(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)-3-乙基環氧丙烷、3-(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)-2-苯基環 氧丙烷、3-(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)-2,2-二氟環氧丙烷等甲基丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the unsaturated compound having an oxypropylene group include 3-(acryloxymethyl) propylene oxide, 3-(acryloxymethyl)-2-methyl propylene oxide, and 3-(propylene).醯oxymethyl)-3-ethyl propylene oxide, 3-(acryloxymethyl)-2-phenyl propylene oxide, 3-(2-propenyl methoxyethyl) propylene oxide, 3-(2-propenyloxyethyl)-2-ethyl propylene oxide, 3-(2-propenyloxyethyl)-3-ethyl propylene oxide, 3-(2-propylene oxime Acrylate such as ethyl ethyl)-2-phenyl propylene oxide; 3-(methacryloxymethyl) propylene oxide, 3-(methacryloxymethyl)-2-methyl ring Oxypropane, 3-(methacryloxymethyl)-3-ethyl propylene oxide, 3-(methacryloxymethyl)-2-phenyl propylene oxide, 3-(2- Methyl propylene methoxyethyl) propylene oxide, 3-(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl)-2-ethyl propylene oxide, 3-(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl) 3-ethyl propylene oxide, 3-(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl)-2-phenyl ring A methacrylate such as oxypropane or 3-(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl)-2,2-difluoroepoxypropane.

該些(I-2)化合物中優選(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯。該些(I-2)化合物可單獨使用亦可將2種以上混合使用。 Among these (I-2) compounds, glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. These (I-2) compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為(I-2)化合物的使用比例,基於(I-1)化合物以及(I-2)化合物(視需要為任意的(I-3)化合物及(I-4)化合物)的合計而言,優選為5質量%~60質量%,更優選為10質量%~50質量%。通過使(I-2)化合物的使用比例為5質量%~60質量%,可形成具有優異的硬化性等的硬化膜。 The ratio of use of the compound (I-2) is based on the total of the (I-1) compound and the (I-2) compound (optionally any of the (I-3) compound and the (I-4) compound). It is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass. When the use ratio of the compound (I-2) is from 5% by mass to 60% by mass, a cured film having excellent curability or the like can be formed.

[(I-3)化合物] [(I-3) compound]

(I-3)化合物首先可列舉具有羥基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯、具有酚性羥基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基苯乙烯。 The (I-3) compound may first be a (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group, a (meth) acrylate having a phenolic hydroxyl group, or a hydroxystyrene.

具有羥基的丙烯酸酯可列舉:丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、丙烯酸-3-羥基丙酯、丙烯酸-4-羥基丁酯、丙烯酸-5-羥基戊酯、丙烯酸-6-羥基己酯等。 Examples of the acrylate having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl acrylate, and 6-hydroxyhexyl acrylate.

而且,具有羥基的甲基丙烯酸酯可列舉:甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸-3-羥基丙酯、甲基丙烯酸-4-羥基丁酯、甲基丙烯酸-5-羥基戊酯、甲基丙烯酸-6-羥基己酯等。 Further, examples of the methacrylate having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl methacrylate, and 5-hydroxyl methacrylate. Ester, -6-hydroxyhexyl methacrylate, and the like.

具有酚性羥基的丙烯酸酯可列舉:丙烯酸-2-羥基苯酯、丙烯酸-4-羥基苯酯等。具有酚性羥基的甲基丙烯酸酯可列舉甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基苯酯、甲基丙烯酸-4-羥基苯酯等。 Examples of the acrylate having a phenolic hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyphenyl acrylate and 4-hydroxyphenyl acrylate. Examples of the methacrylate having a phenolic hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate and 4-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate.

羥基苯乙烯優選為鄰羥基苯乙烯、對羥基苯乙烯、α-甲基-對羥基苯乙烯。該些(I-3)化合物可單獨使用亦可將2種以上混合使用。 The hydroxystyrene is preferably o-hydroxystyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, or α-methyl-p-hydroxystyrene. These (I-3) compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為(I-3)化合物的使用比例,基於(I-1)化合物、(I-2)化合物以及(I-3)化合物(視需要為任意的(I-4)化合物)的合計而言,優選為1質量%~30質量%,更優選為5質量%~25質量%。 The ratio of use of the compound (I-3) is based on the total of the (I-1) compound, the (I-2) compound, and the (I-3) compound (optionally any (I-4) compound). It is preferably 1% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 5% by mass to 25% by mass.

[(I-4)化合物] [(I-4) compound]

(I-4)化合物如果是上述(I-1)化合物、(I-2)化合物及(I-3)化合物以外的不飽和化合物,則並無特別限制。(I-4)化合物例如可列舉甲基丙烯酸鏈狀烷基酯,甲基丙烯酸環狀烷基酯,丙烯酸鏈狀烷基酯,丙烯酸環狀烷基酯,甲基丙烯酸芳基酯,丙烯酸芳基酯,不飽和二羧酸二酯,雙環不飽和化合物,馬來醯亞胺化合物,不飽和芳香族化合物,共軛二烯,具有四氫呋喃骨架、呋喃骨架、四氫吡喃骨架、吡喃骨架等的不飽和化合物及其他不飽和化合物等。 The compound (I-4) is not particularly limited as long as it is an unsaturated compound other than the compound (I-1), the compound (I-2) and the compound (I-3). Examples of the compound (I-4) include a chain alkyl methacrylate, a cyclic alkyl methacrylate, a chain alkyl acrylate, a cyclic alkyl acrylate, an aryl methacrylate, and an aryl acrylate. Base ester, unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diester, bicyclic unsaturated compound, maleic imine compound, unsaturated aromatic compound, conjugated diene, tetrahydrofuran skeleton, furan skeleton, tetrahydropyran skeleton, pyran skeleton Equal unsaturated compounds and other unsaturated compounds.

甲基丙烯酸鏈狀烷基酯例如可列舉甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第二丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸異癸酯、甲基丙烯酸正月桂基酯、甲基丙烯酸十三烷基酯、甲基丙烯酸正硬脂基酯等。 Examples of the chain alkyl methacrylate include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, second butyl methacrylate, t-butyl methacrylate, and methacrylic acid. 2-ethylhexyl ester, isodecyl methacrylate, n-lauryl methacrylate, tridecyl methacrylate, n-stearyl methacrylate, and the like.

甲基丙烯酸環狀烷基酯例如可列舉甲基丙烯酸環己酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-甲基環己酯、甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6] 癸烷-8-基酯、甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基氧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸異冰片酯等。 Examples of the cyclic alkyl methacrylate include cyclohexyl methacrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl methacrylate, and tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl methacrylate. Tricyclo[meth] methacrylate [5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yloxyethyl ester, isobornyl methacrylate, and the like.

丙烯酸鏈狀烷基酯例如可列舉丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯、丙烯酸第二丁酯、丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯、丙烯酸異癸酯、丙烯酸正月桂基酯、丙烯酸十三烷基酯、丙烯酸正硬脂基酯等。 Examples of the chain alkyl acrylate include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, second butyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, and acrylic acid. Cinnamyl ester, tridecyl acrylate, n-stearyl acrylate, and the like.

丙烯酸環狀烷基酯例如可列舉丙烯酸環己基酯、丙烯酸-2-甲基環己酯、丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基酯、丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基氧基乙酯、丙烯酸異冰片酯等。 Examples of the cyclic alkyl acrylate include cyclohexyl acrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl acrylate, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl acrylate, and tricyclohexyl acrylate [5.2.1.0]. 2,6 ]decane-8-yloxyethyl ester, isobornyl acrylate, and the like.

甲基丙烯酸芳基酯例如可列舉甲基丙烯酸苯基酯、甲基丙烯酸苄基酯等。 Examples of the aryl methacrylate include phenyl methacrylate and benzyl methacrylate.

丙烯酸芳基酯例如可列舉丙烯酸苯酯、丙烯酸苄酯等。 Examples of the aryl acrylate include phenyl acrylate and benzyl acrylate.

不飽和二羧酸二酯例如可列舉馬來酸二乙酯、富馬酸二乙酯、衣康酸二乙酯等。 Examples of the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diester include diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, and diethyl itaconate.

雙環不飽和化合物例如可列舉雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-甲氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-乙氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯等。 Examples of the bicyclic unsaturated compound include bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene. 5-methoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, and the like.

馬來醯亞胺化合物例如可列舉N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺、N-苄基馬來醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基苯基)馬來醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基苄基)馬來醯亞胺、N-琥珀醯亞胺基-3-馬來醯亞胺苯甲酸酯、N-琥珀醯亞胺基-4-馬來醯亞胺丁酸酯、N-琥珀醯亞胺基-6-馬來醯亞胺己酸酯、N-琥珀醯 亞胺基-3-馬來醯亞胺丙酸酯、N-(9-吖啶基)馬來醯亞胺等。 Examples of the maleic imine compound include N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, and N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)male. Yttrium, N-(4-hydroxybenzyl)maleimide, N-succinimide-3-maleimide benzoate, N-succinimide-4-ma醯iminobutyrate, N-succinimide-6-maleimide caproate, N-amber Imino-3-maleimide propionate, N-(9-acridinyl)maleimide, and the like.

不飽和芳香族化合物例如可列舉苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、間甲基苯乙烯、對甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、對甲氧基苯乙烯等。 Examples of the unsaturated aromatic compound include styrene, α-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, and p-methoxystyrene.

共軛二烯例如可列舉1,3-丁二烯、異戊二烯、2,3-二甲基-1,3-丁二烯等。 Examples of the conjugated diene include 1,3-butadiene, isoprene, and 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene.

含有四氫呋喃骨架的不飽和化合物例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸四氫呋喃甲基酯、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基-丙酸四氫呋喃甲基酯、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基四氫呋喃-2-酮等。 Examples of the unsaturated compound containing a tetrahydrofuran skeleton include tetrahydrofuran methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylpropenyloxy-propionic acid tetrahydrofuran methyl ester, and 3-(methyl)acryloxytetrahydrofuran-2- Ketones, etc.

含有呋喃骨架的不飽和化合物例如可列舉2-甲基-5-(3-呋喃基)-1-戊烯-3-酮、(甲基)丙烯酸糠基酯、1-呋喃-2-丁基-3-烯-2-酮、1-呋喃-2-丁基-3-甲氧基-3-烯-2-酮、6-(2-呋喃基)-2-甲基-1-己烯-3-酮、6-呋喃-2-基-己-1-烯-3-酮、丙烯酸-2-呋喃-2-基-1-甲基-乙基酯、6-(2-呋喃基)-6-甲基-1-庚烯-3-酮等。 Examples of the unsaturated compound containing a furan skeleton include 2-methyl-5-(3-furyl)-1-penten-3-one, decyl (meth)acrylate, and 1-furan-2-butyl. 3-en-2-one, 1-furan-2-butyl-3-methoxy-3-en-2-one, 6-(2-furyl)-2-methyl-1-hexene 3-ketone, 6-furan-2-yl-hex-1-en-3-one, 2-furan-2-yl-1-methyl-ethyl acrylate, 6-(2-furanyl) -6-Methyl-1-hepten-3-one and the like.

含有四氫吡喃骨架的不飽和化合物例如可列舉甲基丙烯酸(四氫吡喃-2-基)甲酯、2,6-二甲基-8-(四氫吡喃-2-基氧基)-辛-1-烯-3-酮、2-甲基丙烯酸四氫吡喃-2-基酯、1-(四氫吡喃-2-氧基)-丁基-3-烯-2-酮等。 Examples of the unsaturated compound containing a tetrahydropyran skeleton include (tetrahydropyran-2-yl)methyl methacrylate and 2,6-dimethyl-8-(tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy). )-oct-1-en-3-one, 2-hydropyran-2-yl methacrylate, 1-(tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy)-butyl-3-ene-2- Ketones, etc.

含有吡喃骨架的不飽和化合物例如可列舉4-(1,4-二氧雜-5-氧代-6-庚烯基)-6-甲基-2-吡喃、4-(1,5-二氧雜-6-氧代-7-辛烯基)-6-甲基-2-吡喃等。 Examples of the unsaturated compound containing a pyran skeleton include 4-(1,4-dioxa-5-oxo-6-heptenyl)-6-methyl-2-pyran, 4-(1,5). -Dioxa-6-oxo-7-octenyl)-6-methyl-2-pyran and the like.

其他不飽和化合物例如可列舉丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈、氯乙烯、偏二氯乙烯、丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙 烯酯等。 Examples of other unsaturated compounds include acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, acrylamide, methacrylamide, and ethyl acetate. Ester esters and the like.

該些(I-4)化合物中,優選甲基丙烯酸鏈狀烷基酯、甲基丙烯酸環狀烷基酯、甲基丙烯酸芳基酯、馬來醯亞胺化合物、四氫呋喃骨架、呋喃骨架、四氫吡喃骨架、吡喃骨架、不飽和芳香族化合物、丙烯酸環狀烷基酯。自共聚反應性及對於鹼性水溶液的溶解性的方面考慮,該些化合物中更優選苯乙烯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、甲基丙烯酸正月桂基酯、甲基丙烯酸苄基酯、甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基酯、對甲氧基苯乙烯、丙烯酸-2-甲基環己酯、N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫呋喃甲基酯、聚乙二醇(n=2~10)單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基四氫呋喃-2-酮。該些(I-4)化合物可單獨使用亦可將2種以上混合使用。 Among these (I-4) compounds, a linear alkyl methacrylate, a cyclic alkyl methacrylate, an aryl methacrylate, a maleimide compound, a tetrahydrofuran skeleton, a furan skeleton, and four are preferable. Hydropyran skeleton, pyran skeleton, unsaturated aromatic compound, cyclic alkyl acrylate. Among these compounds, styrene, methyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, n-lauryl methacrylate, methacrylic acid are more preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity and solubility in an aqueous alkaline solution. Benzyl ester, tricyclo [5.0.1.02 2,6 ]decane-8-yl methacrylate, p-methoxystyrene, 2-methylcyclohexyl acrylate, N-phenyl malayan Amine, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, tetrahydrofuranmethyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol (n=2~10) mono(meth)acrylate, 3-(methyl)propene oxide Tetrahydrofuran-2-one. These (I-4) compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

作為(I-4)化合物的使用比例,基於(I-1)化合物、(I-2)化合物以及(I-4)化合物(及任意的(I-3)化合物)的合計而言,優選為10質量%~80質量%。 The ratio of use of the compound (I-4) is preferably based on the total of the (I-1) compound, the (I-2) compound, and the (I-4) compound (and any (I-3) compound). 10% by mass to 80% by mass.

<[I]鹼溶性樹脂的合成方法1> <[I] Method for synthesizing alkali-soluble resin 1>

[I]鹼溶性樹脂例如可通過在溶劑中,聚合起始劑的存在下,使上述(I-1)化合物以及(I-2)化合物(任意的(I-3)化合物及(I-4)化合物)共聚而製造。通過該合成方法,可合成至少包含含有環氧基的結構單元的共聚物。 [I] an alkali-soluble resin can be, for example, a compound of the above (I-1) and a compound of (I-2) (any compound of (I-3) and (I-4) in the presence of a polymerization initiator in a solvent. The compound) is produced by copolymerization. By this synthesis method, a copolymer containing at least a structural unit containing an epoxy group can be synthesized.

用以製造[I]鹼溶性樹脂的聚合反應中所使用的溶劑例如可列舉醇、二醇醚、乙二醇烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇二烷基醚、丙二 醇單烷基醚、丙二醇烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚丙酸酯、酮、酯等。 The solvent used in the polymerization reaction for producing the [I] alkali-soluble resin may, for example, be an alcohol, a glycol ether, an ethylene glycol alkyl ether acetate, a diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether or a diethylene glycol. Alkyl ether, dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether, propane Alcohol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol alkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propionate, ketone, ester, and the like.

用以製造[I]鹼溶性樹脂的聚合反應中所使用的聚合起始劑通常可使用已知為自由基聚合起始劑的化合物。自由基聚合起始劑例如可列舉2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN)、2,2'-偶氮雙-(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙-(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)等偶氮化合物。 As the polymerization initiator used in the polymerization for producing the [I] alkali-soluble resin, a compound known as a radical polymerization initiator can be usually used. Examples of the radical polymerization initiator include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 2,2'-azobis-(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'- An azo compound such as azobis-(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile).

在用以製造[I]鹼溶性樹脂的聚合反應中,為了調整分子量,可使用分子量調整劑。分子量調整劑例如可列舉氯仿、四溴化碳等鹵代烴類;正己硫醇、正辛硫醇、正十二烷硫醇、第三十二烷硫醇、巰基乙酸等硫醇類;硫化二甲基黃原酸酯、二硫化二異丙基黃原酸酯等黃原酸酯類;異松油烯、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等。 In the polymerization reaction for producing the [I] alkali-soluble resin, a molecular weight modifier may be used in order to adjust the molecular weight. Examples of the molecular weight modifier include halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and carbon tetrabromide; mercaptans such as n-hexyl mercaptan, n-octyl mercaptan, n-dodecyl mercaptan, tridodecanethiol, and mercaptoacetic acid; and sulfurization; Xanthogenates such as dimethylxanthate and diisopropylxanthate disulfide; terpinene, α-methylstyrene dimer, and the like.

[I]鹼溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)優選為1,000~30,000,更優選為5,000~20,000。通過使[I]鹼溶性樹脂的Mw為上述範圍,可使著色組成物的感光度及顯影性提高。另外,本說明書中的聚合物的Mw及數量平均分子量(Mn)可通過利用下述條件的凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)而測定。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the [I] alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 1,000 to 30,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 20,000. When the Mw of the [I] alkali-soluble resin is in the above range, the sensitivity and developability of the colored composition can be improved. Further, the Mw and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer in the present specification can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using the following conditions.

裝置:GPC-101(昭和電工製造)管柱:將GPC-KF-801、GPC-KF-802、GPC-KF-803及GPC-KF-804加以結合流動相:四氫呋喃管柱溫度:40℃ 流速:1.0 mL/min試樣濃度:1.0質量%試樣注入量:100 μL檢測器:示差折射儀標準物質:單分散聚苯乙烯 Device: GPC-101 (manufactured by Showa Denko) Pipe column: GPC-KF-801, GPC-KF-802, GPC-KF-803 and GPC-KF-804 were combined with mobile phase: tetrahydrofuran column temperature: 40 °C Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min Sample concentration: 1.0% by mass Sample injection amount: 100 μL Detector: Differential refractometer Standard material: Monodisperse polystyrene

<[I]鹼溶性樹脂的合成方法2> <[I] Method for synthesizing alkali-soluble resin 2>

而且,[I]鹼溶性樹脂例如可使能夠使用上述(I-1)化合物的1種以上而合成的共聚物(以下亦稱為“特定共聚物”)與上述(I-2)化合物進行反應而合成。利用該合成方法,可合成至少包含具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的結構單元的共聚物。 In addition, the [I] alkali-soluble resin can be reacted with the above-mentioned (I-2) compound by using a copolymer (hereinafter also referred to as "specific copolymer") which can be synthesized using one or more of the above compounds (I-1). And synthesis. By this synthesis method, a copolymer containing at least a structural unit having a (meth) acryloxy group can be synthesized.

[I]鹼溶性樹脂所含的具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的結構單元如下述式(3)所示。該結構單元是源自(I-1)化合物的特定共聚物中的羧基與(I-2)化合物的環氧基反應,形成酯鍵而獲得。 [I] The structural unit having a (meth) acryloxy group contained in the alkali-soluble resin is represented by the following formula (3). This structural unit is obtained by reacting a carboxyl group in a specific copolymer derived from the compound (I-1) with an epoxy group of the compound (I-2) to form an ester bond.

在上述式(3)中,R20及R21分別獨立為氫原子或甲 基。c為1~6的整數。R22是下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所表示的2價基。 In the above formula (3), R 20 and R 21 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. c is an integer from 1 to 6. R 22 is a divalent group represented by the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2).

在上述式(4-1)中,R23為氫原子或甲基。在上述式(4-1)及式(4-2)中,表示與氧原子鍵結的部位。 In the above formula (4-1), R 23 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the above formula (4-1) and formula (4-2), * represents a site bonded to an oxygen atom.

關於上述式(3)所表示的結構單元,例如在使作為(I-2)化合物的甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-甲基縮水甘油酯等化合物與具有羧基的共聚物反應的情況時,式(3)中的R22成為式(4-1)。另一方面,在使作為(I-2)化合物的甲基丙烯酸-3,4-環氧環己基甲酯等化合物與具有羧基的共聚物反應的情況時,式(3)中的R22成為式(4-2)。 With respect to the structural unit represented by the above formula (3), for example, a compound such as glycidyl methacrylate or 2-methylglycidyl methacrylate as a compound (I-2) is reacted with a copolymer having a carboxyl group. In the case, R 22 in the formula (3) becomes the formula (4-1). On the other hand, when a compound such as -3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate as the compound (I-2) is reacted with a copolymer having a carboxyl group, R 22 in the formula (3) becomes Formula (4-2).

在合成特定共聚物時,亦可使用(I-1)化合物以外的化合物,例如上述(I-3)化合物、(I-4)化合物等作為共聚成分。自共聚反應性的方面考慮,該些化合物優選為甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基酯、苯乙烯、對甲氧基苯乙烯、甲基丙烯酸四氫呋喃-2-基酯、1,3-丁二烯。 In the synthesis of the specific copolymer, a compound other than the compound (I-1), for example, the above compound (I-3), the compound (I-4), or the like may be used as a copolymerization component. From the viewpoint of copolymerization reactivity, the compounds are preferably methyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, trimethyl methacrylate [5.2. 1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl ester, styrene, p-methoxystyrene, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl methacrylate, 1,3-butadiene.

特定共聚物的共聚方法例如可列舉在溶劑中使用自由基聚合起始劑,使(I-1)化合物、及視需要的(I-3)化合物等進行聚合的方法。自由基聚合起始劑可列舉與上述[I]鹼溶性樹脂的項目中所例示的自由基聚合起始劑相同者。作為自由基聚合起始劑的使用量,相對於聚合性不飽和化合物100質量%而言,通常為0.1質量%~50質量%,優選為0.1質量%~20質量%。特定共聚物可於聚合反應溶液中直接供至[I]鹼溶性樹脂的製造中,也可以在將共聚物暫時自溶液中分離後,供至[I]鹼溶性樹脂的製造中。 The copolymerization method of the specific copolymer is, for example, a method in which a (I-1) compound and, if necessary, a compound (I-3) are polymerized, using a radical polymerization initiator in a solvent. The radical polymerization initiator is the same as the radical polymerization initiator exemplified in the item of the above [I] alkali-soluble resin. The amount of the radical polymerization initiator to be used is usually 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass based on 100% by mass of the polymerizable unsaturated compound. The specific copolymer may be directly supplied to the [I] alkali-soluble resin in the polymerization reaction solution, or may be supplied to the [I] alkali-soluble resin after the copolymer is temporarily separated from the solution.

特定共聚物的Mw優選為2,000~100,000,更優選為5,000~50,000。通過使Mw為2,000以上,可獲得著色組成物的充分的顯影寬容度,且可防止所形成的塗膜的殘膜率(圖案狀薄膜適當地殘存的比率)的降低,進一步良好地保持所得的圖案的形狀或耐熱性等。另一方面,通過使Mw為100,000以下,可保持高度的感光度,獲得良好的圖案形狀。而且,特定共聚物的分子量分佈(Mw/Mn)優選為5.0以下,更優選為3.0以下。通過使Mw/Mn為5.0以下,可良好地保持所得的間隔件圖案的形狀。而且,包含具有上述特定範圍的Mw/Mn的特定共聚物的著色組成物具有高度的顯影性,在顯影步驟中,可不產生顯影殘留地且容易地形成規定圖案形狀。 The Mw of the specific copolymer is preferably from 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 50,000. When Mw is 2,000 or more, sufficient development latitude of the colored composition can be obtained, and the residual film ratio of the formed coating film (ratio of the pattern film remaining properly) can be prevented from being lowered, and the obtained product can be further favorably maintained. The shape of the pattern or heat resistance. On the other hand, by setting Mw to 100,000 or less, a high degree of sensitivity can be maintained, and a good pattern shape can be obtained. Further, the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of the specific copolymer is preferably 5.0 or less, and more preferably 3.0 or less. By setting Mw/Mn to 5.0 or less, the shape of the obtained spacer pattern can be favorably maintained. Further, the coloring composition containing the specific copolymer having the above-specified range of Mw/Mn has high developability, and in the developing step, a predetermined pattern shape can be easily formed without causing development residue.

[I]鹼溶性樹脂的源自(I-1)化合物的結構單元的含有率優選為5質量%~60質量%,更優選為7質量%~50質量%,特別優選為8質量%~40質量%。 The content of the structural unit derived from the (I-1) compound of the [I] alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 7% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably 8% by mass to 40% by mass. quality%.

[I]鹼溶性樹脂的源自(I-1)化合物以外的(I-3)化合物、(I-4)化合物等化合物的結構單元的含有率優選為10質量%~90質量%、更優選20質量%~80質量%。 The content of the structural unit of the compound (I-3) or the compound (I-4) other than the compound (I-1), which is an alkali-soluble resin, is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 80% by mass.

在特定共聚物與(I-2)化合物的反應中,視需要在適當催化劑的存在下,優選在包含聚合抑制劑的共聚物溶液中,投入具有環氧基的不飽和化合物,在加溫下進行預定時間的攪拌。上述催化劑例如可列舉四丁基溴化銨等。上述聚合抑制劑例如可列舉對甲氧基苯酚等。反應溫度優選為70℃~100℃。反應時間優選為8小時~12小時。 In the reaction of the specific copolymer with the compound (I-2), if necessary, an unsaturated compound having an epoxy group is introduced in the presence of a suitable catalyst, preferably in a copolymer solution containing a polymerization inhibitor, under heating Stirring is carried out for a predetermined period of time. Examples of the catalyst include tetrabutylammonium bromide and the like. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include p-methoxyphenol and the like. The reaction temperature is preferably from 70 ° C to 100 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 8 hours to 12 hours.

作為(I-2)化合物的使用比例,相對於共聚物中的源自(I-2)化合物的羧基而言,優選為5質量%~99質量%,更優選為10質量%~97質量%。通過使(I-2)化合物的使用比例為上述範圍,可使與共聚物的反應性、硬化膜的硬化性等進一步提高。(I-2)化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。 The use ratio of the compound (I-2) is preferably 5% by mass to 99% by mass, and more preferably 10% by mass to 97% by mass based on the carboxyl group derived from the compound (I-2) in the copolymer. . When the ratio of use of the compound (I-2) is in the above range, the reactivity with the copolymer, the curability of the cured film, and the like can be further improved. (I-2) The compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

<[II]聚合性化合物> <[II] Polymerizable Compound>

對本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中所使用的著色組成物中所含有的[II]聚合性化合物加以說明。 The [II] polymerizable compound contained in the colored composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment will be described.

[II]聚合性化合物是具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物。 [II] The polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.

可作為[II]聚合性化合物而使用的化合物例如可列舉:ω-羧基聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙苯氧基乙醇芴二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-(2'-乙烯氧基乙氧基)乙酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、磷酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、環氧乙烷改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、琥珀酸改質季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯等,除此以外還可以列舉具有直鏈伸烷基及脂環族結構且具有2個以上異氰酸酯基的化合物與在分子內具有1個以上羥基且具有3個~5個(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的化合物反應而所得的聚胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the compound which can be used as the [II] polymerizable compound include ω-carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol II ( Methyl) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(methyl) Acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, bisphenoxyethanol hydrazine di(meth) acrylate, dimethylol tricyclodecane di(meth) acrylate, methacrylate 2-hydroxyl 3-(meth)acryloxypropyl propyl ester, 2-(2'-vinyloxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tris(2-(methyl) propylene oxychloride a base ethyl ester, an ethylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, a succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol triacrylate, etc., and other than a linear alkyl group and an alicyclic structure, and having two or more A polyamine ester (meth) acrylate compound obtained by reacting a compound having an isocyanate group with a compound having one or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule and having three to five (meth) acryloxy groups.

可使用的[II]聚合性化合物的市售品例如可列舉:ARONIX(注冊商標)M-400、ARONIX M-402、ARONIX M-405、ARONIX M-450、ARONIX M-1310、ARONIX M-1600、ARONIX M-1960、ARONIX M-7100、ARONIX M-8030、ARONIX M-8060、ARONIX M-8100、ARONIX M-8530、ARONIX M-8560、ARONIX M-9050、ARONIX(注冊商標)TO-756、ARONIX TO-1450、ARONIX TO-1382(以上由東亞合成公司製造)、KAYARAD(注冊商標)DPHA、KAYARAD DPCA-20、KAYARAD DPCA-30、KAYARAD DPCA-60、KAYARAD DPCA-120、KAYARAD MAX-3510(以上由日本化藥公司製造)、Viscoat 295、Viscoat 300、Viscoat 360、Viscoat GPT、Viscoat 3PA、Viscoat 400(以上由大阪有機化學工業公司製造)、作為聚胺酯丙烯酸酯類化合物的New frontier(注冊商標)R-1150(第一工業製藥公司)、KAYARAD(注冊商標)DPHA、KAYARAD(注冊商標)DPHA-40H、UX-5000(以上由日本化藥公司製造)、UN-9000H(根上工業公司)、ARONIX(注冊商標)M-5300、ARONIXM-5600、ARONIX M-5700、ARONIX M-210、ARONIX M-220、ARONIX M-240、ARONIX M-270、ARONIX M-6200、ARONIX M-305、ARONIX M-309、ARONIX M-310、ARONIX M-315(以上由東亞合成公司製造)、KAYARAD(注冊商標)HDDA、KAYARAD(注冊商標)HX-220、KAYARAD HX-620、KAYARAD R-526、KAYARAD R-167、KAYARAD R-604、KAYARAD R-684、KAYARAD R-551、KAYARAD R-712、KAYARAD UX-2201、KAYARAD UX-2301、KAYARAD UX-3204、KAYARAD UX-3301、KAYARAD UX-4101、KAYARAD UX-6101、KAYARAD UX-7101、KAYARAD UX-8101、KAYARAD UX-0937、KAYARAD MU-2100、KAYARAD MU-4001(以上由日本化藥公司製造)、Artresin UN-9000PEP、Artresin UN-9200A、Artresin UN-7600、Artresin UN-333、Artresin UN-1003、Artresin UN-1255、Artresin UN-6060PTM、Artresin UN-6060P、Artresin SH-500B(以上由根上工業公司製造)、Viscoat 260、Viscoat 312、Viscoat 335HP(以上由大阪有機化學工業公司製造)等。 Commercial products of the [II] polymerizable compound which can be used include, for example, ARONIX (registered trademark) M-400, ARONIX M-402, ARONIX M-405, ARONIX M-450, ARONIX M-1310, ARONIX M-1600. , ARONIX M-1960, ARONIX M-7100, ARONIX M-8030, ARONIX M-8060, ARONIX M-8100, ARONIX M-8530, ARONIX M-8560, ARONIX M-9050, ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-756, ARONIX TO-1450, ARONIX TO-1382 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA, KAYARAD DPCA-20, KAYARAD DPCA-30, KAYARAD DPCA-60, KAYARAD DPCA-120, KAYARAD MAX-3510 ( The above is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Viscoat 295, Viscoat 300, Viscoat 360, Viscoat GPT, Viscoat 3PA, Viscoat 400 (above, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), New Frontier (registered trademark) R-1150 (first industrial pharmaceutical company), KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA-40H, UX-5000 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UN-9000H (Kyosei Industrial Co., Ltd.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-5300, ARONIXM-5600, ARONIX M-5700, ARONIX M-210, ARONIX M-220, ARONIX M-240, ARONIX M-270, ARONIX M-6200, ARONIX M-305, ARONIX M-309, ARONIX M-310, ARONIX M-315 (above manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD ( Registered trademark) HDDA, KAYARAD (registered trademark) HX-220, KAYARAD HX-620, KAYARAD R-526, KAYARAD R-167, KAYARAD R-604, KAYARAD R-684, KAYARAD R-551, KAYARAD R-712, KAYARAD UX-2201, KAYARAD UX-2301, KAYARAD UX-3204, KAYARAD UX-3301, KAYARAD UX-4101, KAYARAD UX-6101, KAYARAD UX-7101, KAYARAD UX-8101, KAYARAD UX-0937, KAYARAD MU-2100, KAYARAD MU-4001 (above made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Artresin UN-9000PEP, Artresin UN-9200A, Artresin UN-7600 Artresin UN-333, Artresin UN-1003, Artresin UN-1255, Artresin UN-6060PTM, Artresin UN-6060P, Artresin SH-500B (above manufactured by Gensei Industrial Co., Ltd.), Viscoat 260, Viscoat 312, Viscoat 335HP (above by Osaka) Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and so on.

[II]聚合性化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。作為著色組成物中的[II]聚合性化合物的使用比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為10質量份~700質量份,更優選為20質量份~600質量份。通過使[II]聚合性化合物的使用比例為上述範圍,則著色組成物即使在低曝光量下亦可形成具有充分的耐熱性、耐溶劑性、電壓保持率的著色圖案等。 [II] The polymerizable compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The use ratio of the [II] polymerizable compound in the coloring composition is preferably 10 parts by mass to 700 parts by mass, and more preferably 20 parts by mass to 600 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. When the use ratio of the [II] polymerizable compound is in the above range, the colored composition can form a colored pattern having sufficient heat resistance, solvent resistance, and voltage holding ratio even at a low exposure amount.

<[III]聚合起始劑> <[III] Polymerization initiator>

對本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中所使用的著色組成物中所含有的[III]聚合起始劑加以說明。 The [III] polymerization initiator contained in the colored composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment will be described.

[III]聚合起始劑是感放射線性聚合起始劑,是感應放射線而生成可引發[II]聚合性化合物的聚合的活性種的成分。此種[III]聚合起始劑可列舉O-醯基肟化合物、苯乙酮化合物、聯咪唑化合物等。該些化合物可單獨使用亦可將2種以上混合使用。 [III] The polymerization initiator is a radiation-sensitive polymerization initiator which is a component which induces radiation to form an active species which can initiate polymerization of the [II] polymerizable compound. Examples of such a [III] polymerization initiator include an O-indenyl hydrazine compound, an acetophenone compound, a biimidazole compound, and the like. These compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

O-醯基肟化合物例如可列舉1,2-辛二酮-1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)]、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、1-[9-乙基-6-苯甲醯基-9H-咔唑-3-基]-辛烷-1-酮肟-O-乙酸酯、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-乙烷-1-酮肟-O-苯甲酸酯、1-[9-正丁基-6-(2-乙基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-乙烷-1-酮肟-O-苯甲酸酯、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-4-四氫呋喃基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-4-四氫吡喃基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯 肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-5-四氫呋喃基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-{2-甲基-4-(2,2-二甲基-1,3-二氧雜環戊烷基)甲氧基苯甲醯基}-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)等。 Examples of the O-indenyl hydrazine compound include 1,2-octanedione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzamide)], and ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl -6-(2-methylbenzimidyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine), 1-[9-ethyl-6-benzylidene-9H -oxazol-3-yl]-octane-1-one oxime-O-acetate, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzylidene)-9H-carbazole-3 -yl]-ethane-1-ketooxime-O-benzoate, 1-[9-n-butyl-6-(2-ethylbenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl] -ethane-1-ketooxime-O-benzoate, ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl-4-tetrahydrofuranylbenzylidene)-9H-carbazole- 3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl-4-tetrahydropyranylbenzylidene)-9H-oxime Zin-3-yl]-1-(O-acetonitrile 肟), Ethyl Ketone-1-[9-Ethyl-6-(2-methyl-5-tetrahydrofuranylbenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine) Ethylketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-{2-methyl-4-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolyl)methoxybenzimidazole }}-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine) and the like.

該些化合物中優選為1,2-辛二酮-1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)]、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-4-四氫呋喃基甲氧基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)或乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-{2-甲基-4-(2,2-二甲基-1,3-二氧雜環戊烷基)甲氧基苯甲醯基}-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)。 Among these compounds, preferred is 1,2-octanedione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzamide)], and ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6- (2-Methylbenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl- 4-tetrahydrofuranylmethoxybenzylidene)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine) or ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-{2- 4-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolyl)methoxybenzylidene}-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-B醯肟).

苯乙酮化合物例如可列舉α-胺基酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物。 Examples of the acetophenone compound include an α-amino ketone compound and an α-hydroxy ketone compound.

α-胺基酮化合物例如可列舉2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-2-(4-甲基苄基)-1-(4-嗎啉-4-基-苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-甲基-1-(4-甲基噻吩基)-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮等。 Examples of the α-amino ketone compound include 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-2. -(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthienyl)-2 - Morpholinopropan-1-one and the like.

α-羥基酮化合物例如可列舉1-苯基-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基-(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮等。 Examples of the α-hydroxyketone compound include 1-phenyl-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one and 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1. a ketone, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone or the like.

該些化合物中優選α-胺基酮化合物,更優選2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-2-(4-甲基苄基)-1-(4-嗎啉-4-基-苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-甲基-1-(4-甲基噻吩基)-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮。 Among these compounds, an α-amino ketone compound is preferred, and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-dimethyl dimethyl ester is more preferred. Amino-2-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-(4-methyl Thienyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one.

聯咪唑化合物例如優選2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑或2,2'-雙(2,4,6-三氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑,其中更優選2,2'-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑。 The biimidazole compound is, for example, preferably 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2, 4-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole or 2,2'-bis(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)-4 , 4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, of which 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5' is more preferred. -Tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole.

作為[III]聚合起始劑的使用比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言,優選為1質量份~40質量份,更優選為5質量份~30質量份。通過使[III]聚合起始劑的使用比例為1質量份~40質量份,著色組成物即使於低曝光量的情況下亦可形成具有高的耐溶劑性等的著色圖案及彩色濾光片。 The use ratio of the [III] polymerization initiator is preferably from 1 part by mass to 40 parts by mass, more preferably from 5 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. When the use ratio of the [III] polymerization initiator is from 1 part by mass to 40 parts by mass, the colored composition can form a color pattern and a color filter having high solvent resistance and the like even at a low exposure amount. .

<[IV]著色劑> <[IV] colorant>

如上所述,對著色圖案及彩色濾光片強烈要求高的色純度、亮度、對比度等。因此,作為本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中所使用的著色組成物中所含有的[IV]著色劑,變得必需選擇適於實現此種特性的著色劑。[IV]著色劑例如可使用顏料、染料及天然色素的任意一種,但若考慮著色圖案及彩色濾光片所要求的高的色純度或亮度等,則優選選擇顏料及染料。而且特別優選選擇染料。 As described above, high color purity, brightness, contrast, and the like are strongly required for the coloring pattern and the color filter. Therefore, as the [IV] coloring agent contained in the colored composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment, it is necessary to select a coloring agent suitable for realizing such characteristics. [IV] The coloring agent may be, for example, any of a pigment, a dye, and a natural coloring matter. However, in consideration of a high color purity, brightness, and the like required for the coloring pattern and the color filter, it is preferred to select a pigment and a dye. It is also particularly preferred to select a dye.

關於可作為[IV]著色劑而使用的染料,例如可列舉油溶性染料、酸性染料或其衍生物、直接染料、媒介染料等。作為染料,只要可溶於有機溶劑中,則可使用公知的染料。 Examples of the dye which can be used as the [IV] coloring agent include oil-soluble dyes, acid dyes or derivatives thereof, direct dyes, and vehicle dyes. As the dye, a known dye can be used as long as it is soluble in an organic solvent.

C.I.油溶性染料例如可列舉:C.I.溶劑黃4(以下省略“C.I.溶劑黃”的記載而僅僅記 載編號。其他染料也同樣地進行記載)、14、15、23、24、38、62、63、68、82、88、94、98、99、162、179;C.I.溶劑紅45、49、125、130;C.I.溶劑橙2、7、11、15、26、56;C.I.溶劑藍35、37、59、67;C.I.溶劑綠1、3、4、5、7、28、29、32、33、34、35等。 C.I. Oil-soluble dyes, for example, C.I. Solvent Yellow 4 (hereinafter, the description of "C.I. Solvent Yellow" is omitted and only Number. Other dyes are also described in the same manner), 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 82, 88, 94, 98, 99, 162, 179; CI solvent red 45, 49, 125, 130; CI Solvent Orange 2, 7, 11, 15, 26, 56; CI Solvent Blue 35, 37, 59, 67; CI Solvent Green 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35 Wait.

C.I.酸性染料例如可列舉:C.I.酸性黃1、3、7、9、11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、42、54、65、72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、119、123、128、134、135、138、139、140、144、150、155、157、160、161、163、168、169、172、177、178、179、184、190、193、196、197、199、202、203、204、205、207、212、214、220、221、228、230、232、235、238、240、242、243、251;Valifast yellow 1101、1109、1151、3108、3120、3130、3150、3170、4120;C.I.酸性紅1、4、8、14、17、18、26、27、29、31、34、35、37、42、44、50、51、52、57、66、73、80、87、88、91、92、94、97、103、111、114、129、133、134、138、143、145、150、151、158、176、182、183、198、206、211、215、216、217、227、228、249、252、257、258、260、261、266、268、270、274、277、280、281、195、308、312、315、316、339、341、345、346、349、 382、383、394、401、412、417、418、422、426;C.I.酸性橙6、7、8、10、12、26、50、51、52、56、62、63、64、74、75、94、95、107、108、169、173;C.I.酸性藍1、7、9、15、18、23、25、27、29、40、42、45、51、62、70、74、80、83、86、87、90、92、96、103、108、112、113、120、129、138、147、150、158、171、182、192、210、242、249、243、256、259、267、278、280、285、290、296、315、324、335、340;C.I.酸性紫6B、7、9、17、19、49;C.I.酸性綠1、3、5、9、16、25、27、50、58、63、65、80、104、105、106、109;C.I.酸性黑24等染料。 Examples of the CI acid dyes include: CI Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 119, 123, 128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179, 184, 190, 193, 196, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 205, 207, 212, 214, 220, 221, 228, 230, 232, 235, 238, 240, 242, 243, 251; Valifast yellow 1101, 1109, 1151, 3108, 3120, 3130, 3150, 3170, 4120; CI acid red 1, 4, 8, 14, 17, 18, 26, 27, 29, 31, 34, 35 , 37, 42, 44, 50, 51, 52, 57, 66, 73, 80, 87, 88, 91, 92, 94, 97, 103, 111, 114, 129, 133, 134, 138, 143, 145 , 150, 151, 158, 176, 182, 183, 198, 206, 211, 215, 216, 217, 227, 228, 249, 252, 257, 258, 260, 261, 266, 268, 270, 274, 277 , 280, 281, 195, 308, 312, 315, 316, 339, 341, 345, 346, 349, 382, 383, 394, 401, 412, 417, 418, 422, 426; CI Acid Orange 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 26, 50, 51, 52, 56, 62, 63, 64, 74, 75 , 94, 95, 107, 108, 169, 173; CI Acid Blue 1, 7, 9, 15, 18, 23, 25, 27, 29, 40, 42, 45, 51, 62, 70, 74, 80, 83, 86, 87, 90, 92, 96, 103, 108, 112, 113, 120, 129, 138, 147, 150, 158, 171, 182, 192, 210, 242, 249, 243, 256, 259, 267, 278, 280, 285, 290, 296, 315, 324, 335, 340; CI Acid Violet 6B, 7, 9, 17, 19, 49; CI Acid Green 1, 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 27, 50, 58, 63, 65, 80, 104, 105, 106, 109; CI acid black 24 and other dyes.

C.I.直接染料例如可列舉:C.I.直接黃2、33、34、35、38、39、43、47、50、54、58、68、69、70、71、86、93、94、95、98、102、108、109、129、136、138、141;C.I.直接紅79、82、83、84、91、92、96、97、98、99、105、106、107、172、173、176、177、179、181、182、184、204、207、211、213、218、220、221、222、232、233、234、241、243、246、250;C.I.直接橙34、39、41、46、50、52、56、57、61、64、65、68、70、96、97、106、107;C.I.直接藍57、77、80、81、84、85、86、90、93、94、95、97、98、99、100、101、106、107、108、109、 113、114、115、117、119、137、149、150、153、155、156、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、166、167、170、171、172、173、188、189、190、192、193、194、196、198、199、200、207、209、210、212、213、214、222、228、229、237、238、242、243、244、245、247、248、250、251、252、256、257、259、260、268、274、275、293;C.I.直接紫47、52、54、59、60、65、66、79、80、81、82、84、89、90、93、95、96、103、104;C.I.直接綠25、27、31、32、34、37、63、65、66、67、68、69、72、77、79、82等。 Examples of CI direct dyes include: CI Direct Yellow 2, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 102, 108, 109, 129, 136, 138, 141; CI Direct Red 79, 82, 83, 84, 91, 92, 96, 97, 98, 99, 105, 106, 107, 172, 173, 176, 177 ,179,181,182,184,204,207,211,213,218,220,221,222,232,233,234,241,243,246,250; CI Direct Orange 34, 39, 41, 46, 50, 52, 56, 57, 61, 64, 65, 68, 70, 96, 97, 106, 107; CI Direct Blue 57, 77, 80, 81, 84, 85, 86, 90, 93, 94, 95 , 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 106, 107, 108, 109, 113, 114, 115, 117, 119, 137, 149, 150, 153, 155, 156, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 170, 171, 172, 173, 188, 189, 190, 192, 193, 194, 196, 198, 199, 200, 207, 209, 210, 212, 213, 214, 222, 228, 229, 237, 238, 242, 243, 244, 245, 247, 248, 250, 251, 252, 256, 257, 259, 260, 268, 274, 275, 293; CI Direct Violet 47, 52, 54, 59, 60, 65, 66, 79, 80, 81, 82, 84 , 89, 90, 93, 95, 96, 103, 104; CI direct green 25, 27, 31, 32, 34, 37, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 72, 77, 79, 82, etc. .

C.I.媒介染料例如可列舉:C.I.媒介黃5、8、10、16、20、26、30、31、33、42、43、45、56、61、62、65;C.I.媒介紅1、2、3、4、9、11、12、14、17、18、19、22、23、24、25、26、30、32、33、36、37、38、39、41、43、45、46、48、53、56、63、71、74、85、86、88、90、94、95;C.I.媒介橙3、4、5、8、12、13、14、20、21、23、24、28、29、32、34、35、36、37、42、43、47、48;C.I.媒介藍1、2、3、7、8、9、12、13、15、16、19、20、21、22、23、24、26、30、31、32、39、40、41、43、44、48、49、53、61、74、77、83、84;C.I.媒介紫1、2、4、5、7、14、22、24、30、31、32、 37、40、41、44、45、47、48、53、58;C.I.媒介綠1、3、4、5、10、15、19、26、29、33、34、35、41、43、53等。 For CI medium dyes, for example, CI medium yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, 65; CI medium red 1, 2, 3 , 4, 9, 11, 12, 14, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30, 32, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 43, 45, 46, 48 , 53, 56, 63, 71, 74, 85, 86, 88, 90, 94, 95; CI medium orange 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14, 20, 21, 23, 24, 28, 29, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 42, 43, 47, 48; CI medium blue 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21, 22 , 23, 24, 26, 30, 31, 32, 39, 40, 41, 43, 44, 48, 49, 53, 61, 74, 77, 83, 84; CI medium purple 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 14, 22, 24, 30, 31, 32, 37, 40, 41, 44, 45, 47, 48, 53, 58; CI medium green 1, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 19, 26, 29, 33, 34, 35, 41, 43, 53 Wait.

關於可作為[IV]著色劑而使用的顏料,可使用有機顏料、無機顏料的任意一種。有機顏料例如可列舉在染料索引(C.I.;染色家協會(The Society of Dyers and Colourists)發行)中分類為顏料的化合物。具體而言可列舉附有如下所述的染料索引(C.I.)名的顏料。 As the pigment which can be used as the [IV] coloring agent, any of an organic pigment and an inorganic pigment can be used. The organic pigment may, for example, be a compound classified as a pigment in a dye index (C.I.; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colourists). Specifically, a pigment having a dye index (C.I.) name as described below can be cited.

可列舉:C.I.顏料黃12、C.I.顏料黃13、C.I.顏料黃14、C.I.顏料黃17、C.I.顏料黃20、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃55、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃153、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃166、C.I.顏料黃168、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃211;C.I.顏料橙5、C.I.顏料橙13、C.I.顏料橙14、C.I.顏料橙24、C.I.顏料橙34、C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙40、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙46、C.I.顏料橙49、C.I.顏料橙61、C.I.顏料橙64、C.I.顏料橙68、C.I.顏料橙70、C.I.顏料橙71、C.I.顏料橙72、C.I.顏料橙73、C.I.顏料橙74;C.I.顏料紅1、C.I.顏料紅2、C.I.顏料紅5、C.I.顏料紅17、C.I.顏料紅31、C.I.顏料紅32、C.I.顏料紅41、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅123、C.I.顏料紅144、C.I.顏料紅149、 C.I.顏料紅166、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅170、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅178、C.I.顏料紅179、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅185、C.I.顏料紅187、C.I.顏料紅202、C.I.顏料紅206、C.I.顏料紅207、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅214、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅221、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅243、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅262、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅272;C.I.顏料紫1、C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫29、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫36、C.I.顏料紫38;C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍80;C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠58;C.I.顏料棕23、C.I.顏料棕25;C.I.顏料黑1、C.I.顏料黑7等。 Can be cited as: CI Pigment Yellow 12, CI Pigment Yellow 13, CI Pigment Yellow 14, CI Pigment Yellow 17, CI Pigment Yellow 20, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, CI Pigment Yellow 55, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 153, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 166, CI Pigment Yellow 168, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 211; CI Pigment Orange 5, CI Pigment Orange 13, CI Pigment Orange 14, CI Pigment Orange 24, CI Pigment Orange 34, CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 40, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 46, CI Pigment Orange 49, CI Pigment Orange 61, CI Pigment Orange 64, CI Pigment Orange 68, CI Pigment Orange 70, CI Pigment Orange 71, CI Pigment Orange 72, CI Pigment Orange 73, CI Pigment Orange 74; CI Pigment Red 1, CI Pigment Red 2, CI Pigment Red 5, CI Pigment Red 17, CI Pigment Red 31, CI Pigment Red 32, CI Pigment Red 41, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 123, CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 168, CI Pigment Red 170, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 178, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 180, CI Pigment Red 185, CI Pigment Red 187, CI Pigment Red 202, CI Pigment Red 206, CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 214, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 221, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 243, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 262, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 272; CI Pigment Violet 1, CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 29, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Violet 36, CI Pigment Violet 38; CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 60 , CI Pigment Blue 80; CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Brown 23, CI Pigment Brown 25; CI Pigment Black 1, CI Pigment Black 7, and the like.

其次,對作為染料或顏料等的[IV]著色劑的化學結構加以說明。關於化學結構,可列舉偶氮類、三芳基甲烷類、蒽醌類、苯亞甲基類、氧雜菁類、花菁類、吩噻嗪類、吡咯並吡唑偶氮甲鹼類、氧雜蒽類、酞菁類、苯並吡喃類、靛藍類、二酮基吡咯並吡咯類等。該些著色劑中優選選擇三芳基甲烷類、巴比妥酸偶氮類、吡唑偶氮類、苯胺基偶氮類、吡唑並三唑偶氮類、吡啶酮偶氮類、酞菁類、蒽醌類、蒽吡啶酮類及二酮基吡咯並吡咯類的著色劑。 Next, the chemical structure of the [IV] colorant as a dye or a pigment will be described. Examples of the chemical structure include azo, triarylmethane, anthracene, benzylidene, oxaphthalocyanine, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, and oxygen. Heteroquinones, phthalocyanines, benzopyrans, indigo, diketopyrrolopyrroles, and the like. Among these colorants, triarylmethane, barbituric azo, pyrazole azo, anilino azo, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, phthalocyanine are preferably selected. A coloring agent for quinones, anthraquinones and diketopyrrolopyrroles.

作為優選的[IV]著色劑的例子的三芳基甲烷類著色劑 是呈藍色、紫色的著色劑。 Triarylmethane colorant as an example of a preferred [IV] colorant It is a blue, purple coloring agent.

呈藍色、紫色的著色劑是屬於C.I.顏料藍、C.I.顏料紫等顏料,C.I.鹼性藍、C.I.鹼性紫等鹼性染料,C.I.溶劑藍、C.I.溶劑紫等油溶性染料,C.I.酸性藍、C.I.酸性紫等酸性染料,C.I.分散藍、C.I.分散紫等分散性染料等,C.I.食用藍、C.I.食用紫等食用著色劑等著色劑。 Blue and purple coloring agents are pigments such as CI Pigment Blue, CI Pigment Violet, etc., CI Basic Blue, CI Basic Violet and other basic dyes, CI Solvent Blue, CI Solvent Violet and other oil-soluble dyes, CI Acid Blue, Acid dyes such as CI acid purple, disperse dyes such as CI disperse blue and CI disperse violet, and colorants such as CI food blue, CI edible violet, and other food coloring agents.

另外,屬於用反離子對該些酸性染料(亦包括直接染料)、鹼性染料進行改質而成的成鹽染料。 In addition, it is a salt-forming dye which is modified by using a counter ion to modify some of the acid dyes (including direct dyes) and basic dyes.

作為三芳基甲烷類著色劑的例子的三苯基甲烷類著色劑是由於位於相對於中心碳而言為對位的位置的NH2或OH基被氧化而成為醌結構,從而進行顯色的著色劑。而且,主要為鹼性染料,但導入了磺酸基的染料成為酸性染料。 The triphenylmethane-based colorant which is an example of a triarylmethane-based coloring agent is a color-developing coloring because the NH 2 or OH group located at a position opposite to the center carbon is oxidized to form a fluorene structure. Agent. Further, it is mainly a basic dye, but a dye into which a sulfonic acid group is introduced becomes an acid dye.

根據NH2、OH基的個數而分為以下3種類型,其中三胺基三苯基甲烷類染料的形態於顯示出良好的藍色方面而言為優選的形態。 The following three types are classified according to the number of NH 2 and OH groups, and the form of the triaminotriphenylmethane dye is a preferable form in terms of exhibiting a good blue color.

a)二胺基三苯基甲烷類染料 a) Diaminotriphenylmethane dyes

b)三胺基三苯基甲烷類染料 b) Triaminotriphenylmethane dyes

c)具有OH基的玫紅酸類染料 c) Rose sulphur dyes with OH groups

三胺基三苯基甲烷類染料的色調鮮明,耐光性優異而優選使用。而且,其中特別優選作為鹼性染料的二苯基萘基甲烷染料。 The triaminotriphenylmethane dye is preferably used because it has a clear color tone and is excellent in light resistance. Further, among them, a diphenylnaphthylmethane dye which is a basic dye is particularly preferable.

三芳基甲烷類著色劑可使用以下5種形態的染料及顏料。 As the triarylmethane coloring agent, the following five forms of dyes and pigments can be used.

1)三芳基甲烷類染料的鹼性染料(三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料) 1) Basic dyes of triaryl methane dyes (triarylmethane basic dyes)

2)三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料與有機磺酸的成鹽化合物、三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料與芳香族羥基羧酸的成鹽化合物 2) salt-forming compounds of triarylmethane-based basic dyes and organic sulfonic acids, salt-forming compounds of triarylmethane-based basic dyes and aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acids

3)三芳基甲烷類染料的酸性染料 3) Acid dyes of triaryl methane dyes

4)三芳基甲烷類酸性染料與季銨的成鹽化合物 4) Salt formation compounds of triarylmethane acid dyes and quaternary ammonium

5)三芳基甲烷類染料的色澱顏料(特別是三芳基甲烷類染料的金屬色澱顏料) 5) Lake pigments of triarylmethane dyes (especially metal lake pigments of triarylmethane dyes)

作為該些形態,其中優選使用三芳基甲烷類染料的鹼性染料、三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料與有機磺酸的成鹽化合物、三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料與芳香族羥基羧酸的成鹽化合物、三芳基甲烷類染料的金屬色澱顏料。 As such a form, a basic dye using a triarylmethane dye, a salt forming compound of a triarylmethane-based basic dye and an organic sulfonic acid, a salt of a triarylmethane-based basic dye and an aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acid are preferably used. A metal lake pigment of a compound, a triarylmethane dye.

三芳基甲烷類染料具有如下的分光特性:在400 nm~430 nm中具有高的透射率。然而,即使具有良好的分光特性,也與一般的染料同樣地耐熱性極差。在要求高的可靠性的彩色液晶顯示元件中使用時,於先前,特性並不充分。因此,優選在本實施形態的彩色濾光片中使用。而且,還可以像先前改善三芳基甲烷類染料的問題點那樣對染料進行鹼化、成鹽化、油溶性化、利用樹脂的改質而使用。或者還可以將染料色澱化而製成顏料。 The triarylmethane dye has the following spectral characteristics: high transmittance in the range of 400 nm to 430 nm. However, even if it has a good spectral characteristic, it is extremely inferior in heat resistance like a general dye. When used in a color liquid crystal display element requiring high reliability, the characteristics are not sufficient in the past. Therefore, it is preferably used in the color filter of the present embodiment. Further, the dye may be alkalized, salified, oil-soluble, or modified with a resin as in the prior problem of improving the triarylmethane dye. Alternatively, the dye can be laked to form a pigment.

三芳基甲烷類染料的鹼性染料、油溶性染料優選通過與具有如羧基這樣的酸基的樹脂或松香酯、松香改質馬來酸樹脂(松香改質富馬酸樹脂亦同義)混合而改善耐受性。 該些具有酸基的樹脂、松香酯、松香改質馬來酸樹脂的酸值優選為20~200。此處,酸值是利用JIS K-0070的方法而測定的值。 The basic dye and the oil-soluble dye of the triarylmethane dye are preferably improved by mixing with a resin having a acid group such as a carboxyl group or a rosin ester, and a rosin-modified maleic acid resin (synonym for rosin-modified fumaric acid resin). Tolerance. The acid value of the resin having an acid group, the rosin ester, and the rosin-modified maleic acid resin is preferably 20 to 200. Here, the acid value is a value measured by the method of JIS K-0070.

三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料可列舉C.I.鹼性藍1、5、7、26、C.I.鹼性紫1、3等。其中優選使用C.I.鹼性藍7。 Examples of the triarylmethane-based basic dyes include C.I. Basic Blue 1, 5, 7, 26, C.I. Basic Violet 1, 3, and the like. Among them, C.I. Basic Blue 7 is preferably used.

其次,對三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料與有機磺酸的成鹽化合物加以說明。三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料與有機磺酸可通過使兩者溶解於水溶液、醇溶液中等,從而進行反應而獲得成鹽化合物。 Next, a salt-forming compound of a triarylmethane-based basic dye and an organic sulfonic acid will be described. The triarylmethane-based basic dye and the organic sulfonic acid can be reacted to obtain a salt-forming compound by dissolving both in an aqueous solution or an alcohol solution.

有機磺酸可使用萘類磺化物、萘酚類磺化物等。 As the organic sulfonic acid, a naphthalene sulfonate or a naphthol sulfonate can be used.

萘類磺化物是在萘的碳原子上鍵結有磺酸基的化合物的總稱,萘酚類磺化物是在萘酚的碳原子上鍵結有磺酸基的化合物的總稱。 The naphthalene sulfonate is a general term for a compound having a sulfonic acid group bonded to a carbon atom of naphthalene, and the naphthol sulfonate is a general term for a compound having a sulfonic acid group bonded to a carbon atom of naphthol.

萘類磺化物中存在有:鍵結有1個磺酸基的萘單磺酸、鍵結有2個磺酸基的萘二磺酸、鍵結有3個磺酸基的萘三磺酸。具體而言為1-萘磺酸、2-萘磺酸、1,3-萘二磺酸、1,5-萘二磺酸、1,6-萘二磺酸、1,7-萘二磺酸、2,6-萘二磺酸、2,7-萘二磺酸、1,3,5-萘三磺酸、1,3,6-萘三磺酸、1,3,7-萘三磺酸等。 Among the naphthalene sulfonates, there are naphthalene monosulfonic acid having one sulfonic acid group bonded thereto, naphthalene disulfonic acid having two sulfonic acid groups bonded thereto, and naphthalene trisulfonic acid having three sulfonic acid groups bonded thereto. Specifically, it is 1-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 1,3-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 1,5-naphthalene disulfonic acid, 1,6-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 1,7-naphthalene disulfide Acid, 2,6-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 1,3,5-naphthalenetrisulfonic acid, 1,3,6-naphthalenetrisulfonic acid, 1,3,7-naphthalene Sulfonic acid, etc.

而且,萘類磺化物除了上述萘磺酸以外亦包含萘胺磺酸。而且存在有:鍵結有1個磺酸基的萘胺單磺酸、鍵結有2個磺酸基的萘胺二磺酸、鍵結有3個磺酸基的萘胺三磺酸。具體而言為1,4-萘胺磺酸(對胺基萘磺酸)、1,5-萘胺磺酸(勞倫酸)、1,6-萘胺磺酸(6-克利弗酸)、1,7- 萘胺磺酸(7-克利弗酸)、1,8-萘胺磺酸(周位酸)、2,1-萘胺磺酸(托拜厄斯酸)、2,5-萘胺磺酸、2,6-萘胺磺酸(布龍酸)、1,3,6-萘胺二磺酸(弗羅因德酸)、1,3,7-萘胺二磺酸、2,3,6-萘胺二磺酸(胺基R酸)、2,4,6-萘胺二磺酸(C酸)、2,5,7-萘胺二磺酸(胺基J酸)、2,6,8-萘胺二磺酸(胺基G酸)、1,3,6,8-萘胺三磺酸(科赫酸)等。 Further, the naphthalene sulfonate contains naphthylamine sulfonic acid in addition to the above naphthalenesulfonic acid. Further, there are naphthylamine monosulfonic acid having one sulfonic acid group bonded thereto, naphthylamine disulfonic acid having two sulfonic acid groups bonded thereto, and naphthylamine trisulfonic acid having three sulfonic acid groups bonded thereto. Specifically, 1,4-naphthylaminesulfonic acid (p-aminonaphthalenesulfonic acid), 1,5-naphthylaminesulfonic acid (lauranic acid), 1,6-naphthylaminesulfonic acid (6-cliphoric acid) 1,7- Naphthylamine sulfonic acid (7-cliphoric acid), 1,8-naphthylamine sulfonic acid (peripheric acid), 2,1-naphthylamine sulfonic acid (tobes acid), 2,5-naphthylamine sulfonic acid , 2,6-naphthylamine sulfonic acid (bromonic acid), 1,3,6-naphthylamine disulfonic acid (Froud acid), 1,3,7-naphthylamine disulfonic acid, 2,3, 6-naphthylamine disulfonic acid (amino R acid), 2,4,6-naphthylamine disulfonic acid (C acid), 2,5,7-naphthylamine disulfonic acid (amino J acid), 2, 6,8-naphthylamine disulfonic acid (amino G acid), 1,3,6,8-naphthylamine trisulfonic acid (kohic acid), and the like.

萘酚類磺化物中亦存在有:鍵結有1個磺酸基的萘酚單磺酸、鍵結有2個磺酸基的萘酚二磺酸、鍵結有3個磺酸基的萘酚三磺酸。具體而言為1-萘酚-2-磺酸、1-萘酚-4-磺酸(NW酸)、1-萘酚-5-磺酸(L酸)、1-萘酚-8-磺酸、2-萘酚-1-磺酸、2-萘酚-6-磺酸(薛佛氏酸)、2-萘酚-8-磺酸(藏紅花酸)、1-萘酚-2,4-二磺酸、1-萘酚-3,6-二磺酸、1-萘酚-3,8-二磺酸(ε酸)、2-萘酚-3,6-二磺酸(R酸)、2-萘酚-3,8-二磺酸、2-萘酚-6,8-二磺酸(G酸)、1-萘酚-2,4,7-三磺酸、1-萘酚-3,6,8-三磺酸(氧代科赫酸)、2-萘酚-3,6,8-三磺酸等。 Among the naphthol sulfonates, there are also naphthol monosulfonic acid bonded with one sulfonic acid group, naphthol disulfonic acid bonded with two sulfonic acid groups, and naphthalene bonded with three sulfonic acid groups. Phenol trisulfonic acid. Specifically, 1-naphthol-2-sulfonic acid, 1-naphthol-4-sulfonic acid (NW acid), 1-naphthol-5-sulfonic acid (L acid), 1-naphthol-8-sulfonate Acid, 2-naphthol-1-sulfonic acid, 2-naphthol-6-sulfonic acid (Schiff's acid), 2-naphthol-8-sulfonic acid (saffronic acid), 1-naphthol-2,4 -disulfonic acid, 1-naphthol-3,6-disulfonic acid, 1-naphthol-3,8-disulfonic acid (ε acid), 2-naphthol-3,6-disulfonic acid (R acid ), 2-naphthol-3,8-disulfonic acid, 2-naphthol-6,8-disulfonic acid (G acid), 1-naphthol-2,4,7-trisulphonic acid, 1-naphthalene Phenol-3,6,8-trisulphonic acid (oxocochic acid), 2-naphthol-3,6,8-trisulphonic acid, and the like.

其中優選鍵結有2個磺酸基的萘二磺酸及萘酚二磺酸。其中優選1,5-萘二磺酸、2,7-萘二磺酸、2-萘酚-3,6-二磺酸、2-萘酚-3,8-二磺酸。 Among them, naphthalenedisulfonic acid and naphthol disulfonic acid having two sulfonic acid groups bonded thereto are preferred. Among them, preferred are 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 2,7-naphthalene disulfonic acid, 2-naphthol-3,6-disulfonic acid, and 2-naphthol-3,8-disulfonic acid.

另外,包含維多利亞純藍BO(C.I.鹼性藍7)與萘二磺酸的成鹽化合物、包含維多利亞純藍BO(C.I.鹼性藍7)與萘酚二磺酸的成鹽化合物是優選的染料。 In addition, a salt-forming compound comprising Victoria Pure Blue BO (CI Basic Blue 7) and naphthalenedisulfonic acid, a salt-forming compound comprising Victoria Pure Blue BO (CI Basic Blue 7) and naphthol disulfonic acid is a preferred dye. .

使萘類的二磺化物、萘酚類的二磺化物與三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料反應,製成本實施形態的[IV]著色劑的情況 時,1莫耳的二磺化物相對於三芳基甲烷類染料2莫耳反應而成鹽。其中和了電荷,且以反離子成分的莫耳比計而言具有2倍量的著色劑成分,因此是成為作為著色劑而並不損及染料的顯色的優選成分。亦即,優選使用具有至少2個磺酸基的有機磺酸。 A case where a disulfonate of a naphthalene or a disulfonate of a naphthol is reacted with a triarylmethane-based basic dye to prepare a [IV] colorant of the present embodiment. At the time, 1 mole of the disulfonate reacted with the triarylmethane dye 2 mole to form a salt. Since the charge is contained and the colorant component is twice as large as the molar ratio of the counter ion component, it is a preferable component which does not impair the color development of the dye as a colorant. That is, it is preferred to use an organic sulfonic acid having at least 2 sulfonic acid groups.

而且,三芳基甲烷類鹼性染料與有機磺酸、(芳香族羥基羧酸)的成鹽化合物可通過先前已知的方法而合成。在日本專利特開2003-215850號公報等中揭示了具體的手法。 Further, a salt-forming compound of a triarylmethane-based basic dye and an organic sulfonic acid or (aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acid) can be synthesized by a previously known method. A specific method is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-215850.

而且,可與上述有機磺酸同樣地使用芳香族羥基羧酸而獲得成鹽化合物。作為優選的芳香族羥基羧酸,其中優選使用3,5-二第三丁基水楊酸、3-羥基-2-萘甲酸、3-苯基水楊酸。在使用芳香族羥基羧酸的情況時,獲得三芳基甲烷類染料中的胺基(-NHC2H5)部分與芳香族羥基羧酸的羧酸(-COOH)部分鍵結而成的成鹽化合物。而且,羥基(-OH)與成鹽反應並無關類地殘存。 Further, an aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acid can be used in the same manner as the above organic sulfonic acid to obtain a salt-forming compound. As a preferred aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acid, 3,5-di-t-butylsalicylic acid, 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, and 3-phenylsalicylic acid are preferably used. In the case of using an aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acid, a salt formed by bonding an amine group (-NHC 2 H 5 ) moiety of a triarylmethane dye to a carboxylic acid (-COOH) moiety of an aromatic hydroxycarboxylic acid is obtained. Compound. Moreover, the hydroxyl group (-OH) remains unrelated to the salt formation reaction.

另外,包含維多利亞純藍BO(C.I.鹼性藍7)與3,5-二第三丁基水楊酸的成鹽化合物是優選的染料。 Further, a salt-forming compound comprising Victoria Pure Blue BO (C.I. Basic Blue 7) and 3,5-di-t-butylsalicylic acid is a preferred dye.

三芳基甲烷類染料的酸性染料優選使用食用藍101號(C.I.酸性藍1)、酸性純藍(C.I.酸性藍3)、色澱藍I(C.I.酸性藍5)、色澱藍II(C.I.酸性藍7)、食用藍1號(C.I.酸性藍9)、C.I.酸性藍22、C.I.酸性藍83、C.I.酸性藍90、C.I.酸性藍93、C.I.酸性藍100、C.I.酸性藍103、C.I.酸性藍104、C.I.酸性藍109。 The acid dye of the triarylmethane dye is preferably Edible Blue No. 101 (CI Acid Blue 1), Acid Pure Blue (CI Acid Blue 3), Lake Blue I (CI Acid Blue 5), Lake Blue II (CI Acid Blue) 7), Edible Blue No. 1 (CI Acid Blue 9), CI Acid Blue 22, CI Acid Blue 83, CI Acid Blue 90, CI Acid Blue 93, CI Acid Blue 100, CI Acid Blue 103, CI Acid Blue 104, CI Acid blue 109.

三芳基甲烷類酸性染料與季銨化合物的成鹽化合物可通過先前已知的方法而合成。 A salt forming compound of a triarylmethane acid dye and a quaternary ammonium compound can be synthesized by a previously known method.

若列舉一例,則將三芳基甲烷類酸性染料溶解於水中後,添加季銨化合物,一面進行攪拌一面進行成鹽化處理即可。此處,獲得三芳基甲烷類酸性染料中的磺酸基(-SO3H)部分與季銨化合物的銨基(NH4 +)部分鍵結而成的成鹽化合物。季銨化合物優選使用三乙基苄基氯化銨等。 As an example, after the triarylmethane acid dye is dissolved in water, the quaternary ammonium compound may be added and the salt formation treatment may be carried out while stirring. Here, a salt-forming compound obtained by bonding a sulfonic acid group (-SO 3 H) moiety in a triarylmethane-based acid dye to an ammonium group (NH 4 + ) moiety of a quaternary ammonium compound is obtained. As the quaternary ammonium compound, triethylbenzylammonium chloride or the like is preferably used.

在本實施形態中,可使用三芳基甲烷色澱顏料作為三芳基甲烷類著色劑。 In the present embodiment, a triarylmethane lake pigment can be used as the triarylmethane colorant.

顏料化中所進行的色澱化是利用沉澱劑而由可溶性的染料獲得不溶性鹽,是具有化學性反應,且染料成分吸附於沉澱劑粒子上的狀態。 The lake formation carried out in the pigmentation is a state in which a preservative salt is obtained from a soluble dye using a precipitating agent, and a chemical reaction is carried out, and the dye component is adsorbed on the precipitant particles.

三胺基三苯基甲烷類染料通過進行色澱化而改善耐候性、耐熱性,成為穩定的良好的著色劑。 The triaminotriphenylmethane dye is improved in weather resistance and heat resistance by performing lake formation, and is a stable and excellent color former.

用以對三芳基甲烷類染料進行色澱化的沉澱劑可列舉氯化鋇、氯化鈣、硫酸銨、氯化鋁、乙酸鋁、乙酸鉛、丹寧酸、卡他諾(Katanol)、被稱為絡合酸的複合雜多酸(磷鎢酸、磷鉬酸、磷鎢鉬酸、矽鎢鉬酸、矽鎢酸、矽鉬酸)等。其中,使用複合雜多酸的色澱顏料由於鮮明且著色力大、耐光性顯著提高,因此是優選的顏料。 Examples of the precipitating agent used for the lamination of the triarylmethane dye include barium chloride, calcium chloride, ammonium sulfate, aluminum chloride, aluminum acetate, lead acetate, tannic acid, katatan (Katanol), and A complex heteropoly acid (phosphoric acid, phosphomolybdic acid, phosphotungstic acid, samarium tungsten molybdate, samarium tungstic acid, samarium molybdate) called a complex acid. Among them, a lake pigment using a composite heteropoly acid is a preferred pigment because of its sharpness, large coloring power, and markedly improved light resistance.

三芳基甲烷類顏料具體可列舉C.I.顏料藍1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍9、C.I.顏料藍10、C.I.顏料藍14、C.I.顏料藍62、C.I.顏料紫3、C.I.顏料紫27、C.I.顏料紫39等。 Specific examples of the triarylmethane pigments include CI Pigment Blue 1, CI Pigment Blue 2, CI Pigment Blue 9, CI Pigment Blue 10, CI Pigment Blue 14, CI Pigment Blue 62, CI Pigment Violet 3, CI Pigment Violet 27, CI Pigment. Purple 39 and so on.

於以下具體地表示更優選的三芳基甲烷類顏料。 More preferred triarylmethane-based pigments are specifically indicated below.

C.I.顏料藍1。 C.I. Pigment Blue 1.

以磷鎢鉬酸對C.I.鹼性藍26、C.I.鹼性藍7進行色澱化。 The C.I. Basic Blue 26, C.I. Basic Blue 7 was subjected to lake formation with phosphotungstic acid.

C.I.顏料紫3。 C.I. Pigment Violet 3.

以磷鎢鉬酸對C.I.鹼性紫1進行色澱化。 The C.I. Basic Violet 1 was subjected to lake formation with phosphotungstic acid.

C.I.顏料紫39。 C.I. Pigment Violet 39.

以磷鎢鉬酸對C.I.鹼性紫3(結晶紫)進行色澱化。 The C.I. Basic Violet 3 (crystal violet) was subjected to lake formation with phosphotungstic acid.

其中優選使用C.I.顏料藍1。 Among them, C.I. Pigment Blue 1 is preferably used.

其次,作為優選的[IV]著色劑的例子的巴比妥酸偶氮類染料及吡啶酮偶氮類例如具有以下的結構。然而,本實施形態中所使用的巴比妥酸偶氮類染料及吡啶酮偶氮類並不限定於該些結構。 Next, as an example of a preferred [IV] coloring agent, a barbituric azo dye and a pyridone azo have the following structures, for example. However, the barbituric azo dye and the pyridone azo used in the present embodiment are not limited to these structures.

在式(101)中,T1及T2分別獨立地表示氧原子或硫原子。 In the formula (101), T 1 and T 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

R101~R104分別獨立地表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為 6~20的芳基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~20的芳烷基或亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~10的醯基。 R 101 to R 104 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. The aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 20 or a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 10 which may have a substituent.

R105~R112分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基、碳數為1~8的烷氧基、羧基、磺基、胺磺醯基或N位-取代胺磺醯基。上述脂肪族烴基中所含的氫原子亦可被鹵素原子取代。 R 105 to R 112 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, an aminesulfonyl group or an N-substituted aminesulfonate.醯基. The hydrogen atom contained in the above aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a halogen atom.

若加以更詳細的說明,則在式(101)中,R101~R104中的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基可以是直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任意一種。碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基的碳數優選為2~8,更優選為3~6。碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、乙基己基(2-乙基己基等)、環戊基、環己基及環己基烷基等。 More specifically, in the formula (101), the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 101 to R 104 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 3 to 6. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, second butyl group, tert-butyl group, and ethylhexyl group (2). -ethylhexyl or the like), cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cyclohexylalkyl.

而且,碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基中所含的氫原子亦可被羥基、碳數為1~8的(優選碳數為1~4的)烷氧基或碳數為1~8的(優選碳數為1~4的)硫代烷氧基取代。經取代的脂肪族烴基例如可列舉羥基乙基(2-羥基乙基等)、乙氧基乙基(2-乙氧基乙基等)、乙基己氧基丙基(3-(2-乙基己氧基)丙基等)及甲硫基丙基(3-甲硫基丙基等)等。 Further, the hydrogen atom contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4) or a carbon number of 1 to 8. (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4) substituted by a thioalkoxy group. Examples of the substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a hydroxyethyl group (2-hydroxyethyl group, etc.), an ethoxyethyl group (2-ethoxyethyl group, etc.), and an ethylhexyloxypropyl group (3-(2-). Ethylhexyloxypropyl, etc.) and methylthiopropyl (3-methylthiopropyl, etc.) and the like.

R101~R104中的碳數為6~20的芳基可未經取代,亦可具有脂肪族烴基、烷氧基、羧基、磺基或包含酯鍵的基等取代基。所述芳基的碳數包含取代基的碳數而進行計數,優選為6~10。芳基例如可列舉苯基、2-甲基苯基、 3-甲基苯基、4-甲基苯基、2-甲氧基苯基、3-甲氧基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、2-磺苯基、3-磺苯基、4-磺苯基及乙氧基羰基苯基(4-(COOC2H5)Ph基(Ph基表示苯基)等)等。 The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in R 101 to R 104 may be unsubstituted, and may have a substituent such as an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group or a group containing an ester bond. The carbon number of the aryl group is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and is preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a 2-methylphenyl group, a 3-methylphenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, a 2-methoxyphenyl group, a 3-methoxyphenyl group, and a 4-methoxy group. A phenyl group, a 2-sulfophenyl group, a 3-sulfophenyl group, a 4-sulfophenyl group, and an ethoxycarbonylphenyl group (4-(COOC 2 H 5 )Ph group (Ph group represents a phenyl group), etc.).

R101~R104中的碳數為7~20的芳烷基的烷基部分可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任意一種。芳烷基的碳數包含取代基的碳數而進行計數,優選為7~10。碳數為7~20的芳烷基可列舉苄基及苯乙基等。 The alkyl moiety of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms in R 101 to R 104 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The carbon number of the aralkyl group is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and is preferably 7 to 10. Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.

R101~R104中的碳數為2~10的醯基可未經取代,亦可鍵結脂肪族烴基或烷氧基等取代基。醯基的碳數包含取代基的碳數而進行計數,其個數優選為2~10。醯基例如可列舉乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲氧基苯甲醯基(對甲氧基苯甲醯基等)等。 The fluorenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in R 101 to R 104 may be unsubstituted or may be bonded to a substituent such as an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alkoxy group. The carbon number of the mercapto group is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 2 to 10. Examples of the mercapto group include an ethenyl group, a benzamidine group, a methoxybenzylidene group (p-methoxybenzylidene group, etc.).

R105~R112中的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基可列舉與R101~R104的情況下相同的基。R105~R112的脂肪族烴基中所含的氫原子亦可被鹵素原子取代,鹵素原子優選列舉氟原子。被鹵素原子取代的脂肪族烴基的具體例可列舉三氟甲基等。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 105 to R 112 may be the same as those in the case of R 101 to R 104 . The hydrogen atom contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group of R 105 to R 112 may be substituted by a halogen atom, and the halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom. Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group substituted with a halogen atom include a trifluoromethyl group and the like.

R105~R112中的碳數為1~8的烷氧基的碳數優選為1~4。烷氧基例如可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、正丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基及第三丁氧基等。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in R 105 to R 112 is preferably 1 to 4. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-propoxy group, a n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a second butoxy group, and a third butoxy group.

R105~R112中的N位-取代胺磺醯基例如優選為N位-單取代胺磺醯基,以-SO2NHR140而表示。 The N-substituted sulfonyl group in R 105 to R 112 is, for example, preferably an N-substituted monosulfonylsulfonyl group, which is represented by -SO 2 NHR 140 .

-SO2NHR140中所含的R140表示亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為6~ 20的芳基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~20的芳烷基或亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~10的醯基。 R 140 contained in -SO 2 NHR 140 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. The aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 20 or a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 10 which may have a substituent.

R140中的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任意一種。脂肪族烴基的碳數並不包含取代基的碳數,其個數優選為6~10。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 140 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group does not include the carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 6 to 10.

R140中的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、甲基丁基(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基等)、甲基己基(1-甲基己基、1,5-二甲基己基等)、乙基己基(2-乙基己基等)、環戊基、環己基、甲基環己基(2-甲基環己基等)及環己基烷基等。 Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 140 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, second butyl group, and third butyl group. Butyl (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, etc.), methylhexyl (1-methylhexyl, 1,5-dimethylhexyl, etc.), ethylhexyl (2-ethylhexyl) Etc.), cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methylcyclohexyl (2-methylcyclohexyl, etc.) and cyclohexylalkyl.

-SO2NHR140中所含的R140中的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基亦可被碳數為1~8的(優選為碳數為1~4的)烷氧基取代,例如可列舉丙氧基丙基(3-(異丙氧基)丙基等)等。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 140 contained in -SO 2 NHR 140 may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), for example, Examples thereof include a propoxypropyl group (3-(isopropoxy)propyl group, etc.).

R140中的碳數為6~20的芳基可未經取代,亦可具有脂肪族烴基或羥基等取代基。所述芳基的碳數包含取代基的碳數而進行計數,優選為6~10。芳基例如可列舉苯基、羥基苯基(4-羥基苯基等)、三氟甲基苯基(4-三氟甲基苯基等)等。 The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in R 140 may be unsubstituted, and may have a substituent such as an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a hydroxyl group. The carbon number of the aryl group is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and is preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a hydroxyphenyl group (such as a 4-hydroxyphenyl group), a trifluoromethylphenyl group (such as a 4-trifluoromethylphenyl group), and the like.

R140中的碳數為7~20的芳烷基的烷基部分可為直鏈狀或分支狀的任意一種。芳烷基的碳數通常為7~20,優選為7~10。該芳烷基可列舉苄基、苯基丙基(1-甲基-3-苯基丙基等)、苯基丁基(3-胺基-1-苯基丁基等)等苯基 烷基等。 The alkyl moiety of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms in R 140 may be either linear or branched. The aralkyl group has a carbon number of usually 7 to 20, preferably 7 to 10. Examples of the aralkyl group include a phenyl group such as a benzyl group, a phenylpropyl group (1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl group), or a phenyl group such as a phenylbutyl group (3-amino-1-phenylbutyl group). Base.

R140中的碳數為2~10的醯基可未經取代,醯基中所含的氫原子亦可被脂肪族烴基或烷氧基取代。醯基的碳數包含取代基的碳數而進行計數,其個數優選為6~10。醯基例如可列舉乙醯基、苯甲醯基、鄰甲苯甲醯基、間甲苯甲醯基、對甲苯甲醯基及甲氧基苯甲醯基(對甲氧基苯甲醯基等)等。 The fluorenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in R 140 may be unsubstituted, and the hydrogen atom contained in the fluorenyl group may be substituted by an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alkoxy group. The carbon number of the mercapto group is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the mercapto group include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a benzamidine group, an o-tolylmethyl fluorenyl group, a m-tolylmethyl fluorenyl group, a p-tolyl fluorenyl group, and a methoxybenzyl fluorenyl group (p-methoxybenzyl fluorenyl group). Wait.

作為優選的[IV]著色劑的例子的吡啶酮偶氮類例如具有以下的結構。 The pyridone azo which is an example of a preferable [IV] coloring agent has the following structures, for example.

在式(102)中,Z表示鹵素原子,亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~12的脂肪族烴基,碳數為1~8的烷氧基,具有1個或2個選自由羥基、羧基、胺甲醯基、磺基、胺磺醯基及N位-取代胺磺醯基所構成的群組的至少1種取代基的苯基,或者具有1個~3個選自由鹵素原子、亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~12的脂肪族烴基、碳數為1~8的烷氧基、羥基、羧基、胺甲醯基、磺基、胺磺醯基及N位-取代胺磺醯基所構成的群組的至少1種取代基的萘基。 In the formula (102), Z represents a halogen atom, may have a substituent having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and having 1 or 2 selected from a hydroxyl group. a phenyl group having at least one substituent of a group consisting of a carboxyl group, an amine methyl sulfonyl group, a sulfo group, an amine sulfonyl group, and an N-substituted amine sulfonyl group, or having one to three selected from a halogen atom, An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an aminomethyl sulfonyl group, a sulfo group, an amine sulfonyl group, and an N-substituted amine. A naphthyl group having at least one substituent of the group consisting of sulfonyl groups.

R121表示氫原子,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基、羧基或三氟甲基。 R 121 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.

R122表示氫原子、氰基、胺甲醯基、N位-取代胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基或磺基。 R 122 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an amine carbenyl group, an N-substituted amine carbenyl group, an amine sulfonyl group or a sulfo group.

R123表示氫原子,亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~10的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的脂肪族烴基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為6~30的芳基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~20的芳烷基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為3~20的雜環基,胺甲醯基,N位-取代胺甲醯基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烷氧基羰基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~30的芳氧基羰基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的醯基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~30的脂肪族磺醯基或亦可具有取代基的碳數為6~30的芳基磺醯基。 R 123 represents a hydrogen atom, and may have a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, which may have a substituent. An aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an amine carbenyl group, an N-substituted amine carbenyl group, or The alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms of the substituent may have an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms as a substituent, or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms having a substituent. An aliphatic sulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

若加以更詳細的說明,則在式(102)中,Z中的碳數為1~12的脂肪族烴基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀或環狀的任意一種。脂肪族烴基的碳數包括所有的取代基的碳數,其個數優選為1~12,更優選為2~11。脂肪族烴基例如可列舉正辛基、甲基己基(1,5-二甲基己基等)、乙基己基(2-乙基己基等)、環辛基、甲基環己基(2,2-二甲基環己基等)及環己基烷基等。脂肪族烴基中所含的氫原子亦可被碳數為1~8的烷氧基或羧基取代。具有取代基的脂肪族烴基可列舉烷氧基丙基(3-(2'-乙基己氧基)丙基等)及8-(羧基)辛基等。 More specifically, in the formula (102), the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in Z may be linear, branched or cyclic. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes the carbon number of all the substituents, and the number thereof is preferably from 1 to 12, more preferably from 2 to 11. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include n-octyl group, methylhexyl group (1,5-dimethylhexyl group, etc.), ethylhexyl group (2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cyclooctyl group, and methylcyclohexyl group (2,2- Dimethylcyclohexyl or the like) and cyclohexylalkyl group. The hydrogen atom contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a carboxyl group. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent include an alkoxypropyl group (3-(2'-ethylhexyloxy)propyl group) and an 8-(carboxy)octyl group.

Z中的碳數為1~8的烷氧基例如可列舉甲氧基、乙氧 基、異丙氧基、正丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基及第三丁氧基等。 Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in Z include methoxy group and ethoxy group. Base, isopropoxy, n-propoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy and tert-butoxy.

Z中的鹵素原子可列舉氟原子、溴原子、氯原子及碘原子。 Examples of the halogen atom in Z include a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a chlorine atom, and an iodine atom.

Z中的N位-取代胺磺醯基以-SO2N(R141)R142而表示。R141及R142分別獨立地表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~16的脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~20的芳烷基或亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~15的醯基(其中,R141及R142並不同時為氫原子)。 The N-substituted sulfonyl group in Z is represented by -SO 2 N(R 141 )R 142 . R 141 and R 142 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. The aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 20 or a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 15 which may have a substituent (wherein R 141 and R 142 are not simultaneously a hydrogen atom).

碳數為1~16的脂肪族烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任意一種,脂肪族烴基的碳數優選為6~16。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 16 carbon atoms.

R141及R142中的碳數為1~16的脂肪族烴基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀或環狀的任意一種。脂肪族烴基的碳數並不包含取代基的碳數,其個數優選為1~16,更優選為6~10。脂肪族烴基例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、甲基丁基(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基等)、甲基己基(1,5-二甲基己基等)、乙基己基(2-乙基己基等)、環戊基、環己基、甲基環己基(2-甲基環己基等)及環己基烷基等。脂肪族烴基中所含的氫原子亦可被碳數為1~8的烷氧基或羧基取代。具有取代基的脂肪族烴基可列舉丙氧基丙基(3-(異丙氧基)丙基等)、2-(羧基)乙基、3-(羧基)乙基及4-羧基乙基等。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms in R 141 and R 142 may be linear, branched or cyclic. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group does not include the carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably from 1 to 16, more preferably from 6 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, t-butyl, methylbutyl (1, 1, 3, 3). -tetramethylbutyl or the like), methylhexyl (1,5-dimethylhexyl, etc.), ethylhexyl (2-ethylhexyl, etc.), cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methylcyclohexyl (2- Methylcyclohexyl or the like) and cyclohexylalkyl group. The hydrogen atom contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a carboxyl group. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent include a propoxypropyl group (3-(isopropoxy)propyl group, etc.), a 2-(carboxy)ethyl group, a 3-(carboxy)ethyl group, a 4-carboxyethyl group, and the like. .

R141及R142中的碳數為6~20的芳基亦可具有脂肪族 烴基或羥基等取代基。芳基的碳數包含取代基的碳數而進行計數,優選為6~20,更優選為6~10。芳基可列舉苯基、羧基苯基(2-羧基苯基、2,4-二羧基苯基等)、羥基苯基(4-羥基苯基等)、三氟甲基苯基(4-三氟甲基苯基等)及甲氧基苯基(4-甲氧基苯基)等。 The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in R 141 and R 142 may have a substituent such as an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a hydroxyl group. The carbon number of the aryl group is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a carboxyphenyl group (2-carboxyphenyl group, a 2,4-dicarboxyphenyl group, etc.), a hydroxyphenyl group (4-hydroxyphenyl group, etc.), and a trifluoromethylphenyl group (4-three). Fluoromethylphenyl or the like) and methoxyphenyl (4-methoxyphenyl) and the like.

R141及R142中的碳數為7~20的芳烷基的烷基部分可為直鏈狀或分支狀的任意一種。芳烷基的碳數優選為7~20,更優選為7~10。芳烷基可列舉苄基、苯基乙基(2-苯基乙基、2-(4-羥基苯基)乙基等)、苯基伸乙基(2-苯基伸乙基等)、苯基丙基(1-甲基-3-苯基丙基等)及苯基丁基(3-胺基-1-苯基丁基等)等苯基烷基。 The alkyl moiety of the aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms in R 141 and R 142 may be either linear or branched. The carbon number of the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, and more preferably from 7 to 10. Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group (2-phenylethyl group, a 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl group, etc.), a phenylethyl group (2-phenylethyl group, etc.), and a phenyl group. A phenylalkyl group such as a propyl group (1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl group or the like) or a phenylbutyl group (3-amino-1-phenylbutyl group or the like).

R141及R142中的碳數為2~15的醯基可未經取代,亦可具有脂肪族烴基、烷氧基或羧基等取代基。醯基的碳數包含取代基的碳數而進行計數,其個數優選為2~15,更優選為6~10。醯基例如可列舉乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲氧基苯甲醯基(對甲氧基苯甲醯基等)、羧基乙醯基、2-羧基丙醯基、3-羧基丙醯基、2-羧基丁醯基、3-羧基丁醯基及4-羧基丁醯基等。 The fluorenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms in R 141 and R 142 may be unsubstituted, and may have a substituent such as an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group or a carboxyl group. The carbon number of the mercapto group is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 2 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the mercapto group include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a benzamidine group, a methoxybenzylidene group (p-methoxybenzylidene group, etc.), a carboxyethyl group, a 2-carboxypropyl group, and a 3-carboxypropene group. A group, a 2-carboxybutanyl group, a 3-carboxybutanyl group, a 4-carboxybutanyl group, and the like.

R121表示氫原子,直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基,羧基或三氟甲基。 R 121 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.

R121中的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基的碳數並不包含取代基的碳數。其碳數優選為2~8,更優選為3~6。脂肪族烴基可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 121 does not include the carbon number of the substituent. The carbon number is preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 3 to 6. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.

R122表示氫原子、氰基、胺甲醯基或N位-取代胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基或磺基。 R 122 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, an amine carbenyl group or an N-substituted amine carbenyl group, an amine sulfonyl group or a sulfo group.

R122中的N位-取代胺甲醯基可列舉-CON(R143)R144。R143及R144分別獨立表示氫原子、亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~10的脂肪族烴基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為6~20的芳基、亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~20的芳烷基或亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~10的醯基。 The N-substituted aminemethanyl group in R 122 may be -CON(R 143 )R 144 . R 143 and R 144 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. An aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

R143及R144的脂肪族烴基、芳基、芳烷基及醯基的說明及具體例與前述的R141及R142相同。其中,醯基亦可具有鹵素原子。亦可具有鹵素原子的醯基例如可列舉溴苯甲醯基(對溴苯甲醯基等)等。 The description and specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group and the fluorenyl group of R 143 and R 144 are the same as those of the above R 141 and R 142 . Among them, the fluorenyl group may have a halogen atom. Examples of the thiol group which may have a halogen atom include a bromobenzylidene group (p-bromobenzylidene group, etc.).

R123表示氫原子,亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~10的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的脂肪族烴基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為6~30的芳基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~20的芳烷基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為3~20的雜環基,胺甲醯基,N位-取代胺甲醯基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的烷氧基羰基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為7~30的芳氧基羰基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為2~20的醯基,亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~30的脂肪族磺醯基或亦可具有取代基的碳數為6~30的芳基磺醯基。 R 123 represents a hydrogen atom, and may have a linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, which may have a substituent. An aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an amine carbenyl group, an N-substituted amine carbenyl group, or The alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms of the substituent may have an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms as a substituent, or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms having a substituent. An aliphatic sulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

R123中的脂肪族烴基可列舉與上述R121中的脂肪族烴基相同的基。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R 123 may be the same one as the aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the above R 121 .

作為R123中的芳基,碳數優選為6~30,更優選為6~20,更優選為6~16。芳基的具體例可列舉苯基、4-硝 基苯基、2-硝基苯基、2-氯苯基、2,4-二氯苯基、2,4-二甲基苯基、2-甲基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、2-甲氧基苯基及2-甲氧基羰基-4-硝基苯基等。 The aryl group in R 123 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a 4-nitrophenyl group, a 2-nitrophenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 2,4-dichlorophenyl group, a 2,4-dimethylphenyl group, and 2 -methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxycarbonyl-4-nitrophenyl, and the like.

R123中的芳烷基可為直鏈狀或分支狀的任意一種,碳數優選為7~10。芳烷基的具體例可列舉苄基、苯基丙基(1-甲基-3-苯基丙基等)及苯基丁基(3-胺基-1-苯基丁基等)等苯基烷基。 The aralkyl group in R 123 may be either linear or branched, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl, phenylpropyl (1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl, etc.), and phenylbutyl (3-amino-1-phenylbutyl) and the like. Alkyl group.

R123中的碳數為3~20的雜環基可飽和亦可不飽和,碳數優選為3~20,更優選為5~15。雜環基的具體例可列舉吡唑基、1,2,4-三唑基、異噻唑基、苯並異噻唑基、噻唑基、苯並噻唑基、噁唑基及1,2,4-噻二唑基等。而且,亦可進一步具有取代基。 The heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms in R 123 may be saturated or unsaturated, and the carbon number is preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 5 to 15. Specific examples of the heterocyclic group include pyrazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, and 1,2,4-. Thiadiazolyl and the like. Further, it may further have a substituent.

R123中的N位-取代胺甲醯基與關於R122而所述的N位-取代胺甲醯基相同。 The N-substituted amine indenyl group in R 123 is the same as the N-substituted amine indenyl group described for R 122 .

R123中的烷氧基羰基可未經取代亦可具有取代基,亦可為環狀。烷氧基羰基的碳數優選為2~20,更優選為2~16,進一步更優選為2~10。烷氧基羰基可列舉甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基及丁氧基羰基等。 The alkoxycarbonyl group in R 123 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent or may be cyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 16, and still more preferably 2 to 10. The alkoxycarbonyl group may, for example, be a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a butoxycarbonyl group.

R123中的芳氧基羰基可未經取代亦可具有取代基,碳數優選為7~30,更優選為7~20,進一步更優選為7~16。芳氧基羰基可列舉苯氧基羰基及4-甲基苯氧基羰基等。 The aryloxycarbonyl group in R 123 may be unsubstituted or have a substituent, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 7 to 30, more preferably from 7 to 20, still more preferably from 7 to 16. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group and a 4-methylphenoxycarbonyl group.

R123中的醯基可為脂肪族羰基亦可為芳基羰基,且可為飽和或不飽和的任意一種,亦可為環狀,亦可進一步具有取代基。碳數優選為2~20,更優選為2~15,進一步更 優選為2~10。醯基可列舉乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丁醯基、戊醯基、異戊醯基、特戊醯基、苯甲醯基等。 The mercapto group in R 123 may be an aliphatic carbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group, and may be either saturated or unsaturated, may be cyclic, or may further have a substituent. The carbon number is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 15, and still more preferably 2 to 10. Examples of the fluorenyl group include an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a pentamidine group, an isopentenyl group, a pentamidine group, a benzamidine group and the like.

R123中的脂肪族磺醯基可飽和亦可不飽和,亦可為環狀。碳數優選為1~30,更優選為1~20,進一步更優選為1~16。脂肪族磺醯基可列舉甲磺醯基、丁磺醯基、甲氧基甲磺醯基、甲氧基乙磺醯基及乙氧基乙磺醯基等。 The aliphatic sulfonyl group in R 123 may be saturated or unsaturated, or may be cyclic. The carbon number is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, still more preferably from 1 to 16. Examples of the aliphatic sulfonyl group include a methylsulfonyl group, a butyl sulfonyl group, a methoxymethylsulfonyl group, a methoxyethanesulfonyl group, and an ethoxyethanesulfonyl group.

R123中的芳基磺醯基亦可具有取代基,碳數優選為6~30,更優選為6~20,進一步更優選為6~18。芳基磺醯基可列舉苯磺醯基及甲苯磺醯基等。 The arylsulfonyl group in R 123 may have a substituent, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, still more preferably 6 to 18. Examples of the arylsulfonyl group include a benzenesulfonyl group and a toluenesulfonyl group.

其次,作為優選的[IV]著色劑的例子的二酮基吡咯並吡咯類及酞菁類例如具有以下的結構。但本實施形態中所使用的二酮基吡咯並吡咯類及酞菁類著色劑並不僅限於該些。 Next, the diketopyrrolopyrroles and phthalocyanines which are examples of preferred [IV] colorants have the following structures, for example. However, the diketopyrrolopyrrole and phthalocyanine coloring agents used in the present embodiment are not limited thereto.

在式(103)中,Y表示氧原子或硫原子。R131與R132可相同亦可不同,表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳烷基、胺甲醯基、烷基胺甲醯基、芳基胺甲 醯基、或烷氧基羰基。R133、R134可相同亦可不同,表示烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、或者碳環或雜環式芳香族殘基。 In the formula (103), Y represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 131 and R 132 may be the same or different and represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an amine carbaryl group, an alkylamine carbaryl group, an arylamine. Mercapto, or alkoxycarbonyl. R 133 and R 134 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, or a carbocyclic or heterocyclic aromatic residue.

若加以更詳細的說明,則在式(103)中,R131、R132、R133及R134中的烷基可分支亦可不分支,優選具有優選為1個~18個,更優選為1個~12個、進一步更優選為1個~6個的碳原子。具體而言可列舉甲基、乙基、異丙基、第二丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、辛基、癸基、十二烷基或十八烷基等。 More specifically, in the formula (103), the alkyl groups in R 131 , R 132 , R 133 and R 134 may or may not be branched, and preferably have from 1 to 18, more preferably 1 From 12 to 12, more preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a second butyl group, a third butyl group, a third pentyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group or an octadecyl group.

R131、R132、R133及R134中的環烷基優選具有優選為3個~8個、更優選為3個~6個的碳原子,具體而言可列舉環戊基、環己基等。R131、R132中的烯基優選具有優選為2個~8個、更優選為2個~6個的碳原子,具體而言可列舉乙烯基、烯丙基等。R131、R132中的炔基優選具有優選為2個~8個、更優選為2個~6個的碳原子,具體而言可列舉乙炔基等。R131、R132中的芳基優選具有優選為6個~10個的碳原子,具體而言可列舉苯基、萘基等。R131、R132中的烷基胺甲醯基的烷基可列舉與上述烷基相同的烷基。R131、R132中的芳基胺甲醯基的芳基可列舉與上述芳基相同的芳基。R131、R132中的烷氧基羰基的烷氧基可列舉碳數為1個~4個的烷氧基,具體而言可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等。 The cycloalkyl group in R 131 , R 132 , R 133 and R 134 preferably has 3 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. . The alkenyl group in R 131 and R 132 preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a vinyl group and an allyl group. The alkynyl group in R 131 and R 132 preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include an ethynyl group. The aryl group in R 131 and R 132 preferably has 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The alkyl group of the alkylaminecarbamyl group in R 131 and R 132 may be the same alkyl group as the above alkyl group. The aryl group of the arylaminecarbamyl group in R 131 and R 132 may be the same aryl group as the above aryl group. Examples of the alkoxy group of the alkoxycarbonyl group in R 131 and R 132 include alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a butoxy group.

在式(103)中,R131、R132、R133及R134表示芳烷基的情況下,特別優選含有單環~三環式、更優選為單環式或二環式的芳基殘基。具體而言例如可列舉苄基及苯基乙 基。在式(103)中,當R133及R134表示碳環式芳香族殘基的情況時,適宜的是單環~四環式、特別是單環式或二環式的殘基,亦即苯基、聯苯基或萘基。 In the formula (103), when R 131 , R 132 , R 133 and R 134 represent an aralkyl group, it is particularly preferred to contain a monocyclic to tricyclic formula, more preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aryl residue. base. Specific examples thereof include a benzyl group and a phenylethyl group. In the formula (103), when R 133 and R 134 represent a carbocyclic aromatic residue, a monocyclic to tetracyclic ring, particularly a monocyclic or bicyclic residue, that is, Phenyl, biphenyl or naphthyl.

在式(103)中,R133及R134表示雜環式芳香族殘基的情況下,適宜的是單環~三環式的殘基。該些基可為純雜環式,而且亦可含有1個雜環及1個或多個縮合苯環。具體而言例如可列舉吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、三嗪基、呋喃基、吡咯基、噻吩基、喹啉基、香豆素基、苯並呋喃基、苯並咪唑基或苯並噁唑基等。 In the formula (103), when R 133 and R 134 represent a heterocyclic aromatic residue, a monocyclic to tricyclic residue is suitable. These groups may be pure heterocyclic rings, and may also contain one heterocyclic ring and one or more condensed benzene rings. Specific examples thereof include a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a triazinyl group, a furyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a thienyl group, a quinolyl group, a coumarin group, a benzofuranyl group, a benzimidazolyl group or a benzo group. Oxazolyl and the like.

在式(103)中,R131、R132優選為氫原子。而且,R133、R134優選分別獨立為碳數為1個~4個的烷基、二烷基胺基、鹵烷基或亦可具有鹵素原子作為取代基的苯基。其次,作為優選的[IV]著色劑的例子的酞菁類著色劑優選的是鹵化鋅酞菁類著色劑,例如具有以下的結構。 In the formula (103), R 131 and R 132 are preferably a hydrogen atom. Further, R 133 and R 134 are each preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group, a haloalkyl group or a phenyl group which may have a halogen atom as a substituent. Next, a phthalocyanine coloring agent which is an example of a preferred [IV] coloring agent is preferably a zinc halide phthalocyanine coloring agent, and has the following structure, for example.

在式(104)中,X1~X16分別獨立地表示氫原子、氯原子或溴原子。 In the formula (104), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.

更詳細而言,在式(104)中,X1~X16所表示的取代基的個數優選為氯原子為0個~6個,溴原子為10個~16個,且氯原子與溴原子的和為10個~16個;更優選為氯原子為0個~3個、溴原子為13個~16個,且氯原子與溴原子的和為13個~16個;進一步更優選為氯原子為1個~3個、溴原子為13個~15個,且氯原子與溴原子的和為14個~16個。 More specifically, in the formula (104), the number of the substituents represented by X 1 to X 16 is preferably from 0 to 6 in the chlorine atom, from 10 to 16 in the bromine atom, and the chlorine atom and the bromine. The sum of atoms is 10 to 16; more preferably 0 to 3 chlorine atoms, 13 to 16 bromine atoms, and 13 to 16 chlorine atoms and bromine atoms; further more preferably The chlorine atom is 1 to 3, the bromine atom is 13 to 15, and the sum of the chlorine atom and the bromine atom is 14 to 16.

其次,關於可於[IV]著色劑中使用的無機顏料,例如可列舉氧化鈦、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣、鋅白、硫酸鉛、鉻黃、鋅黃、鐵丹(紅色氧化鐵(III))、鎘紅、群青、普魯士藍、氧化鉻綠、鈷綠、棕土、鈦黑、合成鐵黑、碳黑等。 Next, examples of the inorganic pigment which can be used in the [IV] coloring agent include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc white, lead sulfate, chrome yellow, zinc yellow, and iron oxide (red iron oxide (III)). , cadmium red, ultramarine blue, Prussian blue, chrome oxide green, cobalt green, brown soil, titanium black, synthetic iron black, carbon black and so on.

其次,對著色組成物中所含有的[IV]著色劑的含量加以說明。 Next, the content of the [IV] coloring agent contained in the colored composition will be described.

作為[IV]著色劑的含量,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為1質量份~400質量份,更優選為5質量份~350質量份。通過使[IV]著色劑的含量為上述範圍,能夠以高的水準而平衡性良好地達成著色組成物的鹼顯影性、像素的耐熱性、耐溶劑性以及作為著色圖案及彩色濾光片的高亮度化或高對比度化。 The content of the [IV] coloring agent is preferably 1 part by mass to 400 parts by mass, more preferably 5 parts by mass to 350 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. When the content of the [IV] coloring agent is in the above range, the alkali developability of the coloring composition, the heat resistance of the pixel, the solvent resistance, and the coloring pattern and the color filter can be achieved with good balance at a high level. High brightness or high contrast.

<[V]化合物> <[V] compound>

本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中所使用的著色組 成物可含有[V]化合物。[V]化合物是起到作為硬化劑的功能的化合物。因此,有時將其稱為[V]硬化劑。 Coloring group used in the manufacture of the color filter of the present embodiment The product may contain a [V] compound. The [V] compound is a compound that functions as a hardener. Therefore, it is sometimes referred to as a [V] hardener.

[V]化合物是選自由下述式(1)所表示的化合物、下述式(2)所表示的化合物、三級胺化合物、胺鹽、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物、硫醇化合物、嵌段異氰酸酯化合物及含有咪唑環的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物。著色組成物可通過含有選自該特定化合物群組的[V]化合物而實現著色圖案的低溫硬化。而且,亦可使著色組成物的保存穩定性提高。以下,對各化合物加以詳述。 The compound [V] is a compound represented by the following formula (1), a compound represented by the following formula (2), a tertiary amine compound, an amine salt, a phosphonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a guanamine compound, a thiol compound. At least one compound of the group consisting of a blocked isocyanate compound and a compound containing an imidazole ring. The colored composition can achieve low temperature hardening of the colored pattern by containing a compound of [V] selected from the group of the specific compounds. Moreover, the storage stability of the colored composition can also be improved. Hereinafter, each compound will be described in detail.

[式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物] [Compounds represented by formula (1) and formula (2)]

[V]化合物優選為選自由上述式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物。作為[V]化合物,可通過選擇具有胺基與缺電子基的上述特定化合物而實現著色圖案的低溫硬化。而且,亦可使著色組成物的保存穩定性提高。可進一步提高使用所得的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率。 The compound [V] is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the above formulas (1) and (2). As the [V] compound, low-temperature hardening of the colored pattern can be achieved by selecting the above specific compound having an amine group and an electron-deficient group. Moreover, the storage stability of the colored composition can also be improved. The voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element using the obtained color filter can be further improved.

在上述式(1)中,R1~R6分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基。其中,R1~R6中的至少1個是吸電子基,且R1~R6中的至少1個是胺基,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分亦可被碳數為1~6的烷基取代。 In the above formula (1), R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group. Wherein at least one of R 1 to R 6 is an electron withdrawing group, and at least one of R 1 to R 6 is an amine group, and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the amine group may be a carbon number of 1~ 6 alkyl substitution.

在上述式(2)中,R7~R16分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基。其中,R7~R16中的至少1個是胺基。而且,該胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烴基取代。而且,在著色組成物中所使用的[V]化合物的情況時,該胺基亦可被碳數為1~6的烷基取代。A為單鍵、羰基、羰氧基、羰基亞甲基、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、亞甲基或碳數為2~6的伸烷基。其中,上述亞甲基及伸烷基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被氰基、鹵素原子或氟烷基取代。 In the above formula (2), R 7 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group. Among them, at least one of R 7 to R 16 is an amine group. Further, all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the amine group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, in the case of the [V] compound used in the coloring composition, the amine group may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A is a single bond, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylmethylene group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, a methylene group or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Here, all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above methylene group and alkylene group may be substituted by a cyano group, a halogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group.

上述R1~R16所表示的吸電子基例如可列舉鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、三氟甲基、羧基、醯基、烷基磺醯基、烷氧基磺醯基、二氰基乙烯基、三氰基乙烯基、磺醯基等。該些基中優選為硝基、三氟甲基、烷氧基磺醯基。A所表 示的基優選為磺醯基、亦可被氟烷基取代的亞甲基。 Examples of the electron withdrawing group represented by the above R 1 to R 16 include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, a carboxyl group, a decyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkoxysulfonyl group, and a dicyano group. Vinyl, tricyanovinyl, sulfonyl, and the like. Preferred among these groups are a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, and an alkoxysulfonyl group. The group represented by A is preferably a sulfonyl group or a methylene group which may be substituted by a fluoroalkyl group.

作為上述式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物,優選為2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)丁二腈、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基苯甲酸苯酯、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-二胺基-2-氯苯、1,4-二胺基-2-溴苯、1,4-二胺基-2-碘苯、1,4-二胺基-2-硝基苯、1,4-二胺基-2-三氟甲基苯、2,5-二胺基苄腈、2,5-二胺基苯乙酮、2,5-二胺基苯甲酸、2,2'-二氯聯苯胺、2,2'-二溴聯苯胺、2,2'-二碘聯苯胺、2,2'-二硝基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、3-胺基苯磺酸乙酯、3,5-雙三氟甲基-1,2-二胺基苯、4-胺基硝基苯、N,N-二甲基-4-硝基苯胺,更優選為2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、3-胺基苯磺酸乙酯、3,5-雙三氟甲基-1,2-二胺基苯、4-胺基硝基苯、N,N-二甲基-4-硝基苯胺。 The compound represented by the above formula (1) and formula (2) is preferably 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane or 2,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)butane. Nitrile, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, phenyl 4,4'-diaminobenzoate, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 1,4-diamino-2 -Chlorobenzene, 1,4-diamino-2-bromobenzene, 1,4-diamino-2-iodobenzene, 1,4-diamino-2-nitrobenzene, 1,4-diamine Benzyl-2-trifluoromethylbenzene, 2,5-diaminobenzonitrile, 2,5-diaminoacetophenone, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,2'-dichlorobenzidine , 2,2'-dibromobenzidine, 2,2'-diiodobenzidine, 2,2'-dinitrobenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 3-amine Ethyl benzenesulfonate, 3,5-bistrifluoromethyl-1,2-diaminobenzene, 4-aminonitrobenzene, N,N-dimethyl-4-nitroaniline, more preferably Is 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 3-amino Ethyl benzenesulfonate, 3,5-bistrifluoromethyl-1,2-diaminobenzene, 4-aminonitrobenzene, N,N-dimethyl-4-nitroaniline.

上述式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物可單獨使用或將2種以上混合使用。作為上述式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~20質量份,更優選為0.2質量份~10質量份。通過使上述式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物的含有比例為上述範圍,能夠以更高的水準而兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 The compounds represented by the above formulas (1) and (2) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the compound represented by the above formula (1) and the formula (2) is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. Parts by mass. By setting the content ratio of the compound represented by the above formulas (1) and (2) to the above range, it is possible to achieve both the storage stability of the colored composition and the low-temperature curing at a higher level.

[三級胺化合物] [Tribasic amine compound]

如果使反應性高的一般的一級胺化合物或二級胺化合物與環氧化合物共存,則在組成物溶液的保存中,由於 胺的對環氧基的親核進攻而進行硬化反應,從而存在有損作為製品的品質的可能。然而,在使用三級胺的情況下,由於反應性比較低、或者在組成部中與環氧化合物共存,保存穩定性變良好。 If a general primary amine compound or a secondary amine compound having high reactivity is allowed to coexist with the epoxy compound, in the preservation of the composition solution, The nucleophilic attack of the amine on the epoxy group undergoes a hardening reaction, which may impair the quality of the product. However, in the case of using a tertiary amine, storage stability is improved because the reactivity is relatively low or coexistence with the epoxy compound in the composition portion.

三級胺化合物可使用選自由下述式(5)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種。 As the tertiary amine compound, at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (5) can be used.

在上述式(5)中,R24~R26分別獨立為碳數為1~20的烷基、碳數為6~18的芳基或碳數為7~30的芳烷基。其中,R24及R25亦可相互鍵結,與該些所鍵結的氮原子一同形成環狀結構。上述烷基、芳基及芳烷基的氫原子的一部分或全部亦可被取代。 In the above formula (5), R 24 to R 26 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Wherein R 24 and R 25 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure together with the nitrogen atoms bonded thereto. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms of the above alkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group may be substituted.

上述R24~R26所表示的上述碳數為1~20的烷基例如可列舉直鏈狀或分支狀的甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基等。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by the above R 24 to R 26 include a linear or branched methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group and a octyl group. Base, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, lauryl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl , eicosyl and the like.

上述R24~R26所表示的碳數為6~18的芳基例如可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by the above R 24 to R 26 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.

上述R24~R26所表示的碳數為7~30的芳烷基例如可列舉苄基、苯乙基等。 Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms represented by the above R 24 to R 26 include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.

三級胺化合物例如可列舉N,N-二甲基苄基胺、三苯基胺、三丁基胺、三辛基胺、三(十二烷基)胺、二丁基苄基胺、三萘基胺、N-乙基-N-甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺、N-苯基-N-甲基苯胺、N,N-二甲基-對甲苯胺、N,N-二甲基-4-溴苯胺、N,N-二甲基-4-甲氧基苯胺、N-苯基呱啶、N-(4-甲氧基苯基)呱啶、N-苯基-1,2,3,4-四氫異喹啉、6-苄基氧基-N-苯基-7-甲氧基-1,2,3,4-四氫異喹啉、N,N'-二甲基呱嗪、N,N-二甲基環己基胺、2-二甲基胺基甲基苯酚、2,4,6-三(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚等。 Examples of the tertiary amine compound include N,N-dimethylbenzylamine, triphenylamine, tributylamine, trioctylamine, tris(dodecyl)amine, dibutylbenzylamine, and trisole. Naphthylamine, N-ethyl-N-methylaniline, N,N-diethylaniline, N-phenyl-N-methylaniline, N,N-dimethyl-p-toluidine, N,N - dimethyl-4-bromoaniline, N,N-dimethyl-4-methoxyaniline, N-phenyl acridine, N-(4-methoxyphenyl)acridine, N-phenyl -1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, 6-benzyloxy-N-phenyl-7-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, N,N '-Dimethylpyridazine, N,N-dimethylcyclohexylamine, 2-dimethylaminomethylphenol, 2,4,6-tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, and the like.

該些三級胺化合物中,優選三辛基胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺、2-二甲基胺基甲基苯酚等。三級胺化合物可單獨使用或將2種以上混合使用。作為著色組成物中的三級胺化合物的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~10質量份,更優選為0.5質量份~5質量份。通過使三級胺化合物的含有比例為上述特定範圍,能夠以更高的水準而兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 Among these tertiary amine compounds, trioctylamine, N,N-diethylaniline, 2-dimethylaminomethylphenol and the like are preferable. The tertiary amine compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the tertiary amine compound in the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. By setting the content ratio of the tertiary amine compound to the above specific range, it is possible to achieve both the storage stability of the colored composition and the low-temperature curing at a higher level.

[胺鹽及鏻鹽] [amine salt and strontium salt]

胺鹽及鏻鹽可使用選自由下述式(6)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種。 As the amine salt and the phosphonium salt, at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (6) can be used.

[化16] [Chemistry 16]

在上述式(6)中,A1為氮原子或磷原子。R27~R30分別獨立為氫原子、碳數為1~20的烷基、碳數為6~18的芳基或碳數為7~30的芳烷基。其中,該些基的氫原子的一部分或全部亦可被取代。Q-為1價陰離子。 In the above formula (6), A 1 is a nitrogen atom or a phosphorus atom. R 27 to R 30 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Among them, some or all of the hydrogen atoms of the groups may be substituted. Q - is a monovalent anion.

上述R27~R30所表示的碳數為1~20的烷基例如可列舉直鏈狀或分支狀的甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基等。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 27 to R 30 include a linear or branched methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group and an octyl group. , mercapto, fluorenyl, lauryl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, Eicosyl and the like.

上述R27~R30所表示的碳數為6~18的芳基例如可列舉苯基、萘基等。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by the above R 27 to R 30 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.

上述R27~R30所表示的碳數為7~30的芳烷基例如可列舉苄基、苯乙基等。 Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms represented by the above R 27 to R 30 include a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.

上述Q-所表示的1價陰離子例如可列舉氯化物離子、溴化物離子、碘化物離子、氰化物離子、硝酸根離子、亞硝酸根離子、次氯酸根離子、亞氯酸根離子、氯酸根離子、過氯酸根離子、高錳酸根離子、碳酸氫根離子、磷酸二氫根離子、硫化氫根離子、硫氰酸根離子、羧酸離子、磺酸離子、苯氧基離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、四芳基硼酸鹽離子、六氟銻酸鹽離子等。 Examples of the monovalent anion represented by Q - above include a chloride ion, a bromide ion, an iodide ion, a cyanide ion, a nitrate ion, a nitrite ion, a hypochlorite ion, a chlorite ion, and a chlorate ion. Perchlorate ion, permanganate ion, hydrogencarbonate ion, dihydrogen phosphate ion, hydrogen sulfide ion, thiocyanate ion, carboxylate ion, sulfonate ion, phenoxy ion, tetrafluoroborate ion , tetraaryl borate ion, hexafluoroantimonate ion, and the like.

當A1為氮原子的情況時,亦即銨鹽例如可列舉四甲基氯化銨、四丁基氯化銨、十二烷基二甲基苄基氯化銨、辛基三甲基氯化銨、癸基三甲基氯化銨、十二烷基三甲基氯化銨、十四烷基三甲基氯化銨、鯨蠟基三甲基氯化銨、硬脂基三甲基氯化銨、十六烷基三甲基溴化銨、苄基三甲基氯化銨、苄基三乙基氯化銨、苯紮氯銨、苯紮溴銨、二癸基二甲基氯化銨、二硬脂基二甲基氯化銨。 When A 1 is a nitrogen atom, that is, the ammonium salt may, for example, be tetramethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, dodecyldimethylbenzylammonium chloride or octyltrimethyl chloride. Ammonium, mercaptotrimethylammonium chloride, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetradecyltrimethylammonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium chloride, stearyltrimethyl Ammonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide, benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, benzyltriethylammonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, benzalkonium bromide, dimercaptodimethyl chloride Ammonium, distearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride.

當A1為磷原子的情況時,亦即鏻鹽例如可列舉四苯基鏻.四苯基硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻.四(對甲苯基)硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻.四(對乙基苯基)硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻.四(對甲氧基苯基)硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻.四(對乙氧基苯基)硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻.四(對第三丁氧基苯基)硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻.四(間甲苯基)硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻.四(間甲氧基苯基)硼酸鹽、三(對甲苯基)苯基鏻.四(對甲苯基)硼酸鹽、四(對甲苯基)鏻.四(對甲苯基)硼酸鹽、三(對甲氧基苯基)苯基鏻.四(對甲苯基)硼酸鹽、四苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽、丁基三苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽、甲基三苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽、對甲苯基三苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽等。 When A 1 is a phosphorus atom, that is, a phosphonium salt is exemplified by tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetraphenylborate, tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetrakis(p-tolyl)borate, tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetrakis(p-ethylphenyl)borate, tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetrakis(p-methoxyphenyl)borate, tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetrakis(p-ethoxyphenyl)borate, tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetrakis(p-tert-butoxyphenyl)borate, tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetra(m-tolyl)borate, tetraphenylphosphonium. Tetra(m-methoxyphenyl)borate, tris(p-tolyl)phenylhydrazine. Tetrakis(p-tolyl)borate, tetra (p-tolyl) oxime. Tetrakis(p-tolyl)borate, tris(p-methoxyphenyl)phenylhydrazine. Tetra(p-tolyl)borate, tetraphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, butyltriphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, methyltriphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, p-tolyltriphenylsulfonium thiocyanate Salt and so on.

該些胺鹽及鏻鹽中優選四甲基氯化銨、丁基三苯基鏻硫氰酸鹽。胺鹽及鏻鹽可單獨使用或將2種以上混合使用。作為著色組成物中的胺鹽及鏻鹽的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為0.05質量份~10質量份,更優選為0.1質量份~5質量份。通過使胺鹽及鏻鹽的含有比例為上述特定範圍,能夠以更高的水準而兼顧 著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 Among these amine salts and phosphonium salts, tetramethylammonium chloride and butyltriphenylphosphonium thiocyanate are preferred. The amine salt and the phosphonium salt may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the amine salt and the cerium salt in the coloring composition is preferably 0.05 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. By setting the content ratio of the amine salt and the onium salt to the above specific range, it is possible to achieve a higher level The storage stability of the colored composition is low temperature hardening.

[脒鹽] [脒盐]

脒鹽可使用選自由下述式(7)所表示的化合物的鹽所構成的群組的至少1種。 As the onium salt, at least one selected from the group consisting of salts of the compounds represented by the following formula (7) can be used.

在上述式(7)中,m是2~6的整數。其中,伸烷基所具有的氫原子的一部分或全部亦可被有機基取代。而且,上述伸烷基是指四氫嘧啶環中的伸烷基及在式(7)中以(CH2)m而表示的伸烷基這兩者。 In the above formula (7), m is an integer of 2-6. Among them, a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group may be substituted by an organic group. Further, the above alkylene group means both an alkylene group in the tetrahydropyrimidine ring and an alkylene group represented by (CH 2 ) m in the formula (7).

上述伸烷基所亦可具有的作為取代基的有機基例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、異丙基、正丁基、第三丁基、正己基等碳數為1~6的烷基;羥基甲基、2-羥基乙基、1-羥基丙基、2-羥基丙基、3-羥基丙基、2-羥基異丙基、3-羥基-第三丁基、6-羥基己基等碳數為1~6的羥基烷基;二甲基胺基、甲基乙基胺基、二乙基胺基、二異丙基 胺基、二丁基胺基、第三丁基甲基胺基、二正己基胺基等碳數為2~12的二烷基胺基等。 Examples of the organic group which may be a substituent of the alkylene group include a methyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a t-butyl group and a n-hexyl group. ; hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxyisopropyl, 3-hydroxy-tert-butyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, etc. a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; dimethylamino group, methyl ethylamino group, diethylamino group, diisopropyl group A dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as an amine group, a dibutylamino group, a tert-butylmethylamino group or a di-n-hexylamino group.

上述式(7)所表示的化合物可列舉1,5-二氮雜雙環[4,3,0]-壬烯-5(DBN)、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4,4,0]-癸烯-5、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]-十一碳烯-7(DBU)、5-羥基丙基-1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]-十一碳烯-7、5-二丁基胺基-1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]-十一碳烯-7等。該些化合物中優選DBN及DBU。 Examples of the compound represented by the above formula (7) include 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]-nonene-5 (DBN) and 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,4,0]. -decene-5,1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-undecene-7 (DBU), 5-hydroxypropyl-1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4 , 0]-undecene-7,5-dibutylamino-1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]-undecene-7 and the like. Among these compounds, DBN and DBU are preferred.

上述式(7)所表示的化合物用以形成鹽的酸可列舉有機酸及無機酸。 Examples of the acid represented by the above formula (7) for forming a salt include an organic acid and an inorganic acid.

有機酸例如可列舉羧酸、單烷基碳酸、芳香族羥基化合物、磺酸等。 Examples of the organic acid include a carboxylic acid, a monoalkyl carbonate, an aromatic hydroxy compound, and a sulfonic acid.

該些酸中優選羧酸、芳香族羥基化合物、磺酸,更優選飽和脂肪酸、芳香族羥基化合物、磺酸,特別優選作為強酸的磺酸,最優選甲苯磺酸、甲磺酸、辛基苯磺酸。脒鹽優選為DBU與甲苯磺酸的鹽、DBU與辛基苯磺酸的鹽、DBN與甲苯磺酸的鹽、DBN與辛基苯磺酸的鹽。 Among these acids, a carboxylic acid, an aromatic hydroxy compound, a sulfonic acid is preferred, a saturated fatty acid, an aromatic hydroxy compound, a sulfonic acid is more preferred, a sulfonic acid as a strong acid is particularly preferred, and toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, and octylbenzene are most preferred. Sulfonic acid. The onium salt is preferably a salt of DBU with toluenesulfonic acid, a salt of DBU with octylbenzenesulfonic acid, a salt of DBN with toluenesulfonic acid, or a salt of DBN with octylbenzenesulfonic acid.

脒鹽可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。作為著色組成物中的脒鹽的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~10質量份,更優選為0.5質量份~5質量份。通過使脒鹽的含有比例為上述特定範圍,能夠以更高的水準而兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 The onium salts may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the cerium salt in the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. By setting the content ratio of the onium salt to the above specific range, it is possible to achieve both the storage stability of the colored composition and the low-temperature curing at a higher level.

[醯胺化合物] [guanamine compound]

醯胺化合物可使用選自由具有下述式(8)~下述式(10)所表示的醯胺基的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種。 As the guanamine compound, at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds having the guanamine group represented by the following formula (8) to the following formula (10) can be used.

在上述式(8)中,R31及R32分別獨立為氫原子、碳數為1~12的烷基、環己基、苯基、萘基、乙烯基、或2- 吡啶基。其中,上述碳數為1~12的烷基、苯基及萘基亦可被碳數為1~6的烷基、鹵素原子、羥基、羧基或乙醯基取代。 In the above formula (8), R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a vinyl group or a 2-pyridyl group. Here, the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an ethyl fluorenyl group.

在上述式(9)中,R33及R34分別獨立為氫原子、碳數為1~12的烷基或環己基。A2為亞甲基、碳數為2~12的伸烷基、苯撐、萘撐、或乙烯撐。其中,上述亞甲基、碳數為2~12的伸烷基、苯撐及萘撐亦可被碳數為1~6的烷基、鹵素原子取代。 In the above formula (9), R 33 and R 34 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a cyclohexyl group. A 2 is a methylene group, an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 12, a phenylene, a naphthene, or an ethylene support. The methylene group, the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, the phenylene group and the naphthene support may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.

在上述式(10)中,R35及R36分別獨立為氫原子、碳數為1~12的烷基或環己基。A3為亞甲基、碳數為2~12的伸烷基、苯撐、萘撐、或乙烯撐。其中,上述亞甲基、碳數為2~12的伸烷基、苯撐及萘撐亦可被碳數為1~6的烷基、鹵素原子取代。 In the above formula (10), R 35 and R 36 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a cyclohexyl group. A 3 is a methylene group, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenylene, a naphthene, or an ethylene support. The methylene group, the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, the phenylene group and the naphthene support may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.

上述式(8)所表示的醯胺化合物是在分子內具有一個醯胺鍵的化合物。其具體例例如可列舉乙醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、N-乙基乙醯胺、鄰胺甲醯苯甲酸、丙烯醯胺、苯甲醯胺、萘甲醯胺、煙醯胺、異煙醯胺等。 The guanamine compound represented by the above formula (8) is a compound having one guanamine bond in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include acetamide, N-methylacetamide, N-ethylacetamide, o-amine methyl benzoic acid, acrylamide, benzamide, naphthylamine, and nicotinamide. , isoniazid, etc.

自可使在室溫下的保存穩定性、所得的著色圖案等的耐熱性、電壓保持率等提高的觀點考慮,該些化合物中優選乙醯胺、N-甲基乙醯胺、鄰胺甲醯苯甲酸。 Among these compounds, acetamide, N-methylacetamide, and orthoamine A are preferable from the viewpoints of improvement in storage stability at room temperature, heat resistance of the obtained coloring pattern, and the like. Benzoic acid.

上述式(9)及式(10)所表示的化合物是在分子內具有2個醯胺鍵的化合物。其具體例例如可列舉鄰苯二甲醯胺、間苯二甲醯胺、己二醯胺、對苯二甲醯胺、丙二醯胺、琥珀醯胺、N,N'-二乙醯基-對苯二胺、N,N'-二乙醯基- 己二胺、N,N'-二乙醯基-十二烷基亞甲基二胺等。 The compound represented by the above formula (9) and formula (10) is a compound having two indoleamine bonds in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include o-xylyleneamine, m-xylyleneamine, hexamethyleneamine, p-xylyleneamine, malonamide, succinimide, and N,N'-diethylhydrazine. -p-phenylenediamine, N,N'-diethylhydrazine- Hexamethylenediamine, N,N'-diethylindenyl-dodecylmethylenediamine, and the like.

自能夠以高的水準兼顧保存穩定性與低溫硬化的觀點考慮,該些化合物中優選間苯二甲醯胺、己二醯胺、N,N'-二乙醯基-對苯二胺、N,N'-二乙醯基-己二胺。 Among these compounds, m-xylyleneamine, hexamethylenediamine, N,N'-diethylhydrazine-p-phenylenediamine, N are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving high stability in both storage stability and low-temperature hardening. , N'-diethenyl-hexanediamine.

醯胺化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。作為著色組成物中的醯胺化合物的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~10質量份,更優選為0.5質量份~5質量份。通過使醯胺化合物的含有比例為上述特定範圍,能夠以更高的水準兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 The guanamine compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the guanamine compound in the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. By setting the content ratio of the guanamine compound to the above specific range, it is possible to achieve both the storage stability of the colored composition and the low-temperature curing at a higher level.

[硫醇化合物] [thiol compound]

硫醇化合物是在1分子中具有2個以上巰基的化合物。硫醇化合物只要在1分子中具有2個以上巰基就並無特別限定,可使用選自由下述式(11)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種。 The thiol compound is a compound having two or more mercapto groups in one molecule. The thiol compound is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more thiol groups in one molecule, and at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (11) can be used.

在式(11)中,R37為亞甲基、碳數為2~10的伸烷基。其中,該些基的氫原子的一部分或全部也可以被烷基取代。Y1為單鍵、-CO-或O-CO-*。其中,附有的鍵與R37鍵結。n為2~10的整數。A4為亦可具有1個或多個醚鍵的碳數為2~70的n價烴基,或者在n為3的情況時為 下述式(12)所表示的基。 In the formula (11), R 37 is a methylene group and an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Among them, some or all of the hydrogen atoms of the groups may be substituted with an alkyl group. Y 1 is a single bond, -CO- or O-CO- * . Among them, the key with * is connected with the R 37 key. n is an integer from 2 to 10. A 4 is an n-valent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 70 carbon atoms which may have one or more ether linkages, or a group represented by the following formula (12) when n is 3.

在上述式(12)中,R38~R40分別獨立為亞甲基或碳數為2~6的伸烷基。“”分別表示鍵。 In the above formula (12), R 38 to R 40 are each independently a methylene group or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. " * " indicates the key.

作為上述式(11)所表示的化合物,典型的是可使用巰基羧酸與多元醇的酯化物等。構成酯化物的巰基羧酸例如可列舉巰基乙酸、3-巰基丙酸、3-巰基丁酸、3-巰基戊酸等。而且,構成酯化物的多元醇例如可列舉乙二醇、丙二醇、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、四乙二醇、二季戊四醇、1,4-丁二醇等。 As the compound represented by the above formula (11), an esterified product of a mercaptocarboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol can be typically used. Examples of the mercaptocarboxylic acid constituting the ester compound include mercaptoacetic acid, 3-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptobutyric acid, 3-mercaptovaleric acid, and the like. Further, examples of the polyhydric alcohol constituting the ester compound include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, tetraethylene glycol, dipentaerythritol, and 1,4-butanediol.

上述式(11)所表示的化合物優選為三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸)酯、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸)酯、四乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸)酯、二季戊四醇六(3-巰基丙酸)酯、季戊四醇四(巰基乙酸)酯、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸)酯、季戊四醇四(3-巰基戊酸)酯、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮。 The compound represented by the above formula (11) is preferably trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionic acid) ester, pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionic acid) ester, tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) ester. Dipentaerythritol hexa(3-mercaptopropionic acid) ester, pentaerythritol tetrakis(mercaptoacetic acid) ester, 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyloxy)butane, pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol Tetrakis(3-mercaptovalerate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)- Triketone.

硫醇化合物的在1分子中具有2個以上巰基的化合物亦可使用下述式(13)~式(15)所表示的化合物。 As the compound having two or more mercapto groups in one molecule of the thiol compound, a compound represented by the following formulas (13) to (15) can also be used.

在上述式(13)中,R41為亞甲基或碳數為2~20的伸烷基。R42為亞甲基或碳數為2~6的直鏈或分支伸烷基。k為1~20的整數。 In the above formula (13), R 41 is a methylene group or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. R 42 is a methylene group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. k is an integer from 1 to 20.

在上述式(14)中,R43~R46分別獨立為氫原子、羥基或下述式(15)所表示的基。其中,R43~R46的至少1個是下述式(15)所表示的基。 In the above formula (14), R 43 to R 46 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a group represented by the following formula (15). However, at least one of R 43 to R 46 is a group represented by the following formula (15).

在上述式(15)中,R47為亞甲基或碳數為2~6的直鏈或分支伸烷基。 In the above formula (15), R 47 is a methylene group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

硫醇化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。作為著色組成物中的硫醇化合物的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為1質量份~20質量份,更優選為5質量份~15質量份。通過使硫醇化合物的含有比例為上述特定範圍,能夠以更高的水準而兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 The thiol compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the thiol compound in the coloring composition is preferably 1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. By setting the content ratio of the thiol compound to the above specific range, it is possible to achieve both the storage stability of the colored composition and the low-temperature curing at a higher level.

[嵌段異氰酸酯化合物] [Block isocyanate compound]

嵌段聚異氰酸酯化合物是使異氰酸酯基與含有活性氫基的化合物(阻斷劑)反應而在常溫成為惰性的化合物,具有如下的性質:若對其進行加熱,則阻斷劑解離而再生出異氰酸酯基。著色組成物含有嵌段聚異氰酸酯,以作為有效的交聯劑而進行異氰酸酯-羥基交聯反應,從而能夠以高的水準而兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。嵌段聚異氰酸酯化合物可通過由脂肪族或脂環族二異氰酸酯而衍生的聚異氰酸酯與具有活性氫的化合物(阻斷劑)的公知的反應而獲得。 The block polyisocyanate compound is a compound which reacts with an active hydrogen group-containing compound (blocking agent) and is inert at normal temperature, and has a property that if it is heated, the blocking agent dissociates and regenerates the isocyanate. base. The colored composition contains a block polyisocyanate, and the isocyanate-hydroxyl crosslinking reaction is carried out as an effective crosslinking agent, so that the storage stability and the low-temperature curing of the colored composition can be achieved at a high level. The blocked polyisocyanate compound can be obtained by a known reaction of a polyisocyanate derived from an aliphatic or alicyclic diisocyanate with a compound (blocker) having an active hydrogen.

二異氰酸酯例如可列舉四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、戊烷二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯(HDI)、2,2,4-三甲基-1,6-二異氰酸基己烷、2,4,4-三甲基-1,6-二異氰酸基己烷、賴胺酸二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯(IPDI)、1,3-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷、4,4-二環己基甲烷二異氰酸酯、降 冰片烯二異氰酸酯、亞甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、1,5-萘二異氰酸酯、聯甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、二甲苯胺異氰酸酯、1,4-四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,5-五亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,6-六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、3-異氰酸酯甲基-3,5,5-三甲基環己基二異氰酸酯等。 Examples of the diisocyanate include tetramethylene diisocyanate, pentane diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,6-diisocyanatohexane, and 2 , 4,4-trimethyl-1,6-diisocyanatohexane, lysine diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), 1,3-bis(isocyanatemethyl)cyclohexane Alkane, 4,4-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, lower Borneene diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, tolidine diisocyanate, xylylene isocyanate, 1,4-tetramethylene Isocyanate, 1,5-pentamethylene diisocyanate, 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate, 3-isocyanate methyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexyl diisocyanate, and the like.

作為市售品,例如可列舉:用丁酮的肟對異氰酸酯基進行嵌段而成者可列舉Duranate(注冊商標)TPA-B80E、TPA-B80X、E402-B80T、MF-B60XN、MF-B60X、MF-B80M(以上由旭化成工業公司製造);用活性亞甲基對異氰酸酯基進行嵌段而成者可列舉Duranate(注冊商標)MF-K60X(旭化成工業公司);具有(甲基)丙烯醯基的異氰酸酯化合物的嵌段體可列舉Karenz(注冊商標)MOI-BP、Karenz(注冊商標)MOI-BM(以上由昭和電工公司製造)。該些市售品中,在使用Duranate(注冊商標)E402-B80T、MF-K60X的情況時表現出高的柔韌性,通過製成與其他化合物的混合類而使用,可自由地控制其硬度,因此優選使用。 For example, Duranate (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, TPA-B80X, E402-B80T, MF-B60XN, MF-B60X, and the isocyanate group are blocked by hydrazine of methyl ethyl ketone. MF-B80M (above, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Industrial Co., Ltd.); those which are blocked by an active methylene group to beocyanate groups include Duranate (registered trademark) MF-K60X (Asahi Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.); Examples of the block of the isocyanate compound include Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP and Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM (all manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.). Among these commercial products, when using Duranat (registered trademark) E402-B80T or MF-K60X, high flexibility is exhibited, and by using a mixture with other compounds, the hardness can be freely controlled. It is therefore preferably used.

由二異氰酸酯而衍生的聚異氰酸酯例如可列舉異三聚氰酸酯型聚異氰酸酯、縮二脲型聚異氰酸酯、胺基甲酸酯型聚異氰酸酯、脲基甲酸酯型聚異氰酸酯等。自硬化性的觀點考慮,優選異三聚氰酸酯型聚異氰酸酯。 Examples of the polyisocyanate derived from the diisocyanate include a hetero-cyanate type polyisocyanate, a biuret type polyisocyanate, a urethane type polyisocyanate, and an allophanate type polyisocyanate. From the viewpoint of hardenability, a isocyanurate type polyisocyanate is preferred.

阻斷劑例如可列舉醇類化合物、酚類化合物、活性亞甲基類化合物、硫醇類化合物、醯胺類化合物、醯亞胺類 化合物、咪唑類化合物、吡唑類化合物、脲類化合物、肟類化合物、胺類化合物、亞胺類化合物、吡啶類化合物等。 Examples of the blocking agent include alcohol compounds, phenol compounds, active methylene compounds, thiol compounds, guanamine compounds, and sulfimines. a compound, an imidazole compound, a pyrazole compound, a urea compound, an anthraquinone compound, an amine compound, an imine compound, a pyridine compound, or the like.

醇類化合物例如可列舉甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、2-乙基己醇、甲基溶纖劑、丁基溶纖劑、甲基卡必醇、苯甲醇、環己醇等;酚類化合物例如可列舉苯酚、甲酚、乙基苯酚、丁基苯酚、壬基苯酚、二壬基苯酚、苯乙烯化苯酚、羥基苯甲酸酯等;活性亞甲基類化合物例如可列舉丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、乙醯丙酮等;硫醇類化合物例如可列舉丁基硫醇、十二烷基硫醇等;醯胺類化合物例如可列舉乙醯苯胺、乙醯胺、ε-己內醯胺、δ-戊內醯胺、γ-丁內醯胺等;醯亞胺類化合物例如可列舉琥珀醯亞胺、馬來醯亞胺等;咪唑類化合物例如可列舉咪唑、2-甲基咪唑等;吡唑類化合物例如可列舉3-甲基吡唑、3,5-二甲基吡唑、3,5-乙基吡唑等;脲類化合物例如可列舉尿素、硫脲、伸乙基脲等;肟類化合物例如可列舉甲醛肟、乙醛肟、丙酮肟、丁酮肟、環己酮肟等;胺類化合物例如可列舉二苯基胺、苯胺、咔唑等;亞胺類化合物例如可列舉伸乙基亞胺、聚乙烯亞胺 等;吡啶類化合物例如可列舉2-羥基吡啶、2-羥基喹啉等。 Examples of the alcohol compound include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, 2-ethylhexanol, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl carbitol, benzyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, and the like; phenolic compounds; Examples thereof include phenol, cresol, ethylphenol, butylphenol, nonylphenol, dinonylphenol, styrenated phenol, and hydroxybenzoic acid ester; and examples of the active methylene-based compound include malonic acid Methyl ester, diethyl malonate, ethyl acetonitrile acetate, ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate, etc.; examples of the mercaptan compound include butyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan, etc.; Examples of the compound include acetanilide, acetamide, ε-caprolactam, δ-valeroinamide, γ-butylidene, and the like; and the quinone imine compound may, for example, be a succinimide or malazone. Examples of the imidazole compound include imidazole and 2-methylimidazole; and pyrazole compounds include, for example, 3-methylpyrazole, 3,5-dimethylpyrazole, and 3,5-ethylpyrazole. Examples of the urea compound include urea, thiourea, and ethyl urea; and examples of the hydrazine compound include formaldehyde hydrazine and acetaldehyde. , Acetone oxime, butanone oxime, cyclohexanone oxime and the like; amines include compounds such as diphenylamine, aniline, and carbazole; imine compounds include, for example, extending ethyl, polyethyleneimine Examples of the pyridine compound include 2-hydroxypyridine and 2-hydroxyquinoline.

嵌段聚異氰酸酯化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。 The block polyisocyanate compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

作為著色組成物中的嵌段聚異氰酸酯化合物的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~10質量份,更優選為0.5質量份~5質量份。通過使嵌段聚異氰酸酯化合物的含有比例為上述範圍,能夠以更高的水準而兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 The content ratio of the block polyisocyanate compound in the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. When the content ratio of the block polyisocyanate compound is in the above range, it is possible to achieve both the storage stability of the colored composition and the low-temperature curing at a higher level.

[含有咪唑環的化合物] [Compound containing imidazole ring]

含有咪唑環的化合物可使用選自由下述式(16)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種。 As the compound containing an imidazole ring, at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (16) can be used.

在上述式(16)中,A5、A6、A7及R48分別獨立為氫原子或亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烴基。而且,A6與A7亦可相互連結而形成環。 In the above formula (16), each of A 5 , A 6 , A 7 and R 48 is independently a hydrogen atom or a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Further, A 6 and A 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

A5、A6、A7及R48所表示的碳數為1~20的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烴基例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、 異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、正十一烷基、正十二烷基、正十三烷基、正十四烷基、正十五烷基、正十六烷基、正十七烷基、正十八烷基、正十九烷基、正二十烷基等碳數為1~20的烷基;環丁基、環戊基、環己基等碳數為3~20的環烷基;苯基、甲苯甲醯基、苄基、甲基苄基、二甲苯基、均三甲苯基、萘基、蒽基等碳數為6~20的芳基;降冰片基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基、金剛烷基、甲基金剛烷基、乙基金剛烷基、丁基金剛烷基等碳數為6~20的交聯脂環式烴基等。 Examples of the linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by A 5 , A 6 , A 7 and R 48 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group and isopropyl group. n-Butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-xyl Alkyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, n-nonadecyl, n-icosyl An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; phenyl, tolylmethyl, benzyl, methylbenzyl, and An aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as tolyl, mesityl, naphthyl or anthracenyl; norbornyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, adamantyl, methyladamantyl, A cross-linked alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 such as ethyladamantyl or butanylalkyl.

上述烴基亦可被取代,該取代基的具體例可列舉:羥基;羧基;羥基甲基、1-羥基乙基、2-羥基乙基、1-羥基丙基、2-羥基丙基、3-羥基丙基、1-羥基丁基、2-羥基丁基、3-羥基丁基、4-羥基丁基等碳數為1~4的羥基烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、2-甲基丙氧基、1-甲基丙氧基、第三丁氧基等碳數為1~4的烷氧基;氰基;氰基甲基、2-氰基乙基、3-氰基丙基、4-氰基丁基等碳數為2~5的氰基烷基;甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基等碳數為2~5的烷氧基羰基;甲氧基羰基甲氧基、乙氧基羰基甲氧基、第三丁氧基羰基甲氧基等碳數為3~6的烷氧基羰基烷氧基;氟、氯等鹵素原子;氟甲基、三氟甲基、五氟乙基等氟烷基等。 The above hydrocarbon group may also be substituted, and specific examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group; a carboxyl group; a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1-hydroxypropyl group, a 2-hydroxypropyl group, and 3- Hydroxypropyl, 1-hydroxybutyl, 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, etc. hydroxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4; methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy Alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, such as a group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, a 2-methylpropoxy group, a 1-methylpropoxy group, a third butoxy group; a cyano group; a cyano group; a cyano group having a carbon number of 2 to 5 such as a methyl group, a 2-cyanoethyl group, a 3-cyanopropyl group or a 4-cyanobutyl group; a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, and a third butoxy group Alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 5 such as a carbonyl group; alkoxy group having a carbon number of 3 to 6 such as a methoxycarbonylmethoxy group, an ethoxycarbonylmethoxy group or a third butoxycarbonylmethoxy group; a carbonyl alkoxy group; a halogen atom such as fluorine or chlorine; a fluoroalkyl group such as a fluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a pentafluoroethyl group; and the like.

上述A6與A7相互連結而形成的環優選列舉芳香環、碳數為2~20的飽和或不飽和的含氮雜環。A6與A7相互連結而形成的環為苯環的情況時的含有咪唑環的化合物可列舉下述式(17)所表示的化合物。 The ring formed by linking A 6 and A 7 to each other is preferably an aromatic ring or a saturated or unsaturated nitrogen-containing hetero ring having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. A compound represented by the following formula (17) is exemplified as the imidazole ring-containing compound in the case where the ring formed by the combination of A 6 and A 7 is a benzene ring.

在上述式(17)中,R48及A5與上述式(16)同義。R49~R52分別獨立為亦可具有取代基的碳數為1~20的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烴基。另外,R49~R52所表示的烴基可列舉與上述式(16)中的烴基同樣的基。 In the above formula (17), R 48 and A 5 are synonymous with the above formula (16). R 49 to R 52 are each independently a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Further, examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by R 49 to R 52 include the same groups as those of the hydrocarbon group in the above formula (16).

含有咪唑環的化合物優選為2-苯基苯並咪唑、2-甲基咪唑、2-甲基苯並咪唑。含有咪唑環的化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。作為含有咪唑環的化合物的含有比例,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~10質量份,更優選為0.5質量份~5質量份。通過使含有咪唑環的化合物的含有比例為上述特定範圍,能夠以更高的水準兼顧著色組成物的保存穩定性與低溫硬化。 The imidazole ring-containing compound is preferably 2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2-methylimidazole or 2-methylbenzimidazole. The compound containing an imidazole ring may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the imidazole ring-containing compound is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. By setting the content ratio of the imidazole ring-containing compound to the above specific range, it is possible to achieve both the storage stability of the colored composition and the low-temperature curing at a higher level.

<其他任意成分> <Other optional ingredients>

本實施形態的彩色濾光片製造中所使用的著色組成物除了上述[I]鹼溶性樹脂、[II]聚合性化合物、[III]聚合起始劑、[IV]著色劑、及[V]化合物(硬化劑)以外,還可以在不損及本發明的效果的範圍內視需要含有界面活性劑、保存穩定劑、接著助劑、耐熱性促進劑等其他任意成分。該些各任意成分可單獨使用亦可將2種以上混合使用。以下對各成分加以詳述。 In addition to the above [I] alkali-soluble resin, [II] polymerizable compound, [III] polymerization initiator, [IV] colorant, and [V], the coloring composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment. In addition to the compound (hardener), other optional components such as a surfactant, a storage stabilizer, a bonding aid, and a heat resistance promoter may be contained as needed within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. These optional components may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The components are detailed below.

[界面活性劑] [Surfactant]

界面活性劑可用以使著色組成物的塗膜形成性進一步提高。界面活性劑例如可列舉氟類界面活性劑、矽酮類界面活性劑及其他界面活性劑。 The surfactant can be used to further improve the coating film formability of the colored composition. Examples of the surfactant include a fluorine-based surfactant, an anthrone-based surfactant, and other surfactants.

氟類界面活性劑優選在末端、主鏈及側鏈的至少任意部位具有氟烷基及/或氟伸烷基的化合物。 The fluorine-based surfactant is preferably a compound having a fluoroalkyl group and/or a fluorine alkyl group at at least any part of the terminal, the main chain and the side chain.

氟類界面活性劑的市售品例如可列舉Ftergent(注冊商標)FT-100、Ftergent FT-110、Ftergent FT-140A、Ftergent FT-150、Ftergent FT-250、Ftergent FT-251、Ftergent FT-300、Ftergent FT-310、Ftergent FT-400S、Ftergent(注冊商標)FTX-218、Ftergent FTX-251(以上由Neos公司製造)等。 Commercial products of the fluorine-based surfactant include, for example, Ftergent (registered trademark) FT-100, Ftergent FT-110, Ftergent FT-140A, Ftergent FT-150, Ftergent FT-250, Ftergent FT-251, and Ftergent FT-300. Ftergent FT-310, Ftergent FT-400S, Ftergent (registered trademark) FTX-218, Ftergent FTX-251 (above manufactured by Neos), and the like.

矽酮類界面活性劑的市售品例如可列舉Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone DC7PA、Toray Silicone SH11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH-190、Toray Silicone SH-193、Toray Silicone SZ-6032、Toray Silicone SF-8428、Toray Silicone DC-57、Toray Silicone DC-190(以上由道康寧東麗矽膠公司(Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co.,Ltd.)製造)等。 Commercial products of an anthrone-based surfactant include, for example, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone DC7PA, Toray Silicone SH11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH-190, Toray Silicone SH-193, Toray Silicone SZ-6032, Toray Silicone SF-8428, Toray Silicone DC-57, Toray Silicone DC-190 (above by Dow Corning Toray Silicone Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing).

作為界面活性劑的使用量,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為1.0質量份以下,更優選為0.7質量份以下。若界面活性劑的使用量超過1.0質量份,則變得容易產生膜不均。 The amount of the surfactant to be used is preferably 1.0 part by mass or less, and more preferably 0.7 part by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. When the amount of the surfactant used exceeds 1.0 part by mass, film unevenness is likely to occur.

[保存穩定劑] [storage stabilizer]

保存穩定劑例如可列舉硫、醌類、對苯二酚類、聚氧化合物、胺、硝基亞硝基化合物等,更具體而言可列舉4-甲氧基苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁等。 Examples of the storage stabilizer include sulfur, hydrazines, hydroquinones, polyoxygen compounds, amines, nitronitroso compounds, and the like, and more specifically, 4-methoxyphenol and N-nitroso- N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum and the like.

作為保存穩定劑的使用量,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為3.0質量份以下,更優選為1.0質量份以下。若保存穩定劑的調配量超過3.0質量份,則存在感光度降低而造成圖案形狀劣化的情況。 The amount of use as the storage stabilizer is preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. When the amount of the stabilizer to be added exceeds 3.0 parts by mass, the sensitivity may be lowered to deteriorate the pattern shape.

[接著助劑] [Next auxiliaries]

接著助劑可用以使所得的著色圖案及彩色濾光片與基板的接著性進一步提高。接著助劑優選具有羧基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯基、異氰酸酯基、環氧乙烷基等反應性官能基的官能性矽烷偶聯劑,例如可列舉三甲氧基矽烷基苯甲酸、γ-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-異氰酸酯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、β-(3,4- 環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷等。 The additive can then be used to further improve the adhesion of the resulting colored pattern and color filter to the substrate. Next, the auxiliary agent is preferably a functional decane coupling agent having a reactive functional group such as a carboxyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, a vinyl group, an isocyanate group or an oxiranyl group, and examples thereof include trimethoxydecyl benzoic acid and γ- Methyl propylene methoxy propyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl trimethoxy decane, γ-isocyanate propyl triethoxy decane, γ-glycidoxy propyl trimethyl Oxydecane, β-(3,4- Epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, and the like.

作為接著助劑的使用量,相對於[I]鹼溶性樹脂100質量份而言優選為20質量份以下,更優選為15質量份以下。若接著助劑的使用量超過20質量份,則存在變得容易產生顯影殘留的傾向。 The amount of the auxiliary agent to be used is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the [I] alkali-soluble resin. When the amount of the auxiliary agent used exceeds 20 parts by mass, the development residue tends to be likely to occur.

<著色組成物的調製方法> <Modulation method of coloring composition>

本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中所使用的著色組成物可通過將[I]鹼溶性樹脂、[II]聚合性化合物、[III]聚合起始劑、[IV]著色劑、[V]化合物(硬化劑)、及視需要而添加的其他任意成分均一混合而調製。該著色組成物優選溶解於適當的溶劑中而以溶液狀使用。 The coloring composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment can be obtained by using [I] an alkali-soluble resin, [II] a polymerizable compound, [III] a polymerization initiator, [IV] a colorant, [V]. The compound (hardener) and other optional components added as needed are uniformly mixed and prepared. The coloring composition is preferably dissolved in a suitable solvent and used in the form of a solution.

作為著色組成物的調製中所使用的溶劑,使用可均一地溶解必需成分及任意成分且不與各成分反應的溶劑。此種溶劑可列舉與上述的作為可用於製造[I]鹼溶性樹脂的溶劑而例示者相同的溶劑。 As a solvent used for preparation of a coloring composition, a solvent which can uniformly dissolve an essential component and an arbitrary component and does not react with each component is used. Examples of such a solvent include the same solvents as those exemplified above as the solvent which can be used for producing the [I] alkali-soluble resin.

該些溶劑中,自各成分的溶解性、與各成分的反應性、塗膜形成的容易性等觀點考慮,例如可列舉:乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單正丙醚、乙二醇單正丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單正丙醚、二乙二醇單正丁醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單正丙醚、丙二醇單正丁醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單正丙醚、二丙二醇單正丁醚、三丙二醇單甲醚、三丙二醇單乙醚等(聚)烷二醇單烷基醚類; 乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單正丙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙酸-3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸-3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯等(聚)烷二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇甲乙醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、四氫呋喃等其他醚類;丁酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、二丙酮醇(4-羥基-4-甲基戊烷-2-酮)、4-羥基-4-甲基己烷-2-酮等酮類;丙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯等二乙酸酯類;乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯等乳酸烷基酯類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸正戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸-3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸-3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯、酸正戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸正丁酯、乙酸-3-甲氧基丁酯、丙酸-3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸正丙酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸正丁酯、羥基乙酸乙酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸正丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-羥基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、2-羥基-3-甲基丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙基等其他酯類;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙 醯胺等醯胺類等。 Among these solvents, from the viewpoints of solubility of each component, reactivity with each component, easiness of formation of a coating film, and the like, for example, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol single positive are exemplified. Propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl Ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol (poly)alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as mono-n-butyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monoethyl ether; Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Ester, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (poly)alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, etc.; diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethyl Other ethers such as glycol methyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran; butanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, diacetone alcohol (4-hydroxy-4-methylpentane- Ketones such as 2-keto) and 4-hydroxy-4-methylhexan-2-one; propylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diethyl Diacetate such as acid ester; alkyl lactate such as methyl lactate or ethyl lactate; ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-amyl formate , isoamyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, acid Amyl ester, isoamyl acetate, n-butyl propionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, n-propyl butyrate , isopropyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxyl Methyl propionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, n-propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl Other esters such as ethyl propyl propionate, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; N-methylpyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethyl B Amidoxime, such as guanamine.

該些溶劑中,自溶解性、顏料分散性、塗布性等觀點考慮,優選為丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙酸-3-甲氧基丁酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇甲乙醚、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、丙酸-3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸正戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸正丁酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸正丁酯、丙酮酸乙酯。溶劑可單獨使用或使用2種以上。 Among these solvents, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol are preferable from the viewpoints of solubility, pigment dispersibility, and coating properties. Ethyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 1,3-butane Alcohol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid Ester, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl propionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, n-butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, Isopropyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ethyl pyruvate. The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

另外,亦可與上述溶劑一同併用苄基乙基醚、二正己基醚、丙酮基丙酮、異佛爾酮、己酸、辛酸、1-辛醇、1-壬醇、乙酸苄基酯、苯甲酸乙酯、乙二酸二乙酯、馬來酸二乙酯、γ-丁內酯、碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯、乙二醇單苯醚乙酸酯等高沸點溶劑。上述高沸點溶劑可單獨使用或使用2種以上。 In addition, together with the above solvent, benzyl ethyl ether, di-n-hexyl ether, acetone acetone, isophorone, hexanoic acid, octanoic acid, 1-octanol, 1-nonanol, benzyl acetate, benzene may also be used together. A high boiling point solvent such as ethyl formate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl maleate, γ-butyrolactone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate or ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate. These high boiling point solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

溶劑的含量並無限定,自所得的著色組成物的塗布性、穩定性等觀點考慮,除去著色組成物的溶劑的各成分的合計濃度優選成為5質量%~50質量%的量,更優選成為10質量%~40質量%的量。在將著色組成物調製為溶液狀態的情況時,固形物濃度(組成物溶液中所占的溶劑以外的成分)可根據使用目的或所期望的膜厚的值等而設定為任意濃度。固形物濃度例如可設定為5質量%~50質量 %。更優選的固形物濃度根據在基板上形成塗膜的形成方法而有所不同,於後文對其加以敍述。如此而調製的組成物溶液可使用孔徑為0.5 μm左右的微孔過濾器等而進行過濾後,供至使用。 The content of the solvent is not limited, and the total concentration of each component of the solvent in which the coloring composition is removed is preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from the viewpoint of the coating property and stability of the obtained colored composition. An amount of 10% by mass to 40% by mass. When the coloring composition is prepared in a solution state, the solid content concentration (component other than the solvent in the composition solution) can be set to an arbitrary concentration depending on the purpose of use, the value of the desired film thickness, and the like. The solid concentration can be set, for example, to 5 mass% to 50 mass. %. A more preferable solid content concentration differs depending on a method of forming a coating film on a substrate, which will be described later. The composition solution prepared in this manner can be filtered using a micropore filter having a pore diameter of about 0.5 μm, and then used.

以上成分與調製方法的著色組成物可利用低溫硬化而形成著色圖案。具體而言,即使在200℃以下的硬化溫度下、進一步在180℃以下的硬化溫度下,亦可獲得具有耐溶劑性等良好的可靠性的著色圖案。而且,可利用低溫硬化而提供本實施形態的彩色濾光片。 The coloring composition of the above components and the preparation method can be cured by low temperature to form a colored pattern. Specifically, even at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower and further at a curing temperature of 180 ° C or lower, a colored pattern having good reliability such as solvent resistance can be obtained. Further, the color filter of the present embodiment can be provided by low-temperature curing.

其次,本實施形態的彩色濾光片包含著色圖案、設在該著色圖案上的保護膜。該保護膜使用第1感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成在著色圖案上。 Next, the color filter of this embodiment includes a colored pattern and a protective film provided on the colored pattern. This protective film is formed on the colored pattern using the first radiation-sensitive resin composition.

以下,對本實施形態的彩色濾光片的保護膜的形成中所使用的本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物加以說明。 In the following, the first radiation sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment used for forming the protective film of the color filter of the present embodiment will be described.

<第1感放射線性樹脂組成物> <1st sense radiation linear resin composition>

本實施形態的彩色濾光片的保護膜形成中所使用的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有如下化合物而構成:[A]矽氧烷聚合物、[B]自由基聚合起始劑、及[C]有機溶劑。另外,可含有[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物作為適宜成分。而且,可含有[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑作為適宜成分。另外,也可以在不損及本發明的效果的範圍內含有界面活性劑等其他任意成分。以下,對各成分加以詳述。於含有界面活性劑的情況時,可自上述作為可用於本實施形態的著色組 成物中的界面活性劑所列舉的界面活性劑中選擇適宜的化合物而使用。 The first radiation sensitive resin composition used for forming the protective film of the color filter of the present embodiment contains the following compounds: [A] a siloxane polymer, [B] a radical polymerization initiator, and [C] Organic solvent. Further, a [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound may be contained as a suitable component. Further, an [E] acid generator or a base generator may be contained as a suitable component. Further, other optional components such as a surfactant may be contained within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Hereinafter, each component will be described in detail. In the case of containing a surfactant, it can be used as the coloring group which can be used in the present embodiment. Among the surfactants exemplified as the surfactant in the product, an appropriate compound is selected and used.

<[A]矽氧烷聚合物> <[A] oxirane polymer>

本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有[A]矽氧烷聚合物。而且,本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物所含有的[A]矽氧烷聚合物優選為具有自由基反應性官能基的矽氧烷聚合物。於[A]矽氧烷聚合物為具有自由基反應性官能基的矽氧烷聚合物的情況時,若為於具有矽氧鍵的化合物的聚合物的主鏈或側鏈具有自由基反應性官能基的化合物,則並無特別限定。在這種情況下,[A]矽氧烷聚合物可通過自由基聚合而硬化,可將硬化收縮抑制為最小限度。自由基反應性官能基例如可列舉乙烯基、α-甲基乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基等不飽和有機基。該些基中,自硬化反應順利地進行的方面考慮,優選具有丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基的基。 The first radiation sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment contains [A] a siloxane polymer. Further, the [A] decane polymer contained in the first radiation sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is preferably a siloxane polymer having a radical reactive functional group. In the case where the [A] methoxyalkane polymer is a siloxane polymer having a radically reactive functional group, if it is a polymer having a oxime bond, the polymer has a radical reactivity in a main chain or a side chain. The compound of a functional group is not specifically limited. In this case, the [A]methoxyl polymer can be hardened by radical polymerization, and the hardening shrinkage can be suppressed to a minimum. Examples of the radical reactive functional group include an unsaturated organic group such as a vinyl group, an α-methylvinyl group, an acrylonitrile group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, or a styryl group. Among these bases, a group having an acrylonitrile group or a methacryl group is preferred from the viewpoint that the hardening reaction proceeds smoothly.

[A]矽氧烷聚合物優選為水解性矽烷化合物的水解縮合物。構成[A]矽氧烷聚合物的水解性矽烷化合物優選為包含如下化合物的水解性矽烷化合物:(a1)下述式(A-1)所表示的水解性矽烷化合物(以下亦稱為(a1)化合物)、(a2)下述式(A-2)所表示的水解性矽烷化合物(以下亦稱為(a2)化合物)。 The [A]methoxyl polymer is preferably a hydrolysis condensate of a hydrolyzable decane compound. The hydrolyzable decane compound constituting the [A] siloxane polymer is preferably a hydrolyzable decane compound containing the following compound: (a1) a hydrolyzable decane compound represented by the following formula (A-1) (hereinafter also referred to as (a1) (a) a hydrolyzable decane compound (hereinafter also referred to as a compound (a2)) represented by the following formula (A-2).

在上述式(A-1)中,R1是碳數為1~6的烷基。R2是包含自由基反應性官能基的有機基。p是1~3的整數。其中,於R1及R2為多個的情況下,多個R1及R2分別獨立。 In the above formula (A-1), R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 2 is an organic group containing a radical reactive functional group. p is an integer from 1 to 3. However, when R 1 and R 2 are plural, a plurality of R 1 and R 2 are each independently.

上述式(A-2)中,R3是碳數為1~6的烷基。R4是氫原子、碳數為1~20的烷基、碳數為1~20的氟化烷基、苯基、萘基、環氧基、胺基或異氰酸酯基。n是0~20的整數。q是0~3的整數。其中,於R3及R4為多個的情況下,多個R3及R4分別獨立。 In the above formula (A-2), R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 4 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an epoxy group, an amine group or an isocyanate group. n is an integer from 0 to 20. q is an integer from 0 to 3. However, when R 3 and R 4 are plural, a plurality of R 3 and R 4 are each independently.

於本發明中,所謂“水解性矽烷化合物”是指具有如下基的化合物:通常在無催化劑、過剩的水的共存下,於室溫(約25℃)~約100℃的溫度範圍內進行加熱,由此而可水解而生成矽醇基的基或可形成矽氧烷縮合物的基。於上述式(A-1)及上述式(A-2)所表示的水解性矽烷化合物的水解反應中,一部分水解性基以未水解的狀態殘存於所生成的矽氧烷聚合物中。此處,所謂“水解性基”是指可進行上述水解而生成矽醇基的基或可形成矽氧烷縮合物的基。而且,於第1感放射線性樹脂組成物中,一部分水解 性矽烷化合物亦可以其分子中的一部分或全部的水解性基未水解的狀態,且並不與其他水解性矽烷化合物縮合而以單體的狀態殘存。另外,“水解縮合物”是表示所水解的矽烷化合物的一部分矽醇基彼此縮合而成的水解縮合物。以下,對(a1)化合物及(a2)化合物加以詳述。 In the present invention, the "hydrolyzable decane compound" means a compound having a group which is usually heated at a temperature ranging from room temperature (about 25 ° C) to about 100 ° C in the absence of a catalyst and excess water. Thus, it can be hydrolyzed to form a thiol group or a group which can form a decane condensate. In the hydrolysis reaction of the hydrolyzable decane compound represented by the above formula (A-1) and the above formula (A-2), a part of the hydrolyzable group remains in the unhydrolyzed state in the produced siloxane polymer. Here, the "hydrolyzable group" means a group which can carry out the above hydrolysis to form a sterol group or a group which can form a siloxane condensate. Further, in the first radiation sensitive resin composition, a part of the hydrolysis The decane compound may be in a state in which a part or all of the hydrolyzable group in the molecule is not hydrolyzed, and is not condensed with another hydrolyzable decane compound to remain in a monomer state. Further, the "hydrolysis condensate" is a hydrolysis condensate obtained by condensing a part of sterol groups of the hydrolyzed decane compound with each other. Hereinafter, the compound (a1) and the compound (a2) will be described in detail.

[(a1)化合物] [(a1) compound]

在上述式(A-1)中,R1是碳數為1~6的烷基。R2是包含自由基反應性官能基的有機基。p是1~3的整數。其中,於R1及R2為多個的情況下,多個R1及R2分別獨立。 In the above formula (A-1), R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 2 is an organic group containing a radical reactive functional group. p is an integer from 1 to 3. However, when R 1 and R 2 are plural, a plurality of R 1 and R 2 are each independently.

作為上述R1的碳數為1~6的烷基例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、丁基等。於該些基中,自水解的容易性的觀點考慮,優選為甲基、乙基。作為上述p,自進行水解縮合反應的觀點考慮,優選為1或2,更優選為1。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the above R 1 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a butyl group. Among these groups, a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of easiness of hydrolysis. The above p is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of carrying out the hydrolysis condensation reaction.

具有自由基反應性官能基的有機基可列舉由上述自由基反應性官能基對1個以上氫原子進行取代的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的碳數為1~12的烷基、碳數為6~12的芳基、碳數為7~12的芳烷基等。於同一分子內存在多個R2時,該些R2分別獨立。而且,R2所表示的有機基亦可具有雜原子。此種有機基例如可列舉醚基、酯基、硫化物基等。 The organic group having a radical reactive functional group may be a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a carbon substituted by one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned radical reactive functional group. The number is 6 to 12 aryl groups, and the carbon number is 7 to 12 aralkyl groups. When there are a plurality of R 2 in the same molecule, the R 2 are independent. Further, the organic group represented by R 2 may have a hetero atom. Examples of such an organic group include an ether group, an ester group, a sulfide group and the like.

p=1的情況下的(a1)化合物例如可列舉乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三丙氧基矽烷、鄰苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、鄰苯乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、間 苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、間苯乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基丙烯醯氧基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基丙烯醯氧基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基丙烯醯氧基三丙氧基矽烷、丙烯醯氧基三甲氧基矽烷、丙烯醯氧基三乙氧基矽烷、丙烯醯氧基三丙氧基矽烷、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基三丙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三丙氧基矽烷、2-丙烯醯氧基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-丙烯醯氧基乙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-丙烯醯氧基乙基三丙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三丙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三丙氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三乙氧基矽烷、三氟丁基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基琥珀酸酐等三烷氧基矽烷化合物。 Examples of the (a1) compound in the case of p=1 include vinyltrimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxydecane, vinyltripropoxydecane, o-styryltrimethoxydecane, and o-styryl. Triethoxy decane, between Styryl trimethoxy decane, m-styryl triethoxy decane, p-styryl trimethoxy decane, p-styryl triethoxy decane, allyl trimethoxy decane, allyl triethyl Oxydecane, methacryloxytrimethoxydecane, methacryloxytriethoxydecane, methacryloxytripropoxydecane, propylene decyloxytrimethoxydecane, propylene oxime Oxytriethoxydecane, propylene decyloxytripropoxydecane, 2-methylpropenyloxyethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-methylpropenyloxyethyltriethoxydecane, 2 -Methacryloxymethoxyethyltripropoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-methyl Propylene methoxypropyltripropoxydecane, 2-propenyloxyethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-propenyloxyethyltriethoxydecane, 2-propenyloxyethyltripropoxyl Baseline, 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-propenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-propenyloxypropyltripropoxydecane, 3 -Methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltripropoxydecane,trifluoropropyl A trialkoxydecane compound such as trimethoxydecane, trifluoropropyltriethoxydecane, trifluorobutyltrimethoxydecane or 3-(trimethoxydecyl)propyl succinic anhydride.

p=2的情況下的(a1)化合物例如可列舉乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基苯基二甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基苯基二乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、苯基三氟丙基二甲氧基矽烷等二烷氧基矽烷化合物。 Examples of the (a1) compound in the case of p = 2 include vinyl methyl dimethoxy decane, vinyl methyl diethoxy decane, vinyl phenyl dimethoxy decane, and vinyl phenyl di A dialkoxy decane compound such as oxydecane, allylmethyldimethoxydecane, allylmethyldiethoxydecane or phenyltrifluoropropyldimethoxydecane.

p=3的情況下的(a1)化合物例如可列舉烯丙基二甲 基甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基二甲基乙氧基矽烷、二乙烯基甲基甲氧基矽烷、二乙烯基甲基乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基二甲基甲氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基二甲基甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基二苯基甲氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基二苯基甲氧基矽烷、3,3'-二甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基二甲氧基矽烷、3,3'-二丙烯醯氧基丙基二甲氧基矽烷、3,3',3"-三甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲氧基矽烷、3,3',3"-三丙烯醯氧基丙基甲氧基矽烷、二甲基三氟丙基甲氧基矽烷等單烷氧基矽烷化合物。 The compound (a1) in the case of p=3 is, for example, allyl dimethyl Methoxy decane, allyl dimethyl ethoxy decane, divinyl methyl methoxy decane, divinyl methyl ethoxy decane, 3-methyl propylene methoxy propyl dimethyl Methoxydecane, 3-propenyloxypropyl dimethyl methoxy decane, 3-methyl propylene methoxy propyl diphenyl methoxy decane, 3-propenyl methoxy propyl diphenyl Methoxydecane, 3,3'-dimethylpropenyloxypropyl dimethoxydecane, 3,3'-dipropenyloxypropyl dimethoxydecane, 3,3',3" - monoalkoxy such as trimethyl propylene methoxypropyl methoxy decane, 3,3', 3"-tripropylene methoxy methoxy methoxy decane, dimethyl trifluoropropyl methoxy decane A quinone compound.

該些(a1)化合物中,自能夠以高水準達成耐擦傷性等且進行縮合的方面考慮,優選為乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基琥珀酸酐。 Among these (a1) compounds, vinyltrimethoxydecane, p-styryltriethoxydecane, and 3-methylpropene oxime are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving scratch resistance and the like at a high level and performing condensation. Oxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-propenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-propenyloxypropyltriethoxylate Decane, 3-(trimethoxydecyl)propyl succinic anhydride.

[(a2)化合物] [(a2) compound]

在上述式(A-2)中,R3是碳數為1~6的烷基。R4為氫原子、碳數為1~20的烷基、碳數為1~20的氟化烷基、苯基、萘基、環氧基、胺基或異氰酸酯基。n是0~20的整數。q是0~3的整數。其中,於R3及R4分別為多個的情況時,多個R3及R4分別獨立。 In the above formula (A-2), R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 4 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an epoxy group, an amine group or an isocyanate group. n is an integer from 0 to 20. q is an integer from 0 to 3. In the case where each of R 3 and R 4 is plural, a plurality of R 3 and R 4 are each independently.

作為上述R3的碳數為1~6的烷基例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、丁基等。於該些基中,自水解的容易性的觀點考慮,優選為甲基、乙基。作為上述q,自 進行水解縮合反應的觀點考慮,優選為1或2,更優選為1。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the above R 3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a butyl group. Among these groups, a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of easiness of hydrolysis. The above q is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of performing the hydrolysis condensation reaction.

於上述R4是上述碳數為1~20的烷基的情況時,該烷基例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、3-甲基丁基、2-甲基丁基、1-甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丙基、正己基、4-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、2-甲基戊基、1-甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基丁基、2,3-二甲基丁基、1,3-二甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丁基、1,2-二甲基丁基、1,1-二甲基丁基、正庚基、5-甲基己基、4-甲基己基、3-甲基己基、2-甲基己基、1-甲基己基、4,4-二甲基戊基、3,4-二甲基戊基、2,4-二甲基戊基、1,4-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基戊基、1,3-二甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基戊基、1,2-二甲基戊基、1,1-二甲基戊基、2,3,3-三甲基丁基、1,3,3-三甲基丁基、1,2,3-三甲基丁基、正辛基、6-甲基庚基、5-甲基庚基、4-甲基庚基、3-甲基庚基、2-甲基庚基、1-甲基庚基、2-乙基己基、正壬基、正癸基、正十一烷基、正十二烷基、正十三烷基、正十四烷基、正十五烷基、正十六烷基、正十七烷基、正十八烷基、正十九烷基等。優選為碳數為1~10的烷基,更優選為碳數為1~3的烷基。 In the case where the above R 4 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the alkyl group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a second butyl group or a third group. Butyl, n-pentyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, 4-methylpentyl, 3- Methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 1-methylpentyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2 ,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 5-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl , 2-methylhexyl, 1-methylhexyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, 3,4-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl, 1,4-dimethyl Pentyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 1,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 1,2-dimethyl Pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpentyl, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl, 1,3,3-trimethylbutyl, 1,2,3-trimethylbutyl, positive Octyl, 6-methylheptyl, 5-methylheptyl, 4-methylheptyl, 3-methylheptyl, 2-methylheptyl, 1-methylheptyl, 2-ethylhexyl , 壬基基,正正Base, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, N-nonadecyl and the like. It is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

作為q=0的情況下的(a2)化合物,例如被4個水解性基取代的矽烷化合物可列舉四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四丁氧基矽烷、四正丙氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷等。 Examples of the (a2) compound in the case of q = 0, for example, a tetradecyl compound substituted with four hydrolyzable groups, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetrabutoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy decane , tetraisopropoxy decane, and the like.

作為q=1的情況下的(a2)化合物,被1個非水解性基與3個水解性基取代的矽烷化合物例如可列舉甲基三甲 氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、甲基三丁氧基矽烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、乙基三丁氧基矽烷、丁基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、萘基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、萘基三乙氧基矽烷、胺基三甲氧基矽烷、胺基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、鄰甲苯基三甲氧基矽烷、間甲苯基三甲氧基矽烷、對甲苯基三甲氧基矽烷等。 Examples of the (a2) compound in the case of q=1, a decane compound substituted with one non-hydrolyzable group and three hydrolyzable groups, for example, methyltrimethyl Oxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, methyl triisopropoxy decane, methyl tributoxy decane, ethyl trimethoxy decane, ethyl triethoxy decane, ethyl triisopropoxy Base decane, ethyl tributoxy decane, butyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, naphthyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, naphthyl triethoxy decane, amine group Trimethoxydecane, Amino Triethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-isocyanopropane Trimethoxy decane, 3-isocyanopropyltriethoxy decane, o-tolyltrimethoxy decane, m-tolyltrimethoxydecane, p-tolyltrimethoxydecane, and the like.

作為q=2的情況下的(a2)化合物,被2個非水解性基與2個水解性基取代的矽烷化合物例如可列舉二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、二丁基二甲氧基矽烷等。 Examples of the (a2) compound in the case of q=2, a decane compound substituted with two non-hydrolyzable groups and two hydrolyzable groups may, for example, be dimethyldimethoxydecane or diphenyldimethoxydecane. , dibutyl dimethoxy decane, and the like.

作為q=3的情況下的(a2)化合物,被3個非水解性基與1個水解性基取代的矽烷化合物例如可列舉三甲基甲氧基矽烷、三苯基甲氧基矽烷、三丁基甲氧基矽烷等。 Examples of the (a2) compound in the case of q=3, a decane compound substituted with three non-hydrolyzable groups and one hydrolyzable group may, for example, be trimethylmethoxydecane, triphenylmethoxydecane or the like. Butyl methoxy decane, and the like.

該些(a2)化合物中,優選被4個水解性基取代的矽烷化合物、被1個非水解性基與3個水解性基取代的矽烷化合物,更優選被1個非水解性基與3個水解性基取代的矽烷化合物。特別優選的水解性矽烷化合物例如可列舉四乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、甲基三丁氧基矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、乙基三丁氧基矽烷、丁基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-縮 水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、萘基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷及γ-異氰酸酯丙基三甲氧基矽烷。此種水解性矽烷化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。 Among these (a2) compounds, a decane compound substituted with four hydrolyzable groups, a decane compound substituted with one non-hydrolyzable group and three hydrolyzable groups, and more preferably one non-hydrolyzable group and three Hydrolyzable group-substituted decane compound. Particularly preferred hydrolyzable decane compounds include tetraethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, methyl triisopropoxy decane, methyl tributoxy decane, and phenyl. Trimethoxy decane, ethyl trimethoxy decane, ethyl triethoxy decane, ethyl triisopropoxy decane, ethyl tributoxy decane, butyl trimethoxy decane, γ-condensation Glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, naphthyltrimethoxynonane, γ-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, and γ-isocyanatepropyltrimethoxydecane. These hydrolyzable decane compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

關於上述(a1)化合物及(a2)化合物的混合比,理想的是(a1)化合物超過5 mol%。於(a1)化合物為5 mol%以下的情況時,存在如下的傾向:形成硬化膜時的曝光感光度低,進一步使所得的硬化膜的耐擦傷性等降低。 Regarding the mixing ratio of the above compound (a1) and the compound (a2), it is preferred that the compound (a1) exceeds 5 mol%. When the amount of the compound (a1) is 5 mol% or less, there is a tendency that the exposure sensitivity at the time of forming the cured film is low, and the scratch resistance of the obtained cured film or the like is further lowered.

[(a1)化合物及(a2)化合物的水解縮合] [(a1) Hydrolysis and Condensation of Compound and (a2) Compound]

作為使上述(a1)化合物及(a2)化合物水解縮合的條件,若為使(a1)化合物及(a2)化合物的至少一部分水解,將水解性基轉換為矽醇基,從而產生縮合反應的條件則並無特別限定,作為其中一例,可如下所述地實施。 When the compound (a1) and the compound (a2) are hydrolyzed and condensed, the hydrolysis reaction group is converted into a sterol group to cause a condensation reaction. There is no particular limitation, and as one example, it can be carried out as follows.

供至水解縮合反應的水優選使用通過反滲透膜處理、離子交換處理、蒸餾等方法而進行了純化的水。藉由使用此種純化水,可抑制副反應,使水解的反應性提高。作為水的使用量,相對於上述(a1)化合物及(a2)化合物的水解性基的合計量1莫耳而言,優選為0.1莫耳~3莫耳,更優選為0.3莫耳~2莫耳,特別優選為0.5莫耳~1.5莫耳。藉由使用此種量的水,可使水解縮合的反應速度最佳化。 The water to be subjected to the hydrolysis condensation reaction is preferably water which has been purified by a method such as reverse osmosis membrane treatment, ion exchange treatment, distillation or the like. By using such purified water, side reactions can be suppressed and the reactivity of hydrolysis can be improved. The amount of water used is preferably from 0.1 mol to 3 mol, more preferably from 0.3 mol to 2 mol, based on the total amount of the hydrolyzable group of the compound (a1) and the compound (a2). The ear is particularly preferably from 0.5 mol to 1.5 mol. By using such an amount of water, the reaction rate of hydrolysis condensation can be optimized.

供至水解縮合的溶劑例如可列舉醇類、醚類、二醇醚、乙二醇烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚丙酸酯、 芳香族烴類、酮類、其他酯類等。該些溶劑可單獨使用或者可將2種以上併用而使用。 Examples of the solvent to be subjected to hydrolysis condensation include alcohols, ethers, glycol ethers, ethylene glycol alkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycol alkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, and propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates. Ester, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propionate, Aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones, other esters, and the like. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

醇類例如可列舉甲醇、乙醇、苯甲醇、2-苯基乙醇、3-苯基-1-丙醇等。 Examples of the alcohols include methanol, ethanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, and 3-phenyl-1-propanol.

醚類例如可列舉四氫呋喃等。 Examples of the ethers include tetrahydrofuran and the like.

二醇醚例如可列舉乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚等。乙二醇烷基醚乙酸酯例如可列舉甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯等。 Examples of the glycol ether include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and the like. Examples of the ethylene glycol alkyl ether acetate include methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate.

二乙二醇烷基醚例如可列舉二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇甲乙醚等。 Examples of the diethylene glycol alkyl ether include diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, and diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether.

丙二醇單烷基醚例如可列舉丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚等。 Examples of the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether include propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, and propylene glycol monobutyl ether.

丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯例如可列舉丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等。 Examples of the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate.

丙二醇單烷基醚丙酸酯例如可列舉丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚丙酸酯等。 Examples of the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propionate include propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monobutyl ether propionate.

芳香族烴類例如可列舉甲苯、二甲苯等。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene.

酮類例如可列舉丁酮、環己酮、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮等。 Examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone.

其他酯類例如可列舉乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙 酯、乙酸丁酯、2-羥基丙酸乙酯、2-羥基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-羥基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、羥基乙酸甲酯、羥基乙酸乙酯、羥基乙酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丙酯、乳酸丁酯、3-羥基丙酸甲酯、3-羥基丙酸乙酯、3-羥基丙酸丙酯、3-羥基丙酸丁酯、2-羥基-3-甲基丁酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、乙氧基乙酸丙酯、乙氧基乙酸丁酯、丙氧基乙酸甲酯、丙氧基乙酸乙酯、丙氧基乙酸丙酯、丙氧基乙酸丁酯、丁氧基乙酸甲酯、丁氧基乙酸乙酯、丁氧基乙酸丙酯、丁氧基乙酸丁酯、2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸丁酯、2-丁氧基丙酸甲酯、2-丁氧基丙酸乙酯、2-丁氧基丙酸丙酯、2-丁氧基丙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸丙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸丁酯、3-丙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-丙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-丙氧基丙酸丙酯、3-丙氧基丙酸丁酯、3-丁氧基丙酸甲酯、3-丁氧基丙酸乙酯、3-丁氧基丙酸丙酯、3-丁氧基丙酸丁酯等。 Examples of other esters include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and ethyl acetate. Ester, butyl acetate, ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, methyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, methyl hydroxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, Butyl glycolate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, propyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 3-hydroxypropionate, ethyl 3-hydroxypropionate, propyl 3-hydroxypropionate, 3-hydroxypropionic acid Butyl ester, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoate, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, propyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate Ethyl ethoxyacetate, propyl ethoxyacetate, butyl ethoxyacetate, methyl propoxyacetate, ethyl propoxyacetate, propyl propoxyacetate, butyl propoxyacetate, Methyl butoxyacetate, ethyl butoxide, propyl butoxyacetate, butyl butoxyacetate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2- Propyl methoxypropionate, butyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, propyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2- Butyl ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-butoxypropionate, ethyl 2-butoxypropionate, 2 - propyl butoxypropionate, butyl 2-butoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3 - butyl methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, propyl 3-ethoxypropionate, butyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3 Methyl propoxy propionate, ethyl 3-propoxypropionate, propyl 3-propoxypropionate, butyl 3-propoxypropionate, methyl 3-butoxypropionate, 3 - ethyl butoxypropionate, propyl 3-butoxypropionate, butyl 3-butoxypropionate, and the like.

該些溶劑中,優選乙二醇烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯,特別優選二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇甲乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、甲氧基乙酸丁酯。 Among these solvents, ethylene glycol alkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol alkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, and particularly preferably diethyl ether are preferable. Diol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl methoxy acetate.

水解縮合反應優選在如下催化劑的存在下進行:酸催化劑(例如鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、甲酸、草酸、乙酸、三氟乙酸、三氟甲磺酸、磷酸、酸性離子交換樹脂、各種路易斯酸等)、鹼催化劑(例如胺、一級胺類、二級胺類、三級胺類、吡啶等含氮化合物;鹼性離子交換樹脂;氫氧化鈉等氫氧化物;碳酸鉀等碳酸鹽;乙酸鈉等羧酸鹽;各種路易斯鹼等)或醇鹽(例如醇鹽鋯、醇鹽鈦、醇鹽鋁等)等。例如,醇鹽鋁可使用三異丙氧基鋁。作為催化劑的使用量,自促進水解縮合反應的觀點考慮,相對於水解性矽烷化合物的單體1莫耳而言,優選為0.2莫耳以下,更優選為0.00001莫耳~0.1莫耳。 The hydrolysis condensation reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a catalyst such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, acidic ion exchange resin, various Lewis acids, and the like. a base catalyst (for example, an amine, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, a nitrogen-containing compound such as pyridine; a basic ion exchange resin; a hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide; a carbonate such as potassium carbonate; sodium acetate, etc. a carboxylate; various Lewis bases or the like) or an alkoxide (for example, azoxide zirconium, alkoxide titanium, alkoxide aluminum, etc.). For example, aluminum alkoxide can be used for the aluminum alkoxide. The amount of the catalyst to be used is preferably 0.2 mol or less, and more preferably 0.00001 mol to 0.1 mol, based on the monomer 1 mol of the hydrolyzable decane compound, from the viewpoint of promoting the hydrolysis condensation reaction.

水解縮合中的反應溫度及反應時間可適宜設定,例如反應溫度優選為40℃~200℃,更優選為50℃~150℃。反應時間優選為30分鐘~24小時,更優選為1小時~12小時。藉由設為此種反應溫度及反應時間,可有效率地進行水解縮合反應。於該水解縮合中,可於反應系統內一次添加水解性矽烷化合物、水及催化劑而以一個階段進行反應,或者也可以將水解性矽烷化合物、水及催化劑分為數次而添加於反應系統內,以多個階段進行水解及縮合反應。另外,於水解縮合反應後,可通過添加脫水劑,其次進行蒸發而將水及所生成的醇自反應系統中除去。該階段中所使用的脫水劑一般情況下吸附或者包含過剩的水而完全消耗了脫水能力,或者通過蒸發而除去。 The reaction temperature and the reaction time in the hydrolysis condensation can be appropriately set. For example, the reaction temperature is preferably 40 to 200 ° C, and more preferably 50 to 150 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 30 minutes to 24 hours, more preferably from 1 hour to 12 hours. By setting such a reaction temperature and reaction time, a hydrolysis condensation reaction can be performed efficiently. In the hydrolytic condensation, the hydrolyzable decane compound, water, and a catalyst may be added in one reaction to the reaction system in one step, or the hydrolyzable decane compound, water, and catalyst may be added to the reaction system in several stages. The hydrolysis and condensation reactions are carried out in multiple stages. Further, after the hydrolysis condensation reaction, water and the produced alcohol can be removed from the reaction system by adding a dehydrating agent and then evaporating. The dehydrating agent used in this stage generally adsorbs or contains excess water and completely consumes the dehydrating ability or is removed by evaporation.

上述水解縮合物的利用凝膠滲透色譜法(Gel Permeation Chromatograph,GPC)而所得的聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量(以下稱為“Mw”)優選為500~10,000,更優選為1,000~5,000。藉由使Mw為500以上,可改善本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的成膜性。另一方面,藉由使Mw為10,000以下,可防止第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的顯影性降低。 Gel permeation chromatography of the above hydrolysis condensate (Gel The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (hereinafter referred to as "Mw") obtained by Permeation Chromatograph (GPC) is preferably 500 to 10,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 5,000. By setting Mw to 500 or more, the film formability of the first radiation sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment can be improved. On the other hand, when Mw is 10,000 or less, the developability of the first radiation sensitive resin composition can be prevented from being lowered.

上述水解縮合物的利用GPC而所得的聚苯乙烯換算數量平均分子量(以下稱為“Mn”)優選為300~5,000,更優選為500~3,000。藉由使[A]矽氧烷聚合物的Mn為上述範圍,可提高第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜硬化時的硬化反應性。 The polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (hereinafter referred to as "Mn") obtained by GPC of the hydrolysis-condensation product is preferably 300 to 5,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. When the Mn of the [A]methoxyl polymer is in the above range, the curing reactivity at the time of curing of the coating film of the first radiation sensitive resin composition can be improved.

上述水解縮合物的分子量分佈“Mw/Mn”優選為3.0以下,更優選為2.6以下。藉由使(a1)化合物及(a2)化合物的水解縮合物的Mw/Mn為3.0以下,可提高所得的硬化膜的顯影性。 The molecular weight distribution "Mw/Mn" of the hydrolysis-condensation product is preferably 3.0 or less, and more preferably 2.6 or less. When the Mw/Mn of the hydrolysis-condensation product of the compound (a1) and the compound (a2) is 3.0 or less, the developability of the obtained cured film can be improved.

包含[A]矽氧烷聚合物的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物於顯影時顯影殘留的產生較少且容易形成所期望的圖案形狀。 The first radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the [A]methoxyl polymer has less development residue during development and is likely to form a desired pattern shape.

<[B]自由基聚合起始劑> <[B] Radical polymerization initiator]

本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有[B]自由基聚合起始劑,因此可由於[A]矽氧烷聚合物的自由基聚合而硬化,即使是低曝光量亦可形成具有充分的耐擦傷性的硬化膜,並且可以低曝光量而提供具有充分的耐擦傷性的本實施形態的保護膜。另外,[B]自由基聚合起始劑優選 為感放射線性的聚合起始劑(感放射線性聚合起始劑)。 Since the first radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment contains the [B] radical polymerization initiator, it can be cured by radical polymerization of [A] a siloxane polymer, and can be formed even at a low exposure amount. A sufficiently scratch-resistant cured film can provide a protective film of the present embodiment having sufficient scratch resistance at a low exposure amount. Further, [B] a radical polymerization initiator is preferred A radiation-sensitive polymerization initiator (radiometric polymerization initiator).

[B]自由基聚合起始劑可列舉O-醯基肟化合物、苯乙酮化合物、聯咪唑化合物等。該些[B]自由基聚合起始劑可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。 The [B] radical polymerization initiator may, for example, be an O-indenyl hydrazine compound, an acetophenone compound, a biimidazole compound or the like. These [B] radical polymerization initiators may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

O-醯基肟化合物例如可列舉乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、1-[9-乙基-6-苯甲醯基-9H-咔唑-3-基]-辛烷-1-酮肟-O-乙酸酯、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-乙烷-1-酮肟-O-苯甲酸酯、1-[9-正丁基-6-(2-乙基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-乙烷-1-酮肟-O-苯甲酸酯、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-4-四氫呋喃基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-4-四氫吡喃基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-5-四氫呋喃基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-{2-甲基-4-(2,2-二甲基-1,3-二氧雜環戊烷基)甲氧基苯甲醯基}-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-4-四氫呋喃基甲氧基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)等。 Examples of the O-indenyl hydrazine compound include ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetonitrile).肟), 1-[9-ethyl-6-benzylidene-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-octane-1-one oxime-O-acetate, 1-[9-ethyl- 6-(2-Methylbenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-ethane-1-one oxime-O-benzoate, 1-[9-n-butyl-6-( 2-ethylbenzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-ethane-1-one oxime-O-benzoate, ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2 -methyl-4-tetrahydrofuranylbenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2- Methyl-4-tetrahydropyranylbenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-( 2-methyl-5-tetrahydrofuranylbenzylidene)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-{2 -methyl-4-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolyl)methoxybenzylidene}-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O -acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl-4-tetrahydrofurylmethoxybenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1- (O-Ethene) and so on.

該些化合物中,優選的O-醯基肟化合物可列舉乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基-4-四氫呋喃基甲氧基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-{2-甲基-4-(2,2-二甲基-1,3-二氧雜環戊烷基)甲氧基苯甲醯基}-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)。 Among these compounds, preferred O-mercaptopurine compounds include ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1 -(O-acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl-4-tetrahydrofurylmethoxybenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl] -1-(O-acetamidine), ethyl ketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-{2-methyl-4-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxole) Alkyl) methoxybenzimidyl}-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine).

苯乙酮化合物可列舉α-胺基酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物。 The acetophenone compound may, for example, be an α-amino ketone compound or an α-hydroxy ketone compound.

α-胺基酮化合物例如可列舉2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-2-(4-甲基苄基)-1-(4-嗎啉-4-基-苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-甲基-1-(4-甲基噻吩基)-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮等。 Examples of the α-amino ketone compound include 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-2. -(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthienyl)-2 - Morpholinopropan-1-one and the like.

α-羥基酮化合物例如可列舉1-苯基-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基-(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮等。 Examples of the α-hydroxyketone compound include 1-phenyl-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one and 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1. a ketone, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone or the like.

該些化合物中,更優選的苯乙酮化合物為α-胺基酮化合物。可列舉2-二甲基胺基-2-(4-甲基苄基)-1-(4-嗎啉-4-基-苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-甲基-1-(4-甲基噻吩基)-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮。 Among these compounds, a more preferred acetophenone compound is an α-amino ketone compound. Ethyl 2-dimethylamino-2-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-methyl-1 -(4-Methylthienyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one.

聯咪唑化合物例如可列舉2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(4-乙氧基羰基苯基)-1,2'-聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4,6-三氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑。 Examples of the biimidazole compound include 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)-1,2'-biimidazole. 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorobenzene -4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)-4,4',5 , 5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole.

該些化合物中,優選的聯咪唑化合物可列舉2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4,6-三氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑,更優選為2,2'-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-聯咪唑。 Among these compounds, preferred biimidazole compounds include 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2. 2'-bis(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4,6- Trichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, more preferably 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4, 4',5,5'-Tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole.

於使用聯咪唑化合物作為[B]自由基聚合起始劑的情況下,為了使其增感,可添加具有二烷基胺基的脂肪族或芳香族化合物(以下稱為“胺基類增感劑”)。 When a biimidazole compound is used as the [B] radical polymerization initiator, an aliphatic or aromatic compound having a dialkylamine group may be added for sensitization (hereinafter referred to as "amine-based sensitization" Agent").

胺基類增感劑例如可列舉4,4'-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮等。該些胺基類增感劑中優選4,4'-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮。上述胺基類增感劑可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。 Examples of the amine-based sensitizer include 4,4′-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone and 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone. Among these amine-based sensitizers, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone is preferred. These amine-based sensitizers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

另外,於第1感放射線性樹脂組成物中併用聯咪唑化合物與胺基類增感劑的情況下,可添加硫醇化合物作為氫自由基供給劑。聯咪唑化合物由於胺基類增感劑而被增感而開裂,從而產生咪唑自由基,但亦存在未能直接表現出高的聚合起始能力的情況。然而,藉由於聯咪唑化合物與胺基類增感劑共存的系統中添加硫醇化合物,可對咪唑自由基供給來自硫醇化合物的氫自由基。其結果,咪唑自由基轉換為中性的咪唑,且產生聚合起始能力高的具有硫自由基的成分,由此即使是低放射線照射量亦可形成耐擦傷性等較高的硬化膜。 Further, when a biimidazole compound and an amine-based sensitizer are used in combination in the first radiation sensitive resin composition, a thiol compound may be added as a hydrogen radical supply agent. The biimidazole compound is sensitized by the amine-based sensitizer to be cracked to generate an imidazole radical, but there is also a case where the high polymerization initiation ability is not directly exhibited. However, by adding a thiol compound to a system in which a biimidazole compound and an amine-based sensitizer coexist, a hydrogen radical derived from a thiol compound can be supplied to the imidazole radical. As a result, the imidazole radical is converted into a neutral imidazole, and a component having a sulfur radical having a high polymerization initiation ability is produced, whereby a cured film having a high scratch resistance or the like can be formed even with a low radiation irradiation amount.

上述硫醇化合物例如可列舉2-巰基苯並噻唑、2-巰基苯並噁唑、2-巰基苯並咪唑、2-巰基-5-甲氧基苯並噻唑等芳香族硫醇化合物;3-巰基丙酸、3-巰基丙酸甲酯等脂肪族單硫醇化合物;季戊四醇四(巰基乙酸)酯、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸)酯等2官能以上的脂肪族硫醇化合物。該些硫醇化合物中特別優選2-巰基苯並噻唑。 Examples of the above thiol compound include aromatic mercaptan compounds such as 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole; An aliphatic monothiol compound such as mercaptopropionic acid or methyl 3-mercaptopropionate; a bifunctional or higher aliphatic thiol compound such as pentaerythritol tetrakis(mercaptoacetic acid) ester or pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionic acid) ester. Among these thiol compounds, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole is particularly preferred.

於併用聯咪唑化合物與胺基類增感劑的情況下,胺基 類增感劑的使用量相對於聯咪唑化合物100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~50質量份,更優選為1質量份~20質量份。藉由使胺基類增感劑的使用量為0.1質量份~50質量份,可提高第1感放射線性樹脂組成物於曝光時的硬化反應性,且可提高所得的硬化膜的耐擦傷性等。 In the case of using a biimidazole compound together with an amine-based sensitizer, an amine group The amount of the sensitizer to be used is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the biimidazole compound. When the amount of the amine-based sensitizer used is from 0.1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass, the curing reactivity of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition at the time of exposure can be improved, and the scratch resistance of the obtained cured film can be improved. Wait.

而且,於併用聯咪唑化合物、胺基類增感劑及硫醇化合物的情況下,硫醇化合物的使用量相對於聯咪唑化合物100質量份而言優選為0.1質量份~50質量份,更優選為1質量份~20質量份。藉由使硫醇化合物的使用量為0.1質量份~50質量份,可改善所得的硬化膜的耐擦傷性等。 In the case where a biimidazole compound, an amine-based sensitizer, and a thiol compound are used in combination, the amount of the thiol compound used is preferably 0.1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the biimidazole compound. It is 1 part by mass to 20 parts by mass. By using the thiol compound in an amount of from 0.1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass, the scratch resistance of the obtained cured film can be improved.

作為第1感放射線性樹脂組成物中的[B]自由基聚合起始劑的使用量,相對於[A]矽氧烷聚合物100質量份而言優選為0.05質量份~30質量份,更優選為0.1質量份~15質量份。藉由使[B]自由基聚合起始劑的使用量為上述範圍,第1感放射線性樹脂組成物可形成顯示出高的放射線感光度,進一步具有高的耐擦傷性等的硬化膜,且可提供耐擦傷性等優異的本實施形態的保護膜。 The amount of the [B] radical polymerization initiator to be used in the first radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 0.05 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the [A] siloxane polymer. It is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass. By using the amount of the [B] radical polymerization initiator in the above range, the first radiation-sensitive resin composition can form a cured film which exhibits high radiation sensitivity and further has high scratch resistance and the like. A protective film of the present embodiment excellent in scratch resistance and the like can be provided.

<[C]有機溶劑> <[C]organic solvent>

本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有[C]有機溶劑。 The first radiation sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment contains a [C] organic solvent.

[C]有機溶劑優選含有(C1)20℃下的蒸氣壓為0.1 mmHg以上且不足1 mmHg的有機溶劑。而且,優選含有(C2)20℃下的蒸氣壓為1 mmHg以上20 mmHg以下的有機溶劑。藉由使用具有特定範圍的蒸氣壓的[C]有機溶 劑,即使採用噴嘴式塗布法,亦可防止塗布不均且變得可高速塗布。另外,蒸氣壓的測定可使用公知的方法,於本發明中是指利用蒸散法(氣體流通法)而測定的值。 The organic solvent [C] preferably contains (C1) an organic solvent having a vapor pressure at 20 ° C of 0.1 mmHg or more and less than 1 mmHg. Further, it is preferable to contain (C2) an organic solvent having a vapor pressure at 20 ° C of 1 mmHg or more and 20 mmHg or less. [C] organic solvent by using a specific range of vapor pressure Even if the nozzle coating method is employed, coating unevenness can be prevented and coating can be performed at a high speed. Further, a known method can be used for the measurement of the vapor pressure, and in the present invention, a value measured by an evapotranspiration method (gas flow method).

[C]有機溶劑可適宜使用將第1感放射線性樹脂組成物中所含有的上述各成分均一地溶解或分散,且並不與各成分反應的有機溶劑。此種[C]有機溶劑例如可列舉醇類、乙二醇單烷基醚類、乙二醇二烷基醚類、丙二醇單烷基醚類、二乙二醇單烷基醚類、二乙二醇二烷基醚類、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類、二丙二醇單烷基醚類、二丙二醇酯類、醯胺類、內酯類、酮類等。該些有機溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上混合使用。 In the organic solvent, an organic solvent which uniformly dissolves or disperses the above-described respective components contained in the first radiation-sensitive resin composition and does not react with each component can be suitably used. Examples of such an [C] organic solvent include alcohols, ethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers, propylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, and diethyl ether. Glycol dialkyl ethers, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, dipropylene glycol esters, guanamines, lactones, ketones, and the like. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物> <[D]ethylenically unsaturated compound>

本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物優選進一步含有[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物。[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物是除上述[A]矽氧烷聚合物以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。藉由使第1感放射線性樹脂組成物進一步含有[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物,可使放射線感光度提高而造成昇華性降低。因此,由第1感放射線性樹脂組成物所形成的硬化膜的耐擦傷性及透明性進一步提高,可提供耐擦傷性及透明性優異的本實施形態的保護膜。 The first radiation sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment preferably further contains a [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound. The [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound is an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the above [A] nonoxyl polymer. By further containing the [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound in the first radiation sensitive resin composition, the radiation sensitivity can be improved and the sublimation property can be lowered. Therefore, the cured film formed of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition is further improved in scratch resistance and transparency, and the protective film of the present embodiment excellent in scratch resistance and transparency can be provided.

作為[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物,自聚合性良好且使所得的硬化膜的強度提高的觀點考慮,優選單官能、2官能或3官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。藉由使第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有該些化合物,可形成透明性與耐擦傷性等 高度平衡的硬化膜。 The [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a monofunctional, bifunctional or trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate from the viewpoint of having good self-polymerization properties and improving the strength of the obtained cured film. By including these compounds in the first radiation-sensitive resin composition, transparency, scratch resistance, and the like can be formed. A highly balanced hardened film.

作為[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物的單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可列舉丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、二乙二醇單乙醚丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚甲基丙烯酸酯、(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)(2-羥基丙基)鄰苯二甲酸酯、(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)(2-羥基丙基)鄰苯二甲酸酯、ω-羧基聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯等。市售品例如可列舉ARONIX(注冊商標)M-101、ARONIX M-111、ARONIX M-114、ARONIX M-5300(以上由東亞合成公司製造);KAYARAD(注冊商標)TC-110S、KAYARAD TC-120S(以上由日本化藥公司製造);Viscoat 158、Viscoat 2311(以上由大阪有機化學工業公司製造)等。 Examples of the monofunctional (meth) acrylate as the [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound include 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, diethylene glycol monoethyl acrylate, and diethyl ether. Glycol monoethyl ether methacrylate, (2-propenyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxypropyl) phthalate, (2-methylpropenyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxypropane) Phthalate, ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monoacrylate, and the like. For example, ARONIX (registered trademark) M-101, ARONIX M-111, ARONIX M-114, ARONIX M-5300 (above manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.); KAYARAD (registered trademark) TC-110S, KAYARAD TC- 120S (above manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); Viscoat 158, Viscoat 2311 (above manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物的2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可列舉乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二甲基丙烯酸脂、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸脂、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二甲基丙烯酸脂等。市售品例如可列舉ARONIX(注冊商標)M-210、ARONIX M-240、ARONIX M-6200(以上由東亞合成公司製造);KAYARAD(注冊商標)HDDA、KAYARAD HX-220、KAYARAD R-604(以上由日本化藥公司製造);Viscoat 260、Viscoat 312、Viscoat 335HP(以上由大阪有機化學工業公司製造);Light acrylate 1,9-NDA(共榮社化學公司)。 Examples of the bifunctional (meth) acrylate as the [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol dimethacrylate, and ethylene glycol dimethyl. Acrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, 1,9-nonanediol dimethacrylate, and the like. Commercial products include, for example, ARONIX (registered trademark) M-210, ARONIX M-240, ARONIX M-6200 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.); KAYARAD (registered trademark) HDDA, KAYARAD HX-220, KAYARAD R-604 ( The above is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); Viscoat 260, Viscoat 312, Viscoat 335HP (above manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); Light acrylate 1,9-NDA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物的3官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可列舉三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五甲基丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯的混合物、二季戊四醇六甲基丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、三(2-丙烯醯氧基乙基)磷酸酯、三(2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基)磷酸酯、異氰尿酸改質三丙烯酸酯、異氰尿酸EO改質三丙烯酸酯、琥珀酸改質季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、琥珀酸改質二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯,除此以外亦可列舉具有直鏈伸烷基及脂環族結構且具有2個以上異氰酸酯基的化合物與分子內具有1個以上羥基且具有3個、4個或5個(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的化合物反應而得的多官能聚胺酯丙烯酸酯類化合物等。市售品例如可列舉ARONIX(注冊商標)M-309、ARONIX M-313、ARONIX M-315、ARONIX M-400、ARONIX M-405、ARONIX M-450、ARONIX M-7100、ARONIX M-8030、ARONIX M-8060、ARONIX TO-1450(以上由東亞合成公司製造);KAYARAD(注冊商標)TMPTA、KAYARAD DPHA、KAYARAD DPCA-20、KAYARAD DPCA-30、KAYARAD DPCA-60、KAYARAD DPCA-120、KAYARAD DPEA-12(以上由日本化藥公司製造);Viscoat 295、Viscoat 300、Viscoat 360、Viscoat GPT、Viscoat 3PA、Viscoat 400(以上由大阪有機化學工業公司製造);作為含有多官能聚胺酯丙烯酸酯類化合物的市售品的New frontier(注冊商標)R-1150(第一工業製藥公司)、KAYARAD(注冊商標)DPHA-40H(日本化藥公司)等。 Examples of the trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate of the [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, and pentaerythritol. Mixture of methacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentamethyl acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate , dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, ethylene oxide modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, tris(2-propenyloxyethyl) phosphate, tris(2-methylpropenyloxyethyl) phosphate , isocyanuric acid modified triacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified triacrylate, succinic acid modified pentaerythritol triacrylate, succinic acid modified dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, in addition to linear alkane a compound having an alicyclic structure and having two or more isocyanate groups and having one or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule and having three, four or five (A) A polyfunctional polyurethane acrylate compound obtained by reacting a compound of a propylene methoxy group. Commercial products include, for example, ARONIX (registered trademark) M-309, ARONIX M-313, ARONIX M-315, ARONIX M-400, ARONIX M-405, ARONIX M-450, ARONIX M-7100, ARONIX M-8030, ARONIX M-8060, ARONIX TO-1450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.); KAYARAD (registered trademark) TMPTA, KAYARAD DPHA, KAYARAD DPCA-20, KAYARAD DPCA-30, KAYARAD DPCA-60, KAYARAD DPCA-120, KAYARAD DPEA -12 (above manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); Viscoat 295, Viscoat 300, Viscoat 360, Viscoat GPT, Viscoat 3PA, Viscoat 400 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); New Frontier (registered trademark) R-1150 as a commercial product containing a polyfunctional polyurethane acrylate compound (First Industrial Pharmaceutical Company), KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA-40H (Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.

該些[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物中優選ω-羧基聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二甲基丙烯酸脂、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、或二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的混合物、環氧乙烷改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、琥珀酸改質季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、琥珀酸改質二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、含有多官能聚胺酯丙烯酸酯類化合物的市售品。 Among the [D] ethylenically unsaturated compounds, ω-carboxypolycaprolactone monoacrylate, 1,9-nonanediol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, or a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, ethylene oxide modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, succinic acid modified pentaerythritol III Acrylate, succinic acid-modified dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and a commercially available product containing a polyfunctional polyurethane acrylate compound.

上述[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物可單獨使用亦可將2種以上混合使用。作為第1感放射線性樹脂組成物中的[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物的使用比例,相對於[A]矽氧烷聚合物100質量份而言優選為5質量份~80質量份,更優選為10質量份~30質量份。藉由將[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物的使用量設為上述範圍,可使第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的放射線感光度及所得的硬化膜的耐擦傷性等變得更良好。 The above [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. The use ratio of the [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound in the first radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 5 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 100 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the [A] siloxane polymer. It is 10 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass. By using the amount of the [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound in the above range, the radiation sensitivity of the first radiation sensitive resin composition and the scratch resistance of the obtained cured film can be further improved.

<[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑> <[E]acid generator or base generator>

本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物可含有[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑。[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑可定義為能夠放出酸性活性物質或鹼性活性物質的化合物。而且,[E] 酸產生劑或鹼產生劑優選為[E]感放射線性酸產生劑或感放射線性鹼產生劑。此時,[E]感放射線性酸產生劑或感放射線性鹼產生劑可定義為能夠藉由照射放射線而放出酸性活性物質或鹼性活性物質的化合物。[A]矽氧烷聚合物由於[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑的催化劑作用而硬化,從而使聚合性進一步變高。其結果,對於第1感放射線性樹脂組成物而言,可形成耐擦傷性等優異的硬化膜,並且可提供具有優異的耐擦傷性等的保護膜。 The first radiation sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment may contain an [E] acid generator or a base generator. The [E] acid generator or base generator can be defined as a compound capable of releasing an acidic active substance or a basic active substance. Moreover, [E] The acid generator or base generator is preferably an [E] sensitizing radioactive acid generator or a sensitizing radioactive base generator. In this case, the [E] sensitizing radioactive acid generator or the sensitizing radioactive base generator may be defined as a compound capable of releasing an acidic active material or a basic active material by irradiation with radiation. The [A] siloxane polymer is hardened by the action of a catalyst of the [E] acid generator or the alkali generator, so that the polymerizability is further increased. As a result, the first radiation-sensitive resin composition can form a cured film excellent in scratch resistance and the like, and can provide a protective film having excellent scratch resistance and the like.

作為用以使[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑分解,產生酸性活性物質或鹼性活性物質的陽離子或陰離子等而照射的放射線,可列舉可見光、紫外線、紅外線、X射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線等。該些放射線中,自具有固定的能級,可達成硬化膜中高的硬化速度,且照射裝置比較廉價且小型的方面考慮,優選使用紫外線。 Examples of the radiation to be irradiated by a cation or an anion which decomposes the [E] acid generator or the alkali generator to generate an acidic active material or a basic active material include visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, X-ray, α-ray, and β. Rays, gamma rays, etc. Among these radiations, ultraviolet rays are preferably used because they have a fixed energy level and can achieve a high curing speed in the cured film, and the irradiation device is relatively inexpensive and small.

上述感放射線性酸產生劑優選為二苯基碘鎓鹽、三苯基鋶鹽、四氫噻吩鎓鹽,更優選為三苯基鋶鹽、四氫噻吩鎓鹽。 The radiation sensitive acid generator is preferably a diphenyliodonium salt, a triphenylsulfonium salt or a tetrahydrothiophene salt, and more preferably a triphenylsulfonium salt or a tetrahydrothiophene salt.

二苯基碘鎓鹽例如可列舉二苯基碘鎓四氟硼酸鹽、二苯基碘鎓六氟膦酸鹽、二苯基碘鎓六氟砷酸鹽、二苯基碘鎓三氟甲磺酸鹽、二苯基碘鎓三氟乙酸鹽、二苯基碘鎓對甲苯磺酸鹽、二苯基碘鎓丁基三(2,6-二氟苯基)硼酸鹽、4-甲氧基苯基苯基碘鎓四氟硼酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)碘鎓四氟硼酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)碘鎓六氟砷酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)碘鎓三氟甲磺酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)碘 鎓三氟乙酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)碘鎓對甲苯磺酸鹽、雙(4-第三丁基苯基)碘鎓樟腦磺酸鹽等。 Examples of the diphenyliodonium salt include diphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphonate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroarsenate, and diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate. Acid salt, diphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, diphenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, diphenyliodonium butyl tris(2,6-difluorophenyl)borate, 4-methoxy Phenylphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)iodonium tetrafluoroborate, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)iodonium hexafluoroarsenate, double 4-tert-butylphenyl)iodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)iodine 鎓Trifluoroacetate, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)iodonium p-toluenesulfonate, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)iodonium sulfonate, and the like.

三苯基鋶鹽例如可列舉三苯基鋶三氟甲磺酸鹽、三苯基鋶樟腦磺酸鹽、三苯基鋶四氟硼酸鹽、三苯基鋶三氟乙酸鹽、三苯基鋶對甲苯磺酸鹽、三苯基鋶丁基三(2,6-二氟苯基)硼酸鹽等。 Examples of the triphenylsulfonium salt include triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, triphenyl camphorsulfonate, triphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, and triphenylsulfonium. P-toluenesulfonate, triphenylphosphonium butyl tris(2,6-difluorophenyl)borate, and the like.

四氫噻吩鎓鹽例如可列舉1-(4-正丁氧基萘-1-基)四氫噻吩鎓三氟甲磺酸鹽、1-(4-正丁氧基萘-1-基)四氫噻吩鎓九氟正丁磺酸鹽、1-(4-正丁氧基萘-1-基)四氫噻吩鎓-1,1,2,2-四氟-2-(降冰片烷-2-基)乙磺酸鹽、1-(4-正丁氧基萘-1-基)四氫噻吩鎓-2-(5-第三丁氧基羰氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2-基)-1,1,2,2-四氟乙磺酸鹽、1-(4-正丁氧基萘-1-基)四氫噻吩鎓-2-(6-第三丁氧基羰氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2-基)-1,1,2,2-四氟乙磺酸鹽、1-(4,7-二丁氧基-1-萘基)四氫噻吩鎓三氟甲磺酸鹽等。 Examples of the tetrahydrothiophene sulfonium salt include 1-(4-n-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene trifluoromethanesulfonate and 1-(4-n-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetra. Hydrothiophene quinone nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(4-n-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-2-(norbornane-2 -yl)ethanesulfonate, 1-(4-n-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene-2-(5-t-butoxycarbonyloxybicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-yl)-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethanesulfonate, 1-(4-n-butoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene-2-(6-tributoxy) Carbonyloxybicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethanesulfonate, 1-(4,7-dibutoxy-1-naphthalenyl)tetra Hydrothiophene trifluoromethanesulfonate and the like.

該些感放射線性酸產生劑中,自第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的放射線感光度提高的觀點考慮,特別優選三苯基鋶三氟甲磺酸鹽、三苯基鋶樟腦磺酸鹽、1-(4,7-二丁氧基-1-萘基)四氫噻吩鎓三氟甲磺酸鹽。 Among these radiation-sensitive acid generators, triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate and triphenyl camphorsulfonate are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the radiation sensitivity of the first radiation sensitive resin composition. 1-(4,7-Dibutoxy-1-naphthalenyl)tetrahydrothiophene trifluoromethanesulfonate.

上述感放射線性鹼產生劑例如可列舉:2-硝基苄基環己基胺基甲酸酯、[[(2,6-二硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]環己胺、N-(2-硝基苄氧基羰基)吡咯烷、雙[[(2-硝基苄基)氧基]羰基]己烷-1,6-二胺、三苯基甲醇、O-胺甲醯基羥基醯胺、O-胺甲醯基肟、4-(甲硫基苯甲醯基)-1-甲基-1-嗎啉代乙烷、(4- 嗎啉代苯甲醯基)-1-苄基-1-二甲基胺基丙烷、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁酮、六胺鈷(III)三(三苯基甲基硼酸鹽)等。 Examples of the above-mentioned radiation-sensitive base generator include 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexylcarbamate, [[(2,6-dinitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]cyclohexylamine, and N-( 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine, bis[[(2-nitrobenzyl)oxy]carbonyl]hexane-1,6-diamine, triphenylmethanol, O-amine formazanylhydroxyl Indoleamine, O-amine-mercaptopurine, 4-(methylthiobenzimidyl)-1-methyl-1-morpholinoethane, (4- Morpholinobenzylidene)-1-benzyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone , hexaamine cobalt (III) tris(triphenylmethylborate), and the like.

該些感放射線性鹼產生劑中,自使第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的放射線感光度提高的觀點考慮,更優選2-硝基苄基環己基胺基甲酸酯、O-胺甲醯基羥基醯胺。 Among these sensitizing radioactive alkali generators, 2-nitrobenzylcyclohexyl carbazate and O-amine formazan are more preferable from the viewpoint of improving the radiation sensitivity of the first radiation sensitive resin composition. Hydroxy guanamine.

[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上混合使用。作為[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑的使用量,相對於[A]矽氧烷聚合物100質量份而言優選為0.01質量份~20質量份以下,更優選為0.1質量份~10質量份以下。作為第1感放射線性樹脂組成物,藉由將[E]酸產生劑或鹼產生劑的使用量設為0.01質量份~20質量份,可放射線感光度、耐擦傷性、透明性等平衡性良好地形成優異的硬化膜,可提供此種特性優異的本實施形態的保護膜。 The [E] acid generator or the alkali generator may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of use of the [E] acid generator or the alkali generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the [A] decane polymer. The following. When the amount of the [E] acid generator or the alkali generator is from 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, the balance of radiation sensitivity, scratch resistance, transparency, and the like can be achieved as the first radiation-sensitive resin composition. A favorable cured film is formed favorably, and the protective film of this embodiment which is excellent in such characteristics can be provided.

含有以上成分而構成的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物可利用低溫硬化而形成保護膜。具體而言,即使在200℃以下的硬化溫度下,進一步而言為180℃以下的硬化溫度下,亦可獲得具有良好的可靠性的保護膜。而且,可利用低溫硬化而提供本實施形態的彩色濾光片。 The first radiation sensitive resin composition containing the above components can be cured by low temperature to form a protective film. Specifically, even at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower, and further at a curing temperature of 180 ° C or lower, a protective film having good reliability can be obtained. Further, the color filter of the present embodiment can be provided by low-temperature curing.

其次,本實施形態的彩色濾光片在保護膜上具有ITO電極。ITO電極是使用濺鍍法等公知方法而在保護膜上形成ITO膜而形成的。另外,於本實施形態的彩色濾光片中,亦可使用其他透明電極而代替保護膜上的ITO電極。該透明電極可使用具有對於可見光而言高的透射率與導電性的 透明材料而構成。例如可使用包含氧化錫(SnO2)的NESA膜(美國PPG公司的注冊商標)、氧化銦鋅(Indium Zinc Oxide,IZO)、氧化鋅(ZnO)等而構成。在這種情況下,可在保護膜上配置氧化錫電極或IZO電極等而代替ITO電極。 Next, the color filter of this embodiment has an ITO electrode on the protective film. The ITO electrode is formed by forming an ITO film on a protective film by a known method such as sputtering. Further, in the color filter of the present embodiment, another transparent electrode may be used instead of the ITO electrode on the protective film. The transparent electrode can be formed using a transparent material having high transmittance and conductivity for visible light. For example, a NESA film containing tin oxide (SnO 2 ) (registered trademark of PPG, USA), indium zinc oxide (Indium Zinc Oxide, IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), or the like can be used. In this case, a tin oxide electrode, an IZO electrode, or the like may be disposed on the protective film instead of the ITO electrode.

其次,本實施形態的彩色濾光片可包含直立設置在保護膜上的ITO電極上的間隔件。該間隔件可使用第2感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成。以下,對本實施形態的彩色濾光片的間隔件的形成中所使用的本實施形態的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物加以說明。 Next, the color filter of this embodiment may include a spacer which is erected on the ITO electrode on the protective film. The spacer can be formed using a second radiation-sensitive resin composition. In the following, the second radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment used for forming the spacer of the color filter of the present embodiment will be described.

<第2感放射線性樹脂組成物> <Second-sensing radiation resin composition>

在本實施形態的彩色濾光片的間隔件的形成中所使用的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物含有[α]化合物、[β]聚合性化合物、[γ]聚合起始劑及[δ]化合物,亦可進一步含有任意成分。第2感放射線性樹脂組成物可藉由利用感放射線性的曝光、顯影而容易地形成微細且精巧的圖案,從而實現低溫硬化。而且,具有保存穩定性且具有充分的解析度及放射線感光度。以下對各成分加以詳述。 The second radiation sensitive resin composition used for forming the spacer of the color filter of the present embodiment contains [α] compound, [β] polymerizable compound, [γ] polymerization initiator, and [δ] The compound may further contain an optional component. The second radiation-sensitive resin composition can be easily formed into a fine and delicate pattern by radiation-sensitive exposure and development, thereby achieving low-temperature curing. Moreover, it has storage stability and has sufficient resolution and radiation sensitivity. The components are detailed below.

<[α]化合物> <[α] compound>

作為第2感放射線性樹脂組成物中所含有的[α]化合物,就考慮本實施形態的彩色濾光片的間隔件的圖案化而優選鹼溶性樹脂。鹼溶性樹脂如果是由於具有羧基而具有鹼顯影性的樹脂,則並無特別限定。而且,於鹼溶性樹脂中可含有具有環氧基的化合物。 The [α] compound contained in the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably an alkali-soluble resin in consideration of patterning of the spacer of the color filter of the present embodiment. The alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited as long as it has a base developability resin having a carboxyl group. Further, a compound having an epoxy group may be contained in the alkali-soluble resin.

具有環氧基的化合物例如可列舉在1分子內具有2個以上環氧乙烷基、環氧丙烷基、縮水甘油基、3,4-環氧環己基的化合物等。 The compound having an epoxy group may, for example, be a compound having two or more ethylene oxide groups, an oxypropylene group, a glycidyl group or a 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group in one molecule.

在1分子內具有2個以上3,4-環氧環己基的化合物例如可列舉3,4-環氧環己基甲基-3',4'-環氧環己烷甲酸酯、2-(3,4-環氧環己基-5,5-螺-3,4-環氧)環己烷-間二噁烷、雙(3,4-環氧環己基甲基)己二酸酯、雙(3,4-環氧-6-甲基環己基甲基)己二酸酯、3,4-環氧-6-甲基環己基-3',4'-環氧-6'-甲基環己烷甲酸酯、亞甲基雙(3,4-環氧環己烷)、二環戊二烯二環氧化物、乙二醇的二(3,4-環氧環己基甲基)醚、伸乙基雙(3,4-環氧環己烷甲酸)酯、內酯改質3,4-環氧環己基甲基-3',4'-環氧環己烷甲酸酯等。 Examples of the compound having two or more 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl groups in one molecule include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3',4'-epoxycyclohexane formate, 2-( 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-5,5-spiro-3,4-epoxy)cyclohexane-m-dioxane, bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl)adipate, double (3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexyl-3',4'-epoxy-6'-methyl Cyclohexanecarboxylate, methylene bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexane), dicyclopentadiene diepoxide, ethylene glycol bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) Ether, ethyl bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid) ester, lactone modified 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3', 4'-epoxycyclohexane formate, etc. .

在1分子中具有2個以上環氧丙烷基(1,3-環氧結構)的化合物例如可列舉1,4-雙[(3-乙基-3-環氧丙烷基甲氧基)甲基]苯、雙{[1-乙基(3-環氧丙烷基)]甲基}醚、雙(3-乙基-3-環氧丙烷基甲基)醚等。 Examples of the compound having two or more propylene oxide groups (1,3-epoxy structure) in one molecule include 1,4-bis[(3-ethyl-3-epoxypropenylmethoxy)methyl group. Benzene, bis{[1-ethyl(3-epoxypropenyl)]methyl}ether, bis(3-ethyl-3-epoxypropanemethyl)ether, and the like.

作為其他可在[α]化合物中含有的環氧化合物,具有縮水甘油基的化合物例如可列舉:雙酚A二縮水甘油醚、雙酚F二縮水甘油醚、雙酚S二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚A二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚F二縮水甘油醚、氫化雙酚AD二縮水甘油醚、溴化雙酚A二縮水甘油醚、溴化雙酚F二縮水甘油醚、溴化雙酚S二縮水甘油醚等雙酚化合物的二縮水甘油醚;1,4-丁二醇二縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油三縮水甘油醚、 三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚等多元醇的聚縮水甘油醚;藉由在乙二醇、丙二醇、丙三醇等脂肪族多元醇上加成1種或2種以上環氧烷而得的聚醚多元醇的聚縮水甘油醚;苯酚酚醛型環氧樹脂;甲酚酚醛型環氧樹脂;多酚型環氧樹脂;環狀脂肪族環氧樹脂;脂肪族長鏈二元酸的二縮水甘油酯;高級脂肪酸的縮水甘油酯;環氧化大豆油、環氧化亞麻籽油等。 Examples of the epoxy compound which may be contained in the [α] compound, and examples of the compound having a glycidyl group include bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, bisphenol S diglycidyl ether, and hydrogenation. Bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol AD diglycidyl ether, brominated bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, brominated bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, brominated bisphenol a diglycidyl ether of a bisphenol compound such as S diglycidyl ether; 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerol triglycidyl ether, a polyglycidyl ether of a polyhydric alcohol such as trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether or polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; by aliphatic pluralism such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or glycerin a polyglycidyl ether of a polyether polyol obtained by adding one or more kinds of alkylene oxides to an alcohol; a phenol novolak type epoxy resin; a cresol novolac type epoxy resin; a polyphenol type epoxy resin; Aliphatic epoxy resin; diglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain dibasic acid; glycidyl ester of higher fatty acid; epoxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, and the like.

作為該些的市售品,例如:雙酚A型環氧樹脂可列舉Epikote 1001、Epikote 1002、Epikote 1003、Epikote 1004、Epikote 1007、Epikote 1009、Epikote 1010、Epikote 828(以上由日本環氧樹脂公司(Japan Epoxy Resins Co.,Ltd)製造)等;雙酚F型環氧樹脂可列舉Epikote 807(日本環氧樹脂公司)等;苯酚酚醛型環氧樹脂可列舉Epikote 152、Epikote 154、Epikote 157S65(以上由日本環氧樹脂公司製造)、EPPN(注冊商標)201、EPPN 202(以上由日本化藥公司製造)等;甲酚酚醛型環氧樹脂可列舉EOCN(注冊商標)102、 EOCN 103S、EOCN 104S、EOCN 1020、EOCN 1025、EOCN 1027(以上由日本化藥公司製造)、Epikote 180S75(日本環氧樹脂公司)等;多酚型環氧樹脂可列舉Epikote 1032H60、Epikote XY-4000(以上由日本環氧樹脂公司製造)等;環狀脂肪族環氧樹脂可列舉CY-175、CY-177、CY-179、Araldite CY-182、Araldite CY-192、Araldite CY-184(以上由汽巴精化有限公司製造)、ERL-4234、ERL-4299、ERL-4221、ERL-4206(以上由U.C.C公司製造)、Shodyne 509(昭和電工公司)、Epiclon 200、Epiclon 400(以上由大日本油墨公司製造)、Epikote 871、Epikote 872(以上由日本環氧樹脂公司製造)、ED-5661、ED-5662(以上由Celanese coating公司製造)等;脂肪族聚縮水甘油醚可列舉Epolight 100MF(共榮社化學公司)、EPIOL(注冊商標)TMP(日本油脂公司)等。 As such commercially available products, for example, bisphenol A type epoxy resin includes Epikote 1001, Epikote 1002, Epikote 1003, Epikote 1004, Epikote 1007, Epikote 1009, Epikote 1010, and Epikote 828 (above by Japanese epoxy resin company) (manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resins Co., Ltd.); bisphenol F-type epoxy resin: Epikote 807 (Nippon Epoxy Co., Ltd.); and phenol novolac type epoxy resin; Epikote 152, Epikote 154, Epikote 157S65 ( The above is manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd., EPPN (registered trademark) 201, EPPN 202 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like; cresol novolac type epoxy resin is exemplified by EOCN (registered trademark) 102. EOCN 103S, EOCN 104S, EOCN 1020, EOCN 1025, EOCN 1027 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Epikote 180S75 (Japan Epoxy Co., Ltd.), etc.; polyphenol type epoxy resin can be cited as Epikote 1032H60, Epikote XY-4000 (The above is manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), etc.; cyclic aliphatic epoxy resins include CY-175, CY-177, CY-179, Araldite CY-182, Araldite CY-192, Araldite CY-184 (above Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.), ERL-4234, ERL-4299, ERL-4221, ERL-4206 (above manufactured by UCC), Shodyne 509 (Showa Denko), Epiclon 200, Epiclon 400 (above from Greater Japan) Ink Company), Epikote 871, Epikote 872 (above manufactured by Japan Epoxy Co., Ltd.), ED-5661, ED-5662 (manufactured by Celanese Coating Co., Ltd.), etc.; aliphatic polyglycidyl ether can be listed as Epolight 100MF (total) Rongshe Chemical Co., Ltd., EPIOL (registered trademark) TMP (Japanese Oil Company).

該些中優選苯酚酚醛型環氧樹脂及多酚型環氧樹脂。 Among these, a phenol novolak type epoxy resin and a polyphenol type epoxy resin are preferable.

第2感放射線性樹脂組成物中所含的作為[α]化合物的鹼溶性樹脂可使用包含如下結構單元的共聚物的鹼溶性樹脂:(α-1)由選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所構成的群組的至少1種((α-1)化合物)所形成的結構單元、(α-2)由含有環氧基的不飽和化合物((α-2)化合物)所形成的結構單元。而且,可使用與上述的本實施形態的彩色濾光片製造中所使用的著色組成物中所含有的[I]鹼 溶性樹脂相同的共聚物。例如可使用上述的(I-1)選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所構成的群組的至少1種((I-1)化合物)作為(α-1)化合物,使用(I-2)含有環氧基的不飽和化合物((I-2)化合物)作為(α-2)化合物。而且,作為[α]化合物的鹼溶性樹脂可使用包含如下結構單元的共聚物的鹼溶性樹脂:由(I-1)化合物所形成的結構單元、由(I-2)化合物所形成的結構單元。 As the alkali-soluble resin as the [α] compound contained in the second radiation-sensitive resin composition, an alkali-soluble resin containing a copolymer of the following structural unit: (α-1) selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acid and unsaturated can be used. a structural unit formed of at least one group ((α-1) compound) composed of a carboxylic anhydride, and (α-2) formed of an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound ((α-2) compound) Structural units. Further, the [I] base contained in the colored composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment described above can be used. The same copolymer of soluble resin. For example, (I-1) at least one compound ((I-1)) selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic anhydrides can be used as the (α-1) compound, and (I- 2) An epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound ((I-2) compound) is used as the (?-2) compound. Further, as the alkali-soluble resin of the [α] compound, an alkali-soluble resin containing a copolymer of the following structural unit: a structural unit formed of the compound (I-1), and a structural unit formed of the compound (I-2) can be used. .

<[β]聚合性化合物> <[β] polymerizable compound>

[β]聚合性化合物是具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物。而且,[β]聚合性化合物可使用與上述本實施形態的彩色濾光片製造中所使用的著色組成物中所含有的[II]聚合性化合物相同的化合物。 The [β] polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Further, as the [β] polymerizable compound, the same compound as the [II] polymerizable compound contained in the colored composition used in the production of the color filter of the above-described embodiment can be used.

[β]聚合性化合物可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。作為感放射線性樹脂組成物中的[β]聚合性化合物的含有比例,相對於[α]化合物100質量份而言優選為20質量份~200質量份,更優選為40質量份~160質量份。藉由使[β]聚合性化合物的含有比例為上述範圍,感放射線性樹脂組成物可形成密接性優異且即使於低曝光量下亦具有充分的硬度的硬化膜,且可提供優異的間隔件。 The [β] polymerizable compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the [β] polymerizable compound in the radiation sensitive resin composition is preferably 20 parts by mass to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 40 parts by mass to 160 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [α] compound. . When the content ratio of the [β] polymerizable compound is in the above range, the radiation-sensitive resin composition can form a cured film which is excellent in adhesion and has sufficient hardness even at a low exposure amount, and can provide an excellent spacer. .

<[γ]聚合起始劑> <[γ] polymerization initiator>

[γ]聚合起始劑是感放射線性聚合起始劑。[γ]聚合起始劑可使用與上述的本實施形態的彩色濾光片製造中所使用的著色組成物中所含有的[III]聚合起始劑相同的化合物。 The [γ] polymerization initiator is a radiation-sensitive polymerization initiator. As the [γ] polymerization initiator, the same compound as the [III] polymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition used in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment described above can be used.

[γ]聚合起始劑可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。 作為第2感放射線性樹脂組成物中的[γ]聚合起始劑的含有比例,相對於[α]化合物100質量份而言優選為1質量份~40質量份,更優選為5質量份~30質量份。藉由使[γ]聚合起始劑的含有比例為1質量份~40質量份,第2感放射線性樹脂組成物可形成即使於低曝光量的情況下亦具有高的硬度及密接性的硬化膜,且可形成優異的間隔件。 The [γ] polymerization initiator may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content ratio of the [γ] polymerization initiator in the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 1 part by mass to 40 parts by mass, more preferably 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the [α] compound. 30 parts by mass. When the content ratio of the [γ] polymerization initiator is from 1 part by mass to 40 parts by mass, the second radiation-sensitive resin composition can form a hardening having high hardness and adhesion even at a low exposure amount. Membrane and excellent spacers can be formed.

<[δ]化合物> <[δ] compound>

本實施形態的彩色濾光片的間隔件的形成中所使用的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物含有具有胺基與吸電子基的[δ]化合物,藉此可實現第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的低溫硬化時的硬化膜的硬化促進。而且,亦可實現保存穩定性,另外能夠以高的水準而保持包含彩色濾光片(所述彩色濾光片具有所得的間隔件)的液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率。 The second radiation-sensitive resin composition used for forming the spacer of the color filter of the present embodiment contains a [δ] compound having an amine group and an electron-withdrawing group, whereby the second radiation-sensitive resin composition can be realized. The hardening of the cured film at the time of low temperature hardening of the object is promoted. Further, storage stability can be achieved, and the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal display element including the color filter (the color filter having the obtained spacer) can be maintained at a high level.

[δ]化合物是選自由上述式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物。關於上述式(1)及式(2)所表示的化合物的結構的詳細,在說明上述著色組成物中所含有的[V]化合物時已進行了說明。特別是R7~R16中的至少1個是胺基,該胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分亦可被碳數為1~6的烴基取代,在為第2感放射線性樹脂組成物中所使用的[δ]化合物的情況時,該胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分亦可被碳數為2~6的伸烷基取代。 The [δ] compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the above formulas (1) and (2). The details of the structures of the compounds represented by the above formulas (1) and (2) have been described in the description of the [V] compound contained in the above colored composition. In particular, at least one of R 7 to R 16 is an amine group, and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the amine group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and is a second radiation-sensitive resin composition. In the case of the [δ] compound used, all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the amine group may be substituted with an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

作為[δ]化合物,優選為2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)丁二腈、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基苯甲酸苯酯、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-二胺基-2- 氯苯、1,4-二胺基-2-溴苯、1,4-二胺基-2-碘苯、1,4-二胺基-2-硝基苯、1,4-二胺基-2-三氟甲基苯、2,5-二胺基苄腈、2,5-二胺基苯乙酮、2,5-二胺基苯甲酸、2,2'-二氯聯苯胺、2,2'-二溴聯苯胺、2,2'-二碘聯苯胺、2,2'-二硝基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、3-胺基苯磺酸乙酯、3,5-雙三氟甲基-1,2-二胺基苯、4-胺基硝基苯、N,N-二甲基-4-硝基苯胺,更優選為4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、3-胺基苯磺酸乙酯、3,5-雙三氟甲基-1,2-二胺基苯、4-胺基硝基苯、N,N-二甲基-4-硝基苯胺。 As the [δ] compound, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)succinonitrile, 4,4'-diamino group are preferable. Benzophenone, phenyl 4,4'-diaminobenzoate, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 1,4-diamino-2- Chlorobenzene, 1,4-diamino-2-bromobenzene, 1,4-diamino-2-iodobenzene, 1,4-diamino-2-nitrobenzene, 1,4-diamino -2-trifluoromethylbenzene, 2,5-diaminobenzonitrile, 2,5-diaminoacetophenone, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,2'-dichlorobenzidine, 2,2'-dibromobenzidine, 2,2'-diiodobenzidine, 2,2'-dinitrobenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 3-amino Ethyl benzenesulfonate, 3,5-bistrifluoromethyl-1,2-diaminobenzene, 4-aminonitrobenzene, N,N-dimethyl-4-nitroaniline, more preferably 4,4'-Diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 3-aminobenzene Ethyl sulfonate, 3,5-bistrifluoromethyl-1,2-diaminobenzene, 4-aminonitrobenzene, N,N-dimethyl-4-nitroaniline.

作為第2感放射線性樹脂組成物中的[δ]化合物的含有比例,相對於[α]化合物100質量份而言,優選為0.1質量份~20質量份,更優選為0.2質量份~10質量份。藉由使[δ]化合物的含有比例為0.1質量份~10質量份,可實現由第2感放射線性樹脂組成物所形成的間隔件的硬化促進。而且,使第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性提高,另外能夠以高的水準而保持包含彩色濾光片(所述彩色濾光片具有所得的間隔件)的液晶顯示元件的電壓保持率。 The content ratio of the [δ] compound in the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.2 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the [α] compound. Share. By setting the content ratio of the [δ] compound to 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, the curing of the spacer formed of the second radiation sensitive resin composition can be promoted. Further, the storage stability of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is improved, and the voltage holding of the liquid crystal display element including the color filter (the color filter having the obtained spacer) can be maintained at a high level. rate.

<其他任意成分> <Other optional ingredients>

本實施形態的彩色濾光片的間隔件的形成中所使用的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物除了上述[α]化合物、[β]聚合性化合物、[γ]聚合起始劑、及[δ]化合物以外,亦可在不損及所期望的效果的範圍內視需要含有[ω-1]接著助劑、[ω-2] 界面活性劑、[ω-3]保存穩定劑及[ω-4]耐熱性促進劑等任意成分。該些各任意成分可單獨使用亦可混合使用2種以上。以下,順次加以詳述。 In addition to the above [α] compound, [β] polymerizable compound, [γ] polymerization initiator, and [δ], the second radiation sensitive resin composition used for forming the spacer of the color filter of the present embodiment In addition to the compound, it may contain [ω-1] an auxiliary agent, [ω-2] as needed within a range that does not impair the desired effect. Any component such as a surfactant, [ω-3] storage stabilizer, and [ω-4] heat resistance promoter. These optional components may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Hereinafter, it will be described in detail.

[[ω-1]接著助劑] [[ω-1] Adhesives]

[ω-1]接著助劑可用以使所得的間隔件與基板的接著性進一步提高。此種[ω-1]接著助劑可使用與上述著色組成物的其他任意成分中的接著助劑相同的化合物。 [ω-1] Next, an auxiliary agent can be used to further improve the adhesion of the resulting spacer to the substrate. As the [ω-1]-adhesive auxiliary, the same compound as the above-mentioned auxiliary agent in the other optional component of the above colored composition can be used.

作為[ω-1]接著助劑的使用量,相對於[α]化合物100質量份而言優選為20質量份以下,更優選為15質量份以下。若[ω-1]接著助劑的使用量超過20質量份,則存在變得容易產生顯影殘留的傾向。 The amount of use of the [ω-1]-based auxiliary agent is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the [α] compound. When the amount of the [ω-1]-based auxiliary agent used exceeds 20 parts by mass, the development tends to be likely to occur.

[[ω-2]界面活性劑] [[ω-2] surfactant]

[ω-2]界面活性劑可用以使第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜形成性進一步提高。[ω-2]界面活性劑例如可列舉氟類界面活性劑、矽酮類界面活性劑及其他界面活性劑,可使用與上述著色組成物的其他任意成分中的界面活性劑相同的化合物。 The [ω-2] surfactant can be used to further improve the coating film formability of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition. Examples of the [ω-2] surfactant include a fluorine-based surfactant, an anthrone-based surfactant, and other surfactants, and a compound similar to the surfactant in any other component of the coloring composition described above can be used.

作為[ω-2]界面活性劑的使用量,相對於[α]化合物100質量份而言優選為1.0質量份以下,更優選為0.8質量份以下。若[ω-2]界面活性劑的使用量超過1.0質量份,則變得容易產生膜不均。 The amount of the [ω-2] surfactant to be used is preferably 1.0 part by mass or less, and more preferably 0.8 part by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the [α] compound. When the amount of the [ω-2] surfactant is more than 1.0 part by mass, film unevenness is likely to occur.

[[ω-3]保存穩定劑] [[ω-3] preservation stabilizer]

[ω-3]保存穩定劑可使用與上述著色組成物的其他任意成分中的保存穩定劑相同的化合物。例如可列舉硫、醌 類、對苯二酚類、聚氧化合物、胺、硝基亞硝基化合物等,更具體而言可列舉4-甲氧基苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁等。 As the storage stabilizer, the same compound as the storage stabilizer in the other optional components of the above colored composition can be used. For example, sulfur, bismuth can be cited Examples thereof include hydroquinones, polyoxygen compounds, amines, and nitronitroso compounds, and more specifically, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum, and the like.

作為[ω-3]保存穩定劑的使用量,相對於[α]化合物100質量份而言優選為3.0質量份以下,更優選為1.0質量份以下。若[ω-3]保存穩定劑的調配量超過3.0質量份,則存在第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的感光度降低而造成圖案形狀劣化的情況。 The amount of use of the [ω-3] storage stabilizer is preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 1.0 part by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the [α] compound. When the amount of the [ω-3] storage stabilizer is more than 3.0 parts by mass, the sensitivity of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition may be lowered to deteriorate the pattern shape.

[[ω-4]耐熱性促進劑] [[ω-4] heat resistance promoter]

[ω-4]耐熱性促進劑可設為與上述著色組成物的其他任意成分中的耐熱穩定劑相同的化合物。 [ω-4] The heat resistance promoter may be the same compound as the heat resistant stabilizer in the other optional components of the coloring composition described above.

作為[ω-4]耐熱性促進劑的使用量,相對於[α]化合物100質量份而言優選為50質量份以下,更優選為30質量份以下。若[ω-4]耐熱性促進劑的調配量超過50質量份,則存在第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的感光度降低而造成圖案形狀劣化的情況。 The amount of use of the [ω-4] heat resistance promoter is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the [α] compound. When the blending amount of the [ω-4] heat-resistant accelerator exceeds 50 parts by mass, the sensitivity of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition may be lowered to deteriorate the pattern shape.

<第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的調製> <Preparation of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition>

形成本實施形態的彩色濾光片所具有的間隔件的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物可以藉由如下方式而調製:將[α]化合物、[β]聚合性化合物、[γ]聚合起始劑及[δ]化合物,以及在不損及所期望的效果的範圍內視需要的任意成分以預定比例加以混合。該第2感放射線性樹脂組成物優選溶解於適當的溶劑中而在溶液狀態下使用。 The second radiation-sensitive resin composition forming the separator of the color filter of the present embodiment can be prepared by polymerizing an [α] compound, a [β] polymerizable compound, and [γ]. The agent and the [δ] compound, and any optional components as needed within a range not impairing the desired effect, are mixed in a predetermined ratio. The second radiation sensitive resin composition is preferably dissolved in a suitable solvent and used in a solution state.

第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的調製中所使用的溶劑可 使用能夠均一地溶解或分散[α]化合物、[β]聚合性化合物、[γ]聚合起始劑、[δ]化合物及任意成分且不與各成分反應的溶劑。此種溶劑可列舉作為上述本實施形態的彩色濾光片的著色組成物的調製中所使用的溶劑而例示的溶劑。溶劑可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。 The solvent used in the preparation of the second radiation-sensitive linear resin composition may be A solvent capable of uniformly dissolving or dispersing the [α] compound, the [β] polymerizable compound, the [γ] polymerization initiator, the [δ] compound, and an optional component without reacting with each component is used. The solvent exemplified as the solvent used for preparation of the coloring composition of the color filter of the present embodiment is exemplified. The solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

作為第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的溶劑,當併用高沸點溶劑的情況時,其使用量相對於總溶劑量而言優選為50質量%以下,更優選為40質量%以下,特別優選為30質量%以下。當高沸點溶劑的使用量為50質量%以下時,塗膜的膜厚均一性、感光度及殘膜率變良好。 When the solvent of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is used in combination with a high-boiling solvent, the amount thereof is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 30% based on the total amount of the solvent. Below mass%. When the amount of the high boiling point solvent used is 50% by mass or less, the film thickness uniformity, the sensitivity, and the residual film ratio of the coating film become good.

當將第2感放射線性樹脂組成物調製為溶液狀態的情況時,固形物濃度(組成物溶液中所占的溶劑以外的成分)可根據使用目的或所期望的膜厚的值等而設定為任意濃度。固形物濃度例如可設定為5質量%~50質量%。作為更優選的固形物濃度,因於基板上形成塗膜的形成方法而異,於後文對其加以敍述。關於如此而調製的組成物溶液,可使用孔徑為0.5 μm左右的微孔過濾器等進行過濾後,供至使用。 When the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is prepared in a solution state, the solid content concentration (component other than the solvent in the composition solution) can be set according to the purpose of use, the value of the desired film thickness, or the like. Any concentration. The solid content concentration can be set, for example, from 5% by mass to 50% by mass. The more preferable solid content concentration differs depending on the method of forming the coating film on the substrate, which will be described later. The composition solution prepared in this manner can be used by filtration using a micropore filter having a pore diameter of about 0.5 μm or the like.

以上成分與調製方法的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物可利用低溫硬化而形成間隔件。具體而言,即使是在200℃以下的硬化溫度下、進一步而言為180℃以下的硬化溫度下,亦可獲得具有良好的可靠性的間隔件。而且,可利用低溫硬化而提供本實施形態的彩色濾光片。 The second radiation-sensitive resin composition of the above components and the preparation method can be formed by forming a separator by low-temperature curing. Specifically, a spacer having good reliability can be obtained even at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower and further at a curing temperature of 180 ° C or lower. Further, the color filter of the present embodiment can be provided by low-temperature curing.

本實施形態的彩色濾光片可以如上所述那樣在構成 液晶顯示元件時的液晶側的面上設置液晶配向用配向膜。配向膜可使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑或包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑而獲得。在這種情況下,變得可在200℃以下的加熱溫度下形成配向膜。其次,對形成配向膜的液晶配向劑、特別是其主要成分加以說明。 The color filter of this embodiment can be constructed as described above. A liquid crystal alignment alignment film is provided on the liquid crystal side surface of the liquid crystal display element. The alignment film can be obtained by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group or a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimide having no photo-alignment group. In this case, it becomes possible to form an alignment film at a heating temperature of 200 ° C or lower. Next, the liquid crystal alignment agent which forms an alignment film, especially the main component is demonstrated.

<液晶配向劑> <Liquid alignment agent>

形成本實施形態的彩色濾光片所具有的配向膜的液晶配向劑如上所述那樣含有具有光配向性基的[L]感放射線性聚合物、或不具光配向性基的[M]聚醯亞胺作為主要成分。特別是形成本實施形態的彩色濾光片所具有的配向膜的液晶配向劑優選含有具有光配向性基的[L]感放射線性聚合物。該些成分均可於例如200℃以下等低溫的加熱溫度下形成配向膜。而且,只要不損及本發明的效果,則液晶配向劑可含有[N]其他成分。以下對該些成分加以說明。 The liquid crystal alignment agent which forms the alignment film of the color filter of the present embodiment contains a [L] radiation sensitive polymer having a photoalignment group or a [M] polyfluorene having no photoalignment group as described above. The imine serves as a main component. In particular, the liquid crystal alignment agent which forms the alignment film of the color filter of the present embodiment preferably contains a [L] radiation sensitive polymer having a photoalignment group. Each of these components can form an alignment film at a low temperature heating temperature of, for example, 200 ° C or lower. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent may contain [N] other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. The ingredients are described below.

[[L]感放射線性聚合物] [[L] Sense Radiation Polymer]

形成本實施形態的彩色濾光片的配向膜的液晶配向劑中所含有的[L]感放射線性聚合物是具有光配向性基的聚合物。該[L]感放射線性聚合物所具有的光配向性基是藉由光照射而賦予膜各向異性的官能基,在本實施形態中,特別是藉由產生光異構化反應及光二聚反應的至少任意者而賦予膜各向異性的基。 The [L] radiation sensitive polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent forming the alignment film of the color filter of the present embodiment is a polymer having a photoalignment group. The photoalignment group of the [L] radiation sensitive polymer is a functional group that imparts anisotropy to the film by light irradiation. In the present embodiment, in particular, photoisomerization reaction and photodimerization are produced. At least one of the reactions imparts an anisotropic substrate to the film.

作為光配向性基,具體而言為具有源自選自由偶氮 苯、芪、α-亞胺基-β-酮酯、螺吡喃、螺噁嗪、肉桂酸、查耳酮、芪唑、苯亞甲基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、香豆素、二苯基乙炔及蒽所構成的群組的至少1種化合物的結構的基。作為上述光配向性基,該些中特別優選具有源自肉桂酸的結構的基。 a photo-alignment group, specifically having a source selected from the group consisting of azo Benzene, hydrazine, α-imino-β-ketoester, spiropyran, spirooxazine, cinnamic acid, chalcone, carbazole, benzylidene phthalimide, coumarin, two A group having a structure of at least one compound of the group consisting of phenylacetylene and hydrazine. As the above photo-alignment group, those having a structure derived from cinnamic acid are particularly preferable among these.

作為具有光配向性基的[L]感放射線性聚合物,優選為上述光配向性基直接或經由連結基鍵結而成的聚合物。此種聚合物例如可列舉:在聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺的至少任意聚合物上鍵結有上述光配向性基而成的聚合物;在與聚醯胺酸及聚醯亞胺不同的聚合物上鍵結有上述光配向性基而成的聚合物。在後者的情況時,具有光配向性基的聚合物的基本骨架例如可列舉聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚(甲基)丙烯醯胺、聚乙烯醚、聚烯烴、聚有機矽氧烷等。 The [L] radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group is preferably a polymer in which the above-mentioned photo-alignment group is bonded directly or via a linking group. Examples of such a polymer include a polymer obtained by bonding the above photo-alignment group to at least any polymer of polyacrylic acid and polyimine; in contrast to polyglycine and polyimine A polymer obtained by bonding the above photo-alignment group to the polymer. In the latter case, examples of the basic skeleton of the polymer having a photo-alignment group include poly(meth)acrylate, poly(meth)acrylamide, polyvinyl ether, polyolefin, polyorganosiloxane, and the like. .

作為感放射線性聚合物,優選以聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺或聚有機矽氧烷為基本骨架的感放射線性聚合物。而且,該些中特別優選聚有機矽氧烷,例如可藉由國際公開(WO)第2009/025386號說明書中所記載的方法而獲得。 As the radiation sensitive polymer, a radiation sensitive polymer having polyacetamide, polyamidimide or polyorganosiloxane as a basic skeleton is preferable. Further, among these, a polyorganosiloxane is particularly preferable, and it can be obtained, for example, by the method described in the specification of International Publication (WO) No. 2009/025386.

[[M]聚醯亞胺] [[M]polyimine]

形成本實施形態的彩色濾光片的配向膜的液晶配向劑中所含有的[M]聚醯亞胺是不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺。 The [M] polyimine contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent which forms the alignment film of the color filter of this embodiment is a polyimine which does not have a photo-alignment group.

此種不具光配向性基的[M]聚醯亞胺可藉由使不具光配向性基的聚醯胺酸脫水閉環而進行醯亞胺化而獲得。此種聚醯胺酸例如可藉由使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應而獲得, 可如日本專利特開2010-97188號公報中所記載那樣而獲得。 Such a [M] polyimine which does not have a photo-alignment group can be obtained by hydrazine imidization by dehydration of a poly-proline which does not have a photo-alignment group. Such a polyamic acid can be obtained, for example, by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine. It can be obtained as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2010-97188.

[M]聚醯亞胺可以是作為其前驅體的聚醯胺酸所具有的醯胺酸結構全部脫水閉環而成的完全醯亞胺化物,亦可為醯胺酸結構的僅僅一部分脫水閉環、醯胺酸結構與醯亞胺環結構並存的部分醯亞胺化物。[M]聚醯亞胺優選其醯亞胺化率為30%以上,更優選為50%~99%,進一步更優選為65%~99%。該醯亞胺化率是以百分率表示醯亞胺環結構數相對於聚醯亞胺的醯胺酸結構數與醯亞胺環結構數的合計所占的比例。此處,醯亞胺環的一部分亦可為異醯亞胺環,例如可如日本專利特開2010-97188號公報中所記載那樣而獲得。 [M] Polyimine may be a complete quinone imide formed by dehydration ring closure of the proline structure of polyglycine as a precursor thereof, or may be only a part of the dehydration ring closure of the proline structure. A partial ruthenium imide of a proline structure and a quinone ring structure. The [M] polyimine has a quinone imidization ratio of preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% to 99%, still more preferably 65% to 99%. The ruthenium imidization ratio is a ratio of the number of quinone ring structures to the total number of guanidine structures and the number of quinone ring structures of the polyimine. Here, a part of the quinone ring may be an isoindole ring, and is obtained, for example, as described in JP-A-2010-97188.

[[N]其他成分] [[N]Other ingredients]

形成本實施形態的彩色濾光片的配向膜的液晶配向劑可含有具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物及不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺以外的[N]其他成分。[N]其他成分例如可列舉具有光配向性基的[L]感放射線性聚合物及不具光配向性基的[M]聚醯亞胺以外的聚合物、硬化劑、硬化催化劑、硬化促進劑、環氧化合物、官能性矽烷化合物、界面活性劑、光敏劑等。 The liquid crystal alignment agent which forms the alignment film of the color filter of the present embodiment may contain a radiation sensitive polymer having a photoalignment group and [N] other components other than the polyimide having no photoalignment group. Examples of the [N] other component include a [L] radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group and a polymer other than the [M] poly-imine having no photo-alignment group, a curing agent, a curing catalyst, and a curing accelerator. An epoxy compound, a functional decane compound, a surfactant, a photosensitizer, and the like.

<著色圖案、保護膜、間隔件、彩色濾光片及該些的製造方法> <Coloring Pattern, Protective Film, Spacer, Color Filter, and Manufacturing Method of These>

在本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中,包括如下步驟作為主要的製造步驟:用以由上述著色組成物而形成著色 圖案的步驟、用以由上述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成保護膜的步驟、用以由上述第2感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成間隔件的步驟。以下,對著色圖案、保護膜、間隔件、彩色濾光片及該些的製造方法加以說明。 In the production of the color filter of the present embodiment, the following steps are included as a main manufacturing step for forming a color by the coloring composition described above. a step of patterning, a step of forming a protective film from the first radiation-sensitive resin composition, and a step of forming a spacer from the second radiation-sensitive resin composition. Hereinafter, a colored pattern, a protective film, a spacer, a color filter, and a manufacturing method of these will be described.

優選本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造方法以如下的順序包含下述步驟[1]~步驟[11]:[1]在基板上形成著色組成物塗膜的步驟(以下有時稱為“[1]步驟”)、[2]在著色組成物塗膜上形成著色圖案的步驟(以下有時稱為“[2]步驟”)、[3]在200℃以下對形成有著色圖案的塗膜進行硬化的步驟(以下有時稱為“[3]步驟”)、[4]於[3]步驟後的基板上形成第1感放射線性樹脂組成物塗膜的步驟(以下有時稱為“[4]步驟”)、[5]對該基板上的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線的步驟(以下有時稱為“[5]步驟”)、[6]對照射了放射線的塗膜進行顯影的步驟(以下有時稱為“[6]步驟”)、[7]在200℃以下對進行了顯影的塗膜進行硬化的步驟(以下有時稱為“[7]步驟”)、[8]在具有[7]步驟中進行了硬化的塗膜的基板上形成第2感放射線性樹脂組成物塗膜的步驟(以下有時稱為“[8]步驟”)、[9]對[8]步驟中所形成的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物 塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線的步驟(以下有時稱為“[9]步驟”)、[10]對照射了放射線的塗膜進行顯影的步驟(以下有時稱為“[10]步驟”)、[11]在200℃以下使進行了顯影的塗膜硬化而形成間隔件的步驟(以下有時稱為“[11]步驟”)。 The method for producing a color filter of the present embodiment preferably includes the following steps [1] to [11] in the following order: [1] a step of forming a coloring composition coating film on a substrate (hereinafter sometimes referred to as " [1] Steps "), [2] A step of forming a colored pattern on a colored composition coating film (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[2] step"), [3] coating a colored pattern at 200 ° C or lower a step of hardening the film (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[3] step)), [4] a step of forming a coating film of the first radiation sensitive resin composition on the substrate after the step [3] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a coating film) "[4] Step"), [5] A step of irradiating at least a part of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition coating film on the substrate (hereinafter referred to as "[5] step"), [6] a step of developing a coating film irradiated with radiation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[6] step"), [7] a step of curing a developed coating film at 200 ° C or lower (hereinafter sometimes referred to as " [7] Steps "), [8] A step of forming a coating film of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition on the substrate having the coating film which has been hardened in the step [7] (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[8 [Step 2], [9] The second radiation-sensitive resin composition formed in the [8] step The step of irradiating at least a part of the coating film with radiation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[9] step)), and [10] the step of developing the coating film irradiated with radiation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[10] step") [11] A step of forming a spacer by curing the developed coating film at 200 ° C or lower (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[11] step").

而且,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片具有液晶配向用配向膜的情況時,還可以在[11]步驟之後設置[12]形成配向膜的步驟(以下有時稱為“[12]步驟”)。 In the case where the color filter of the present embodiment has a liquid crystal alignment alignment film, the step of forming an alignment film [12] may be provided after the [11] step (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "[12] step"). ).

藉由以上本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造方法,可使用上述著色組成物而在基板上形成著色圖案,使用上述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成保護膜,使用上述第2感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成間隔件。而且,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片具有配向膜的情況時,可使用上述液晶配向劑而形成配向膜。其結果,可形成耐熱性、耐化學品性、電壓保持率等良好的彩色濾光片。在此種情況下,可實現低溫硬化。在上述[3]步驟、上述[7]步驟及上述[11]步驟中,可分別在200℃以下的溫度下進行硬化。因此,可在上述著色組成物中使用在耐熱性方面存在課題的染料而作為著色劑。因此,可製造顏色特性優異的彩色濾光片。另外,在上述[12]步驟中亦可在200℃以下的加熱溫度下進行配向膜的形成。而且,自節能的觀點考慮,如上所述而製造的彩色濾光片在期望低溫硬化的情況下亦成為適宜的彩色濾光片。以下,對各步驟加以詳述。 According to the method for producing a color filter of the present embodiment, the colored composition can be used to form a colored pattern on the substrate, and the first radiation-sensitive resin composition can be used to form a protective film, and the second radiation can be used. The resin composition forms a spacer. Further, when the color filter of the present embodiment has an alignment film, the alignment film can be formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent. As a result, a color filter excellent in heat resistance, chemical resistance, voltage holding ratio, and the like can be formed. In this case, low temperature hardening can be achieved. In the above [3] step, the above [7] step, and the above [11] step, the curing can be performed at a temperature of 200 ° C or lower. Therefore, as the coloring agent, a dye having a problem in heat resistance can be used as the coloring composition. Therefore, a color filter excellent in color characteristics can be manufactured. Further, in the above step [12], the formation of the alignment film may be carried out at a heating temperature of 200 ° C or lower. Further, from the viewpoint of energy saving, the color filter manufactured as described above also becomes a suitable color filter in the case where low temperature hardening is desired. Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail.

[[1]步驟] [[1] Steps]

在本步驟中,在基板上形成上述著色組成物的塗膜。 In this step, a coating film of the above colored composition is formed on a substrate.

在基板表面上,視需要而以劃分形成像素的部分的方式形成遮光層(黑色矩陣)。其次,在該基板上塗布例如含有紅色的[IV]著色劑的著色組成物,然後進行預烘而使溶劑蒸發,從而形成塗膜。在基板上形成著色圖案的其他方法可採用日本專利特開平7-318723號公報及日本專利特開2000-310706號公報等中所揭示的利用噴墨方式而獲得各色像素的方法。該方法首先在基板表面上形成兼具遮光功能的隔板。其次,利用噴墨裝置將例如含有紅色著色劑的著色組成物噴出至所形成的隔板內,然後進行預烘而使溶劑蒸發。其次,視需要對該塗膜進行曝光而形成紅色的像素圖案。另外,上述隔板不僅僅起到遮光功能,而且起到用以使噴出至劃區內的各色的著色組成物並不混色的功能,與上述黑色矩陣相比而言膜厚較厚。 On the surface of the substrate, a light shielding layer (black matrix) is formed in a manner to divide a portion where the pixels are formed as needed. Next, a colored composition containing, for example, a red [IV] coloring agent is applied onto the substrate, and then pre-baked to evaporate the solvent to form a coating film. In another method of forming a colored pattern on a substrate, a method of obtaining pixels of respective colors by an inkjet method disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. This method first forms a separator having a light-shielding function on the surface of the substrate. Next, a coloring composition containing, for example, a red coloring agent is ejected into the formed separator by an ink jet apparatus, and then prebaked to evaporate the solvent. Next, the coating film is exposed as needed to form a red pixel pattern. Further, the separator not only functions as a light-shielding function, but also functions to prevent the coloring composition of each color discharged into the scribe region from being mixed, and has a thicker film than the black matrix.

基板的材料例如可列舉鈉鈣玻璃或無鹼玻璃等玻璃、石英、矽、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚醚碸、聚碳酸酯、芳香族聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、環狀烯烴的開環聚合物及其氫化物等。而且,亦可視需要對該些基板預先實施利用矽烷偶聯劑等的藥劑處理、等離子體處理、離子鍍、濺射、氣相反應法、真空蒸鍍等適宜的預處理。 Examples of the material of the substrate include glass such as soda lime glass or alkali-free glass, quartz, ruthenium, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether oxime, polycarbonate, and aromatic polyfluorene. An amine, a polyamidimide, a polyamidiamine, a ring-opening polymer of a cyclic olefin, a hydride thereof, and the like. Further, an appropriate pretreatment such as a chemical treatment such as a decane coupling agent, plasma treatment, ion plating, sputtering, gas phase reaction method, or vacuum vapor deposition may be previously performed on the substrates.

作為將著色組成物塗布於基板上的方法,除了上述的噴墨方式以外,亦可列舉噴霧法、輥塗法、旋轉塗布法(旋 塗法)、狹縫口模塗布法、棒式塗布法等。該些方法中優選旋塗法、狹縫口模塗布法。優選藉由將減壓乾燥與加熱乾燥組合而進行預烘。於進行減壓乾燥的情況時,通常以到達50 Pa~200 Pa的方式進行。而且,加熱乾燥的條件通常是在70℃~110℃為1分鐘~10分鐘左右。 As a method of applying a coloring composition onto a substrate, in addition to the above-described inkjet method, a spray method, a roll coating method, or a spin coating method may be mentioned. Coating method, slit die coating method, bar coating method, and the like. Among these methods, a spin coating method or a slit die coating method is preferred. Prebaking is preferably carried out by combining reduced pressure drying with heat drying. In the case of performing drying under reduced pressure, it is usually carried out so as to reach 50 Pa to 200 Pa. Further, the conditions for heat drying are usually from about 1 minute to about 10 minutes at 70 ° C to 110 ° C.

乾燥後的膜厚通常為0.6 μm~8.0 μm,優選為1.2 μm~5.0 μm。 The film thickness after drying is usually from 0.6 μm to 8.0 μm, preferably from 1.2 μm to 5.0 μm.

[[2]步驟] [[2] Steps]

在[2]步驟中,介隔光掩模而對[1]步驟中所形成的塗膜進行曝光,使用鹼性顯影液而進行顯影,溶解除去塗膜的未曝光部分,藉此可獲得以規定的排列而配置有紅色的像素圖案的紅色著色圖案。 In the step [2], the coating film formed in the step [1] is exposed through a photomask, developed using an alkaline developing solution, and the unexposed portion of the coating film is dissolved and removed, whereby A red coloring pattern of a red pixel pattern is arranged in a predetermined arrangement.

其次,使用綠色或藍色的各著色組成物,反復進行上述[1]步驟及[2]步驟而在同一基板上依序形成綠色著色圖案及藍色著色圖案。由此而獲得在基板上配置有紅色、綠色及藍色的三原色著色圖案的彩色濾光片。其中,在本實施形態中,形成各色像素的順序及顏色數並不限定於上述順序及顏色數。 Next, using the green or blue colored composition, the above steps [1] and [2] are repeated to sequentially form a green colored pattern and a blue colored pattern on the same substrate. Thus, a color filter in which three primary color patterns of red, green, and blue are disposed on the substrate is obtained. However, in the present embodiment, the order in which the pixels of the respective colors are formed and the number of colors are not limited to the above order and the number of colors.

而且,黑色矩陣可藉由利用光刻法將藉由濺鍍或蒸鍍而形成的鉻等的金屬薄膜製成所期望的圖案而形成,使用含有黑色著色劑的著色組成物而與上述著色圖案的形成的情況同樣地形成。 Further, the black matrix can be formed by forming a metal film such as chromium formed by sputtering or vapor deposition into a desired pattern by photolithography, using a colored composition containing a black colorant and the above colored pattern. The formation of the same is formed.

放射線的光源例如可列舉氙氣燈、鹵素燈、鎢絲燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金鹵燈、中壓水銀燈、低壓 水銀燈等燈光源或氬離子激光器、YAG激光器、XeCl準分子激光器、氮激光器等激光光源等。優選波長處於190 nm~450 nm的範圍的放射線。放射線的曝光量優選為10 J/m2~10,000 J/m2Examples of the radiation source include a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, or the like, or an argon ion laser, a YAG laser, a XeCl excimer laser, and a nitrogen gas. Laser light source such as a laser. Radiation having a wavelength in the range of 190 nm to 450 nm is preferred. The exposure amount of the radiation is preferably from 10 J/m 2 to 10,000 J/m 2 .

鹼性顯影液中所含有的鹼性化合物優選選擇碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、四甲基氫氧化銨、膽鹼、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯、1,5-二氮雜雙環-[4.3.0]-5-壬烯等。在鹼性顯影液中可適量添加例如甲醇、乙醇等水溶性有機溶劑或界面活性劑等。另外,在使用鹼性顯影液的顯影後,在通常的情況下進行水洗。顯影處理的方法可應用噴淋(顯影)法、噴射(顯影)法、浸漬(顯影)法、覆液(顯影)法等。顯影條件優選在常溫下為5秒~300秒。 The basic compound contained in the alkaline developing solution is preferably sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, choline or 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7. - undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo-[4.3.0]-5-decene, and the like. A water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant may be added to the alkaline developer in an appropriate amount. Further, after development using an alkaline developer, water washing is carried out under normal conditions. The method of developing treatment can be applied by a shower (developing) method, a jet (developing) method, a dipping (developing) method, a liquid coating (developing) method, or the like. The developing conditions are preferably from 5 seconds to 300 seconds at normal temperature.

[[3]步驟] [[3] Steps]

在[2]步驟中形成著色圖案後,可藉由進行硬化(亦稱為後烘)而使著色圖案硬化,從而可使著色圖案的形成結束。後烘的加熱條件可設為200℃以下。後烘的加熱時間是10分鐘~60分鐘。在本實施形態中,即使後烘溫度為低溫,亦可獲得耐溶劑性等良好的著色圖案。具體而言,即使後烘溫度為200℃以下、進一步為180℃以下,亦可獲得具有充分的耐溶劑性等的彩色濾光片。著色圖案的膜厚優選為0.5 μm~5.0 μm,更優選為1.0 μm~3.0 μm。另外,為了使硬度等提高至實際上商業上所要求的水準,通常必需為在超過120℃的溫度下的硬化步驟。而且,在180℃以 下的範圍內,優選在更高溫度下的硬化。因此,硬化溫度例如優選為150℃~180℃。 After the coloring pattern is formed in the step [2], the colored pattern can be hardened by hardening (also referred to as post-baking), whereby the formation of the colored pattern can be completed. The heating condition for post-baking can be set to 200 ° C or lower. The post-baking heating time is 10 minutes to 60 minutes. In the present embodiment, even if the post-baking temperature is low, a good coloring pattern such as solvent resistance can be obtained. Specifically, even if the post-baking temperature is 200° C. or lower and further 180° C. or lower, a color filter having sufficient solvent resistance or the like can be obtained. The film thickness of the colored pattern is preferably 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm, and more preferably 1.0 μm to 3.0 μm. Further, in order to increase the hardness and the like to a level which is practically required in the art, it is usually necessary to carry out a hardening step at a temperature exceeding 120 °C. Moreover, at 180 ° C Within the lower range, hardening at higher temperatures is preferred. Therefore, the curing temperature is preferably, for example, 150 ° C to 180 ° C.

[[4]步驟] [[4] Steps]

在藉由[3]步驟而形成著色圖案後,在該形成了著色圖案的基板上的著色圖案上形成第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜。 After the colored pattern is formed by the step [3], a coating film of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition is formed on the colored pattern on the substrate on which the colored pattern is formed.

在利用塗布法而形成塗膜的情況時,在形成了著色圖案的基板上塗布第1感放射線性樹脂組成物溶液後,優選對塗布面進行加熱(預烘),由此可形成塗膜。塗布法中所使用的組成物溶液的固形物濃度優選為5質量%~50質量%,更優選為10質量%~40質量%,特別優選為15質量%~35質量%。第1感放射線性樹脂組成物溶液的塗布方法例如可採用噴霧法、輥塗法、旋轉塗布法(旋塗法)、狹縫塗布法(狹縫口模塗布法)、棒式塗布法、噴墨塗布法等適宜的方法。該些方法中優選旋塗法或狹縫塗布法。 When the coating film is formed by the coating method, after the first radiation sensitive resin composition solution is applied onto the substrate on which the colored pattern is formed, it is preferred to heat (pre-bake) the coated surface to form a coating film. The solid content concentration of the composition solution used in the coating method is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 15% by mass to 35% by mass. The coating method of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition solution can be, for example, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method (spin coating method), a slit coating method (slit die coating method), a bar coating method, or a spray method. A suitable method such as an ink coating method. Among these methods, a spin coating method or a slit coating method is preferred.

另外,本實施形態的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有上述成分而構成,可並無塗布不均地進行高速塗布,因此可採用噴嘴式塗布法。於使用噴嘴式塗布法的情況下的[4]步驟中,對於形成有著色圖案的基板,一面使噴嘴與該基板相對性移動一面塗布第1感放射線性樹脂組成物,其次優選對塗布面進行預烘,由此而形成塗膜。利用噴嘴式塗布法,可以將第1感放射線性樹脂組成物並無浪費地均一地塗布於基板上。 In addition, the first radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is composed of the above-described components, and can be applied at a high speed without uneven coating. Therefore, a nozzle coating method can be employed. In the step [4] in the case of using the nozzle coating method, the first radiation sensitive resin composition is applied to the substrate on which the colored pattern is formed while the nozzle is moved relative to the substrate, and the coated surface is preferably applied to the coated surface. Prebaking, thereby forming a coating film. By the nozzle coating method, the first radiation sensitive resin composition can be uniformly applied to the substrate without waste.

[4]步驟中的預烘條件因各成分的種類、調配比例等而 異,優選70℃~120℃、1分鐘~15分鐘左右。塗膜的預烘後的膜厚優選為0.5 μm~10 μm,更優選為1.0 μm~7.0 μm左右。 The pre-baking conditions in the [4] step are due to the type of each component, the ratio of blending, and the like. The difference is preferably from 70 ° C to 120 ° C for about 1 minute to 15 minutes. The film thickness after prebaking of the coating film is preferably from 0.5 μm to 10 μm, and more preferably from about 1.0 μm to 7.0 μm.

[[5]步驟] [[5] Steps]

其次,對在[4]步驟中所形成的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線。此時,當必需塗膜的圖案化,僅對塗膜的一部分進行照射時,例如可利用介隔具有預定圖案的光掩模而進行照射的方法。 Next, at least a part of the coating film formed in the step [4] is irradiated with radiation. At this time, when patterning of the coating film is required, and only a part of the coating film is irradiated, for example, a method of irradiating with a photomask having a predetermined pattern may be used.

照射中所使用的放射線可列舉可見光線、紫外線、遠紫外線等。其中優選波長處於190 nm~450 nm的範圍的放射線,更優選包含365 nm的紫外線的放射線。 Examples of the radiation used in the irradiation include visible light rays, ultraviolet rays, far ultraviolet rays, and the like. Among them, radiation having a wavelength in the range of 190 nm to 450 nm is preferable, and radiation containing ultraviolet rays of 365 nm is more preferable.

放射線照射量(曝光量)是利用照度計(OAI model 356、Optical Associates Inc.製造)而測定所照射的放射線的波長365 nm下的強度的值,優選500 J/m2~10,000 J/m2,更優選1,500 J/m2~7,000 J/m2The radiation exposure amount (exposure amount) is a value obtained by measuring the intensity at a wavelength of 365 nm of the irradiated radiation by an illuminometer (OAI model 356, manufactured by Optical Associates Inc.), preferably 500 J/m 2 to 10,000 J/m 2 . More preferably, it is 1,500 J/m 2 - 7,000 J/m 2 .

[[6]步驟] [[6] Steps]

其次,藉由對放射線照射後的塗膜進行顯影,除去不必要的部分(放射線的未照射部分),形成規定的圖案。本步驟在必需塗膜的圖案化的情況時實施。 Next, the coating film after the radiation irradiation is developed to remove unnecessary portions (unirradiated portions of the radiation) to form a predetermined pattern. This step is carried out in the case where patterning of the coating film is necessary.

顯影中所使用的顯影液優選鹼性水溶液。顯影液中所可使用的鹼性化合物例如可列舉氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、胺等無機鹼;四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨等季銨鹽等。 The developer used in the development is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution. Examples of the basic compound which can be used in the developer include inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, and amine; tetramethylammonium hydroxide and tetraethylammonium hydroxide. a quaternary ammonium salt such as ammonium.

而且,此種鹼性水溶液中亦可添加適當量的甲醇、乙 醇等水溶性有機溶劑或界面活性劑而使用。自獲得適當的顯影性的觀點考慮,鹼性水溶液中的鹼濃度優選為0.1質量%以上5質量%以下。顯影方法例如可利用覆液法、浸漬法、(搖動)浸漬法、噴淋法等適宜的方法。顯影時間因第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的組成而異,優選為10秒~180秒左右。繼此種顯影處理之後,例如進行30秒~90秒的流水清洗之後,例如可藉由用壓縮空氣或壓縮氮氣進行風乾而形成所期望的圖案。 Moreover, an appropriate amount of methanol, B may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. It is used as a water-soluble organic solvent such as an alcohol or a surfactant. The alkali concentration in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less from the viewpoint of obtaining appropriate developability. The developing method can be, for example, a suitable method such as a liquid coating method, a dipping method, a (shaking) dipping method, or a shower method. The development time varies depending on the composition of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition, and is preferably about 10 seconds to 180 seconds. After such development treatment, for example, after running water cleaning for 30 seconds to 90 seconds, a desired pattern can be formed, for example, by air drying with compressed air or compressed nitrogen.

[[7]步驟] [[7] Steps]

其次,使用熱板、烘箱等加熱裝置,對所得的塗膜進行加熱,由此而促進第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的硬化反應,形成保護膜作為硬化膜。[7]步驟中的硬化溫度優選為200℃以下。而且,即使是180℃以下亦可獲得具有充分的特性的保護膜。具體而言優選為100℃~200℃,當欲以高的水準而兼顧低溫硬化與可靠性能的情況時,更優選為120℃~180℃。加熱硬化時間因加熱裝置的種類而異,例如在熱板上進行加熱步驟的情況下可設為5分鐘~30分鐘,在烘箱中進行加熱步驟的情況下可設為30分鐘~90分鐘。另外,亦可使用進行2次以上加熱步驟的分步烘烤法等。 Then, the obtained coating film is heated by a heating device such as a hot plate or an oven to promote the curing reaction of the first radiation sensitive resin composition, thereby forming a protective film as a cured film. The hardening temperature in the step of [7] is preferably 200 ° C or lower. Further, a protective film having sufficient characteristics can be obtained even at 180 ° C or lower. Specifically, it is preferably 100° C. to 200° C., and when it is desired to achieve both low-temperature curing and reliability at a high level, it is more preferably 120° C. to 180° C. The heat curing time varies depending on the type of the heating device. For example, when the heating step is performed on the hot plate, the heating step can be 5 minutes to 30 minutes, and when the heating step is performed in the oven, the temperature can be set to 30 minutes to 90 minutes. Further, a step-by-step baking method or the like which performs a heating step twice or more may be used.

第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有上述成分而構成,可實現此種在低的溫度下的硬化。而且,具有充分的解析度及放射線感光度。因此,在為了使用染料而與低溫硬化較為理想的著色圖案組合而形成保護膜的情況時,第1感放 射線性樹脂組成物可適宜地用作該保護膜的形成材料。 The first radiation-sensitive resin composition is composed of the above components, and can be cured at a low temperature. Moreover, it has sufficient resolution and radiation sensitivity. Therefore, when a protective film is formed in combination with a coloring pattern which is preferably used for low-temperature curing in order to use a dye, the first feeling is placed. A radiation resin composition can be suitably used as a material for forming the protective film.

在本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造中,在形成保護膜的[7]步驟之後,包含在該保護膜上形成透明電極的步驟。透明電極可選擇ITO電極。形成ITO電極的方法可使用濺鍍法形成ITO膜而進行。作為圖案化的ITO電極,在必要的情況下可利用光刻法對所形成的ITO膜進行圖案化而形成。 In the production of the color filter of the present embodiment, after the step [7] of forming the protective film, a step of forming a transparent electrode on the protective film is included. The transparent electrode can be selected from an ITO electrode. The method of forming an ITO electrode can be performed by forming an ITO film by a sputtering method. As the patterned ITO electrode, if necessary, the formed ITO film can be patterned by photolithography.

[[8]步驟] [[8] Steps]

藉由[7]步驟而形成保護膜,其後在該保護膜上形成ITO電極,然後在形成有該保護膜的基板上的ITO電極上形成第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜。 A protective film is formed by the step [7], and then an ITO electrode is formed on the protective film, and then a coating film of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is formed on the ITO electrode on the substrate on which the protective film is formed.

在利用塗布法而形成塗膜的情況時,在形成了著色圖案等的基板上塗布第2感放射線性樹脂組成物溶液後,優選對塗布面進行加熱(預烘),由此可形成塗膜。塗布法中所使用的組成物溶液的固形物濃度優選為5質量%~50質量%,更優選為10質量%~40質量%,特別優選為15質量%~35質量%。第2感放射線性樹脂組成物溶液的塗布方法例如可採用噴霧法、輥塗法、旋轉塗布法(旋塗法)、狹縫塗布法(狹縫口模塗布法)、棒式塗布法、噴墨塗布法等適宜的方法。該些方法中優選旋塗法或狹縫塗布法。 When the coating film is formed by the coating method, after applying the second radiation-sensitive resin composition solution to the substrate on which the colored pattern or the like is formed, it is preferred to heat (pre-bake) the coated surface to form a coating film. . The solid content concentration of the composition solution used in the coating method is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 15% by mass to 35% by mass. The coating method of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition solution can be, for example, a spray method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method (spin coating method), a slit coating method (slit die coating method), a bar coating method, or a spray method. A suitable method such as an ink coating method. Among these methods, a spin coating method or a slit coating method is preferred.

上述預烘條件因各成分的種類、調配比例等而異,優選70℃~120℃、1分鐘~15分鐘左右。塗膜的預烘後的膜厚優選為0.5 μm~10 μm,更優選為1.0 μm~7.0 μm左右。 The pre-baking conditions vary depending on the type of each component, the blending ratio, and the like, and are preferably from 70 ° C to 120 ° C for about 1 minute to 15 minutes. The film thickness after prebaking of the coating film is preferably from 0.5 μm to 10 μm, and more preferably from about 1.0 μm to 7.0 μm.

[[9]步驟] [[9] Steps]

其次,對在[8]步驟中所形成的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線。此時,為了在所期望的位置形成間隔件,對塗膜的一部分照射放射線,例如可利用介隔具有規定圖案的光掩模而進行照射的方法。照射中所使用的放射線可列舉可見光線、紫外線、遠紫外線等。其中優選波長處於250 nm~550 nm的範圍的放射線,更優選包含365 nm的紫外線的放射線。 Next, at least a part of the coating film formed in the step [8] is irradiated with radiation. At this time, in order to form a spacer at a desired position, a part of the coating film is irradiated with radiation, and for example, a method of irradiating with a photomask having a predetermined pattern may be used. Examples of the radiation used in the irradiation include visible light rays, ultraviolet rays, far ultraviolet rays, and the like. Among them, radiation having a wavelength in the range of 250 nm to 550 nm is preferable, and radiation containing ultraviolet rays of 365 nm is more preferable.

放射線照射量(曝光量)是利用照度計(OAI model 356、Optical Associates Inc.製造)而測定所照射的放射線的波長365 nm下的強度的值,優選100 J/m2~5,000 J/m2,更優選200 J/m2~3,000 J/m2The radiation exposure amount (exposure amount) is a value obtained by measuring the intensity at the wavelength of 365 nm of the irradiated radiation by an illuminometer (OAI model 356, manufactured by Optical Associates Inc.), and preferably 100 J/m 2 to 5,000 J/m 2 . More preferably, it is 200 J/m 2 - 3,000 J/m 2 .

本實施形態的彩色濾光片的間隔件形成中所使用的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物具有如下的優點:與先前已知的間隔件形成的組成物相比而言放射線感光度更高。因此,即使在上述放射線照射量為700 J/m2以下、進一步為600 J/m2以下時,亦可製成所期望的膜厚、良好的形狀、優異的密接性及高硬度的硬化膜而獲得間隔件。 The second radiation sensitive resin composition used for forming the spacer of the color filter of the present embodiment has an advantage that the radiation sensitivity is higher than that of the composition formed by the previously known spacer. Therefore, even when the radiation irradiation amount is 700 J/m 2 or less and further 600 J/m 2 or less, a desired film thickness, a good shape, excellent adhesion, and high hardness of the cured film can be obtained. And get the spacer.

[[10]步驟] [[10] Steps]

其次,藉由對放射線照射後的塗膜進行顯影,除去不必要的部分,形成規定的間隔件的圖案。 Next, the coating film after the irradiation of the radiation is developed to remove unnecessary portions, thereby forming a pattern of a predetermined spacer.

顯影中所使用的顯影液例如可使用氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉等無機鹼,四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨等季銨鹽等鹼性化合物的水溶液。上述鹼性化合物的水溶 液中亦可添加適當量的甲醇、乙醇等水溶性有機溶劑而使用。另外,亦可僅僅添加適當量的界面活性劑而使用,或者將適當量的界面活性劑與上述水溶性有機溶劑一同添加而使用。 For the developer to be used for development, for example, an inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or sodium carbonate, or an aqueous solution of a basic compound such as a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide or tetraethylammonium hydroxide can be used. Water soluble of the above basic compound An appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol may be added to the liquid for use. Further, it may be used by merely adding an appropriate amount of a surfactant, or by adding an appropriate amount of a surfactant together with the above-described water-soluble organic solvent.

顯影方法可為覆液法、浸漬法、噴淋法等的任意一種,顯影時間優選在常溫下為10秒~180秒左右。繼顯影處理之後,例如進行30秒~90秒的流水清洗,然後用壓縮空氣或壓縮氮氣進行風乾,由此而獲得所期望的間隔件的圖案。 The development method may be any one of a liquid coating method, a dipping method, and a shower method, and the development time is preferably about 10 seconds to 180 seconds at normal temperature. After the development treatment, for example, a running water cleaning is performed for 30 seconds to 90 seconds, and then air-dried with compressed air or compressed nitrogen gas, thereby obtaining a pattern of a desired spacer.

[[11]步驟] [[11] Steps]

其次,藉由利用熱板、烘箱等適當的加熱裝置對所得的圖案狀塗膜進行硬化,製成硬化膜而獲得間隔件。硬化溫度優選為200℃以下。而且,即使是180℃以下亦可獲得具有充分的特性的間隔件。具體而言優選為100℃~200℃,當欲以高的水準而兼顧低溫硬化與可靠性能的情況時,更優選為150℃~180℃。作為硬化時間,例如在熱板上優選為5分鐘~30分鐘,在烘箱中優選為30分鐘~180分鐘。 Next, the obtained pattern-like coating film is cured by a suitable heating means such as a hot plate or an oven to obtain a cured film to obtain a separator. The hardening temperature is preferably 200 ° C or lower. Moreover, a spacer having sufficient characteristics can be obtained even at 180 ° C or lower. Specifically, it is preferably 100° C. to 200° C., and when it is desired to achieve both low-temperature curing and reliability at a high level, it is more preferably 150° C. to 180° C. The curing time is, for example, preferably 5 minutes to 30 minutes on a hot plate, and preferably 30 minutes to 180 minutes in an oven.

第2感放射線性樹脂組成物如上所述那樣含有[δ]化合物,因此可如上所述地實現於低的溫度下的硬化。而且,可實現保存穩定性,且具有充分的解析度及放射線感光度。因此,在為了使用染料而與低溫硬化較為理想的著色圖案組合而使用間隔件的情況時,第2感放射線性樹脂組成物可適宜地用作該間隔件的形成材料。 Since the second radiation-sensitive resin composition contains the [δ] compound as described above, it can be cured at a low temperature as described above. Moreover, storage stability can be achieved, and sufficient resolution and radiation sensitivity can be achieved. Therefore, when a spacer is used in combination with a coloring pattern which is preferably used for low-temperature curing in order to use a dye, the second radiation-sensitive resin composition can be suitably used as a material for forming the spacer.

依照以上的製造方法,可製造著色圖案、保護膜及間隔件,且可製造本實施形態的彩色濾光片。如上所述,本實施形態的彩色濾光片的著色圖案是將著色組成物塗布於適當的基板上並進行圖案化後,進行硬化而形成。保護膜也同樣地是在塗布第1感放射線性樹脂組成物並進行圖案化後,進行硬化而形成。間隔件也同樣地是在塗布第2感放射線性樹脂組成物並進行圖案化後,進行硬化而形成。而且,著色組成物、第1感放射線性樹脂組成物及第2感放射線性樹脂組成物均可利用200℃以下的低溫硬化而形成著色圖案或保護膜或間隔件。 According to the above manufacturing method, a colored pattern, a protective film, and a spacer can be produced, and the color filter of this embodiment can be manufactured. As described above, the coloring pattern of the color filter of the present embodiment is formed by applying a colored composition onto a suitable substrate, patterning, and then curing. Similarly, the protective film is formed by applying a first radiation-sensitive resin composition and patterning it, followed by curing. Similarly, the spacer is formed by applying a second radiation-sensitive resin composition and patterning it, followed by curing. Further, the colored composition, the first radiation sensitive resin composition, and the second radiation sensitive resin composition can be formed by a low temperature curing at 200 ° C or lower to form a colored pattern, a protective film, or a spacer.

因此,於本實施形態的彩色濾光片中,可利用低溫硬化而製造。 Therefore, in the color filter of the present embodiment, it can be produced by low-temperature curing.

而且,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片中,於形成著色圖案後形成保護膜。保護膜可利用200℃以下的低溫硬化而形成,因此著色圖案在形成後並不暴露於用以形成保護膜的高溫加熱的狀態下。同樣地,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片中,於形成著色圖案後形成間隔件。間隔件可利用200℃以下的低溫硬化而形成,因此著色圖案在形成後並不暴露於用以形成間隔件的高溫加熱的狀態下。因此,即使使用雖然顏色特性優異但於耐熱性上存在問題的染料作為著色劑,亦可減低步驟劣化。 Further, in the color filter of the present embodiment, a protective film is formed after the coloring pattern is formed. The protective film can be formed by low-temperature curing at 200 ° C or lower, so that the colored pattern is not exposed to a high-temperature heating state for forming a protective film after formation. Similarly, in the color filter of the present embodiment, a spacer is formed after the coloring pattern is formed. The spacer can be formed by low-temperature hardening of 200 ° C or less, so that the colored pattern is not exposed to a state of high-temperature heating for forming the spacer after formation. Therefore, even if a dye having excellent color properties but having problems in heat resistance is used as a colorant, step deterioration can be reduced.

另外,於製造本實施形態的彩色濾光片時的形成著色圖案時,可考慮其後的保護膜形成或間隔件形成而調整硬化溫度。亦即,利用與最適於在基板上單獨形成著色圖案 的硬化溫度相比而言更低的硬化溫度而形成著色圖案。其後,可以藉由著色圖案上所形成的保護膜的硬化加熱或間隔件的硬化加熱而對著色圖案也進行加熱。 Further, when the colored pattern is formed in the production of the color filter of the present embodiment, the curing temperature can be adjusted in consideration of the formation of the protective film or the formation of the spacer. That is, the use and the most suitable for forming a colored pattern on the substrate alone The hardening temperature forms a colored pattern compared to a lower hardening temperature. Thereafter, the colored pattern can also be heated by hardening heating of the protective film formed on the colored pattern or hardening heating of the spacer.

例如,在著色圖案與保護膜與間隔件的最適宜的硬化溫度分別為200℃以下、具體而言為180℃的情況下,可以用低於180℃的硬化溫度而形成著色圖案。在這種情況下,可以用例如150℃的硬化溫度而預先形成著色圖案。其次,於該著色圖案上形成第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜,於最適宜的180℃下進行硬化而形成保護膜。其結果,形成在其下層的著色圖案也受到加熱,變得可獲得包含所期望的狀態的著色圖案與保護膜的本實施形態的彩色濾光片。而且,例如分別於150℃的硬化溫度下預先形成著色圖案與保護膜,其後可於最適宜的180℃的硬化溫度下使用第2感放射線性樹脂組成物而形成間隔件。其結果,亦對之前所形成的著色圖案與保護膜進行加熱,從而可獲得包含所期望的狀態的著色圖案與保護膜與間隔件的本實施形態的彩色濾光片。 For example, in the case where the optimum curing temperature of the colored pattern and the protective film and the spacer is 200 ° C or lower, specifically 180 ° C, the colored pattern can be formed with a curing temperature lower than 180 ° C. In this case, the colored pattern can be formed in advance by, for example, a hardening temperature of 150 °C. Next, a coating film of the first radiation sensitive resin composition is formed on the colored pattern, and is cured at an optimum temperature of 180 ° C to form a protective film. As a result, the colored pattern formed in the lower layer is also heated, and the color filter of the present embodiment including the colored pattern and the protective film in a desired state can be obtained. Further, for example, a colored pattern and a protective film are formed in advance at a curing temperature of 150 ° C, and thereafter, a spacer can be formed using the second radiation-sensitive resin composition at an optimum curing temperature of 180 ° C. As a result, the color pattern and the protective film formed previously are also heated, and the color filter of the present embodiment including the colored pattern and the protective film and the spacer in a desired state can be obtained.

[[12]步驟] [[12]Steps]

其次,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造法中,可如上所述那樣在[11]步驟之後設置[12]形成配向膜的步驟。而且,於本實施形態的彩色濾光片中可設置具有液晶配向能力而能夠控制液晶的配向的配向膜。 Next, in the method of producing a color filter of the present embodiment, the step of forming an alignment film [12] may be provided after the step [11] as described above. Further, in the color filter of the present embodiment, an alignment film having a liquid crystal alignment ability and capable of controlling the alignment of the liquid crystal can be provided.

在[12]步驟中使用上述液晶配向劑。而且,在藉由上述的[1]步驟~[11]步驟而形成有著色圖案與保護膜與間隔 件的基板上,利用例如輥塗法、旋轉器法、印刷法、噴墨法等適宜的塗布方法而塗布上述液晶配向劑。其次,對塗布有液晶配向劑的基板進行預烘,其後進行後烘,由此而形成塗膜。預烘條件優選在40℃~120℃下為0.1分鐘~5分鐘。作為後烘條件,例如溫度為120℃~230℃,優選為150℃~200℃,更優選為150℃~180℃,時間優選為5分鐘~200分鐘,更優選為10分鐘~100分鐘。後烘後的塗膜的膜厚優選為0.001 μm~1 μm,更優選為0.005 μm~0.5 μm。 The above liquid crystal alignment agent was used in the step [12]. Further, a colored pattern and a protective film and space are formed by the above steps [1] to [11]. The liquid crystal alignment agent is applied onto the substrate by a suitable coating method such as a roll coating method, a spinner method, a printing method, or an inkjet method. Next, the substrate coated with the liquid crystal alignment agent is prebaked, and then post-baked to form a coating film. The prebaking conditions are preferably from 0.1 minute to 5 minutes at 40 ° C to 120 ° C. The post-baking conditions are, for example, 120 ° C to 230 ° C, preferably 150 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably 150 ° C to 180 ° C, and the time is preferably 5 minutes to 200 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 100 minutes. The film thickness of the coating film after post-baking is preferably 0.001 μm to 1 μm, and more preferably 0.005 μm to 0.5 μm.

將液晶配向劑塗布於基板上時所使用的液晶配向劑的固形物濃度(液晶配向劑的除溶劑以外的成分的合計重量在液晶配向劑的總重量中所占的比例)可考慮黏性、揮發性等而適宜選擇,優選為1重量%~10重量%的範圍。 The solid content concentration of the liquid crystal alignment agent used when the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to the substrate (the ratio of the total weight of the components other than the solvent of the liquid crystal alignment agent to the total weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent) may be considered to be viscous, It is suitably selected as a volatile matter, and is preferably in the range of 1% by weight to 10% by weight.

在使用包含具有光配向性基的[L]感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑的情況時,藉由對上述塗膜照射直線偏光或部分偏光的放射線、或非偏光的放射線而賦予液晶配向能力。如此的處理與摩擦處理等先前的配向處理的方法對應,可更簡便地進行。此處,放射線例如可使用包含150 nm~800 nm的波長光的紫外線及可見光線。特別優選使用包含300 nm~400 nm的波長光的紫外線作為放射線。 In the case of using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a [L] radiation sensitive polymer having a photoalignment group, the coating film is irradiated with linearly polarized or partially polarized radiation or non-polarized radiation to impart liquid crystal alignment ability. . Such a process corresponds to the method of the previous alignment process, such as a rubbing process, and can be performed more easily. Here, as the radiation, for example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays including wavelengths of light of 150 nm to 800 nm can be used. It is particularly preferable to use ultraviolet rays containing light having a wavelength of 300 nm to 400 nm as radiation.

當所使用的放射線為直線偏光或部分偏光的情況時,照射可自垂直於基板面的方向進行,也可以自斜方向進行以賦予預傾角,而且亦可將該些方法組合而進行。在照射非偏光的放射線的情況時,照射方向必需是斜方向。 When the radiation to be used is linearly polarized or partially polarized, the irradiation may be performed from a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface, or may be performed from an oblique direction to impart a pretilt angle, or may be performed by combining the methods. In the case of irradiating non-polarized radiation, the irradiation direction must be an oblique direction.

放射線的照射量優選為1 J/m2以上且不足10,000 J/m2,更優選為10 J/m2~3,000 J/m2The irradiation amount of the radiation is preferably 1 J/m 2 or more and less than 10,000 J/m 2 , and more preferably 10 J/m 2 to 3,000 J/m 2 .

在使用包含不具光配向性基的[M]聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑的情況時,亦可將後烘後的塗膜直接用作配向膜。而且,亦可視需要對後烘後的塗膜實施例如用捲繞有包含尼龍、人造絲、棉等纖維的布的輥在固定方向上進行摩擦的處理(摩擦處理),從而賦予液晶配向能力。 In the case of using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing [M] polyimine which does not have a photo-alignment group, the post-baking coating film can also be used as an alignment film as it is. Further, the post-baking coating film may be subjected to a rubbing treatment (friction treatment) in a fixing direction by, for example, a roll wound with a cloth comprising fibers such as nylon, rayon, or cotton, to impart liquid crystal alignment ability.

如上所述,在本實施形態的彩色濾光片製造方法中,可使用上述液晶配向劑而在200℃以下的加熱溫度、進一步為180℃以下的加熱溫度下形成配向膜。因此,可避免在上述[1]步驟~[3]步驟中所形成的彩色濾光片的著色圖案在形成配向膜的[12]步驟中暴露於高溫的狀態下。 As described above, in the color filter manufacturing method of the present embodiment, the alignment film can be formed at a heating temperature of 200 ° C or lower and a heating temperature of 180 ° C or lower, using the liquid crystal alignment agent. Therefore, the coloring pattern of the color filter formed in the above steps [1] to [3] can be prevented from being exposed to a high temperature in the step [12] of forming the alignment film.

[實例] [Example]

以下,基於實例對本發明的實施形態加以詳述,但並不以該實例而對本發明進行限定性解釋。 Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited by the examples.

<著色圖案的形成與評價> <Formation and Evaluation of Colored Patterns>

實例1 Example 1

[[I]鹼溶性樹脂(IA)的合成] [[I] Synthesis of alkali soluble resin (IA)]

在具有冷凝管及攪拌機的燒瓶中裝入2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)5質量份及二乙二醇甲乙醚220質量份。其次,裝入作為(I-1)化合物的甲基丙烯酸18質量份、作為(I-2)化合物的甲基丙烯酸-2-甲基縮水甘油酯14質量份及甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯20質量份、作為(I-4)化合物的苯乙烯10質量份、甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8- 基酯23質量份及甲基丙烯酸甲酯15質量份,進行氮氣置換後,一面緩緩地攪拌一面使溶液的溫度上升至70℃,保持該溫度5小時而進行聚合,由此而獲得含有作為共聚物的鹼溶性樹脂(IA)的溶液。所得的聚合物溶液的固形物濃度為31.5%,作為共聚物的鹼溶性樹脂(IA)的Mw為10,100。 In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 220 parts by mass of diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether were placed. Next, 18 parts by mass of methacrylic acid as a compound (I-1), 14 parts by mass of 2-methylglycidyl methacrylate as a compound of (I-2), and 20 mg of glycidyl methacrylate. And 10 parts by mass of styrene as the compound (I-4), 23 parts by mass of tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl methacrylate, and 15 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate. After the nitrogen gas was replaced, the temperature of the solution was gradually raised to 70 ° C while stirring, and the temperature was maintained for 5 hours to carry out polymerization, whereby a solution containing an alkali-soluble resin (IA) as a copolymer was obtained. The solid solution concentration of the obtained polymer solution was 31.5%, and the Mw of the alkali-soluble resin (IA) as a copolymer was 10,100.

實例2 Example 2

[[I]鹼溶性樹脂(IB)的合成] [[I] Synthesis of alkali soluble resin (IB)]

在具有冷凝管及攪拌機的燒瓶中裝入AIBN 4質量份及二乙二醇甲乙醚300質量份,其次裝入作為(I-1)化合物的甲基丙烯酸23質量份、作為(I-4)化合物的苯乙烯10質量份、甲基丙烯酸苄基酯32質量份及甲基丙烯酸甲酯35質量份,進一步裝入α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物2.7質量份,一面緩緩地攪拌一面使溶液的溫度上升至80℃,保持該溫度4小時後使其上升至100℃,保持該溫度1小時而進行聚合,由此而獲得含有共聚物的溶液。所得的聚合物溶液的固形物濃度為24.9%,Mw為12,500。其次,在所得的包含共聚物的溶液中加入四丁基溴化銨1.1質量份、作為聚合抑制劑的4-甲氧基苯酚0.05質量份,在空氣環境下、90℃下攪拌30分鐘後,放入作為(I-2)化合物的甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯16質量份而保持90℃使其反應10小時,由此而獲得作為共聚物的鹼溶性樹脂(IB)。所得的聚合物溶液的固形物濃度為29.0%,Mw為14,200。 4 parts by mass of AIBN and 300 parts by mass of diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether were placed in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, and 23 parts by mass of methacrylic acid as a compound (I-1) was added thereto as (I-4). 10 parts by mass of styrene, 32 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate, and 35 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, and further charged with 2.7 parts by mass of α-methylstyrene dimer, while stirring slowly The temperature of the solution was raised to 80 ° C, and after maintaining the temperature for 4 hours, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C, and the temperature was maintained for 1 hour to carry out polymerization, whereby a solution containing the copolymer was obtained. The resulting polymer solution had a solids concentration of 24.9% and a Mw of 12,500. Next, 1.1 parts by mass of tetrabutylammonium bromide and 0.05 parts by mass of 4-methoxyphenol as a polymerization inhibitor were added to the obtained solution containing the copolymer, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 30 minutes in an air atmosphere. 16 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate as the compound (I-2) was placed and kept at 90 ° C for 10 hours to obtain an alkali-soluble resin (IB) as a copolymer. The obtained polymer solution had a solid concentration of 29.0% and a Mw of 14,200.

實例3 Example 3

[著色組成物的調製] [Modulation of coloring composition]

相對於實例1中所得的作為共聚物的鹼溶性樹脂(IA)90質量份而混合作為[II]聚合性化合物的環氧乙烷改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(II-1)與多官能丙烯酸酯化合物的混合物(KAYARAD(注冊商標)DPHA-40H、日本化藥公司)(II-2)的混合物(混合比率((II-1)/(II-2))=4)100質量份、作為[III]聚合起始劑的2-甲基-1-(4-甲基噻吩基)-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮(Irgacure 907、汽巴精化有限公司)(III-1)25質量份、作為[IV]著色劑的包含紅色染料的紅色著色劑(IV-1)100質量份、作為[V]化合物的季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸)酯(V-1)與3-胺基苯磺酸乙酯(V-2)的混合物(混合比率((V-1)/(V-2)=5))6質量份、作為其他鹼溶性樹脂的實例2中所得的鹼溶性樹脂(IB)10質量份。其次,使用環己酮作為溶劑,以著色組成物的固形物濃度成為30 wt%的方式添加溶劑後,利用孔徑為0.5 μm的微孔過濾器進行過濾,由此而調製紅色著色組成物。 Ethylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (II-1) and polyfunctional acrylic acid as a [II] polymerizable compound were mixed with 90 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin (IA) as a copolymer obtained in Example 1. a mixture of a mixture of ester compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA-40H, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) (II-2) (mixing ratio ((II-1) / (II-2)) = 4) 100 parts by mass, as [III] 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthienyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (Irgacure 907, Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) (III-1) as a polymerization initiator 25 parts by mass, 100 parts by mass of a red coloring agent (IV-1) containing a red dye as a [IV] coloring agent, pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate) (V-1) as a compound of [V] and 3 parts by weight a mixture of ethylaminobenzenesulfonate (V-2) (mixing ratio ((V-1) / (V-2) = 5)) 6 parts by mass, the base obtained in Example 2 as another alkali-soluble resin The soluble resin (IB) was 10 parts by mass. Next, using cyclohexanone as a solvent, a solvent was added so that the solid content concentration of the coloring composition became 30 wt%, and then filtration was carried out using a micropore filter having a pore diameter of 0.5 μm to prepare a red colored composition.

除了使用包含綠色染料的綠色著色劑(IV-2)作為[IV]著色劑以外,與上述同樣地進行而調製綠色著色組成物。而且,除了使用包含藍色染料的藍色著色劑(IV-3)作為[IV]著色劑以外,與上述同樣地進行而調製藍色著色組成物。 A green coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as above except that a green coloring agent (IV-2) containing a green dye was used as the [IV] coloring agent. Further, a blue coloring composition was prepared in the same manner as above except that a blue coloring agent (IV-3) containing a blue dye was used as the [IV] coloring agent.

實例4 Example 4

[著色圖案的形成] [Formation of coloring pattern]

在表面上形成有防止鈉離子溶出的SiO2膜的鈉玻璃基板上,使用旋塗機而塗布實例3中所得的紅色著色組成物。其次,在90℃的熱板上進行2分鐘的預烘,形成預烘後的膜厚為2.5 μm的塗膜。將該些基板冷卻至室溫後,使用高壓水銀燈,介隔光掩模以1,000(J/m2)的曝光量對塗膜曝光包含365 nm、405 nm及436 nm的各波長的放射線。其後,以顯影壓力1(kgf/cm2)(管嘴直徑為1 mm)而對該些基板噴出顯影液(23℃的0.04 wt%氫氧化鉀水溶液),由此而進行噴淋顯影,在基板上形成200 μm×200 μm的著色圖案。進一步在180℃下進行30分鐘的後烘而形成紅色的著色圖案。 On the soda glass substrate on which the SiO 2 film for preventing elution of sodium ions was formed on the surface, the red colored composition obtained in Example 3 was applied using a spin coater. Next, prebaking was performed on a hot plate at 90 ° C for 2 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 2.5 μm after prebaking. After the substrates were cooled to room temperature, radiation of respective wavelengths of 365 nm, 405 nm, and 436 nm was exposed to the coating film at a exposure amount of 1,000 (J/m 2 ) using a high-pressure mercury lamp through a photomask. Thereafter, a developing solution (0.04 wt% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution at 23 ° C) was sprayed onto the substrates at a developing pressure of 1 (kgf/cm 2 ) (nozzle diameter of 1 mm), thereby performing shower development. A colored pattern of 200 μm × 200 μm was formed on the substrate. Further, post-baking was performed at 180 ° C for 30 minutes to form a red colored pattern.

使用實例3中所得的綠色著色組成物作為著色組成物,除此以外與上述同樣地進行而形成綠色的著色圖案。而且,使用實例3中所得的藍色著色組成物作為著色組成物,除此以外與上述同樣地進行而形成藍色的著色圖案。 A green coloring pattern was formed in the same manner as described above except that the green coloring composition obtained in Example 3 was used as the coloring composition. Further, a blue coloring pattern was formed in the same manner as described above except that the blue coloring composition obtained in Example 3 was used as the coloring composition.

實例5 Example 5

[著色圖案的評價] [Evaluation of coloring patterns]

對所製造的著色圖案進行下述的評價。 The following coloring patterns were evaluated.

耐顯影性的評價 Evaluation of development resistance

在上述各色的著色圖案的形成中,算出下述式的值:顯影前後的膜厚比=(顯影後的膜厚/顯影前的膜厚)×100。 In the formation of the color pattern of each of the above colors, the value of the following formula was calculated: the film thickness ratio before and after development = (film thickness after development / film thickness before development) × 100.

上述各色的著色圖案均是顯影前後的膜厚比為95%以上,可知具有良好的耐顯影性。 The coloring pattern of each of the above colors was 95% or more in thickness before and after development, and it was found that the coloring resistance was excellent.

耐熱性的評價 Evaluation of heat resistance

對上述各色的著色圖案進一步在180℃下追加加熱30分鐘。而且求出追加加熱前後的顏色變化△Eab*。上述各色的著色圖案均是△Eab*不足3,可知具有良好的耐熱性。 The coloring pattern of each of the above colors was further heated at 180 ° C for additional 30 minutes. Further, the color change ΔEab * before and after the additional heating is obtained. The coloring patterns of the respective colors described above were all ΔEab * less than 3, and it was found to have good heat resistance.

耐溶劑性的評價 Solvent resistance evaluation

關於上述著色圖案,與基板一同浸漬於60℃的N-甲基吡咯烷酮中30分鐘。其後,觀察基板上的各色的著色圖案,結果確認均在浸漬後保持著色圖案,且浸漬後的N-甲基吡咯烷酮完全不著色。可知上述任意著色圖案均耐溶劑性良好。 The colored pattern was immersed in N-methylpyrrolidone at 60 ° C for 30 minutes together with the substrate. Thereafter, the coloring patterns of the respective colors on the substrate were observed, and as a result, it was confirmed that the coloring pattern was maintained after the immersion, and the immersed N-methylpyrrolidone was not colored at all. It is understood that any of the above colored patterns has good solvent resistance.

<保護膜的形成與評價> <Formation and evaluation of protective film>

實例6 Example 6

[[A]矽氧烷聚合物的合成] [[A] Synthesis of alkoxylate polymer]

於附有攪拌機的容器內裝入丙二醇單甲醚24質量份,繼而裝入甲基三甲氧基矽烷54質量份、四乙氧基矽烷30質量份、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷16質量份,進行加熱直至溶液溫度成為60℃。當溶液溫度到達60℃後,裝入甲酸0.1質量份、離子交換水19質量份,加熱至75℃後保持2小時。冷卻至45℃後,加入原甲酸三甲酯28質量份作為脫水劑而進行1小時的攪拌。進一步使溶液溫度成為40℃,一面保持溫度一面進行蒸發,由此而除去水及由於水解縮合所產生的甲醇及乙醇。由以上操作而獲得 水解縮合物(A-I)(固形物濃度=35質量%、Mw=1,800、Mw/Mn=2.2)。 24 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether was placed in a container equipped with a stirrer, followed by 54 parts by mass of methyltrimethoxydecane, 30 parts by mass of tetraethoxydecane, and 3-propenylmethoxypropyltrimethoxy group. 16 parts by mass of decane was heated until the solution temperature became 60 °C. After the solution temperature reached 60 ° C, 0.1 part by mass of formic acid and 19 parts by mass of ion-exchanged water were charged, and after heating to 75 ° C, the mixture was kept for 2 hours. After cooling to 45 ° C, 28 parts by mass of trimethyl orthoformate was added as a dehydrating agent and stirred for 1 hour. Further, the temperature of the solution was changed to 40 ° C, and evaporation was carried out while maintaining the temperature, thereby removing water and methanol and ethanol due to hydrolysis condensation. Obtained by the above operation Hydrolyzed condensate (A-I) (solid content = 35 mass%, Mw = 1,800, Mw / Mn = 2.2).

實例7 Example 7

[第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的調製] [Modulation of the first sense radiation linear resin composition]

於作為[A]矽氧烷聚合物的實例6中所得的包含水解縮合物(A-I)的溶液(相當於水解縮合物(A-I)100質量份(固形物)的量)中混合作為[B]自由基聚合起始劑的2-甲基-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉代-1-丙烷(Irgacure 907、BASF公司)5質量份、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁烷-1-酮(Irgacure 369、BASF公司)2質量份、作為[D]乙烯性不飽和化合物的二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的混合物(莫耳比50/50)(商品名:DPHA、日本化藥公司製造)5質量份、異氰尿酸EO改質三丙烯酸酯(商品名:ARONIX(注冊商標)M-313、東亞合成公司製造)15質量份,以固形物濃度成為25質量%的方式加入作為[C]有機溶劑的丙二醇單甲醚而使其溶解,調製第1感放射線性樹脂組成物。 Mixed as a solution containing the hydrolysis condensate (AI) obtained in Example 6 of [A] a methoxyalkane polymer (corresponding to an amount of 100 parts by mass (solid matter) of the hydrolysis condensate (AI)) as [B] 2-methyl-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino-1-propane (Irgacure 907, BASF Corporation) of a radical polymerization initiator 5 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2 2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one (Irgacure 369, BASF Corporation) 2 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylic acid as [D] ethylenically unsaturated compound Mixture of ester and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (Morby 50/50) (trade name: DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass, isocyanuric acid EO modified triacrylate (trade name: ARONIX (registered trademark) 15 parts by mass of M-313, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., and propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a [C] organic solvent was added and dissolved in a solid content of 25% by mass to prepare a first radiation-sensitive resin composition. .

實例8 Example 8

[保護膜的形成] [Formation of Protective Film]

利用旋轉器將實例7中所調製的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物塗布於無鹼玻璃基板上之後,在100℃的熱板上進行2分鐘的預烘而形成膜厚為4.0 μm的塗膜。其次,使用高壓水銀燈使曝光量為2,000 J/m2而對所得的塗膜進行放射線照射。其次,在烘箱中,在180℃的硬化溫度及30分 鐘的硬化時間的條件下進行後烘而形成保護膜。 The first radiation sensitive resin composition prepared in Example 7 was applied onto an alkali-free glass substrate by a spinner, and then prebaked on a hot plate at 100 ° C for 2 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 4.0 μm. . Next, the obtained coating film was irradiated with radiation by using a high pressure mercury lamp so that the exposure amount was 2,000 J/m 2 . Next, post-baking was carried out in an oven at a curing temperature of 180 ° C and a hardening time of 30 minutes to form a protective film.

實例9 Example 9

[保護膜的評價] [Evaluation of Protective Film]

保存穩定性的評價 Evaluation of preservation stability

由剛調製之後的實例7的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物,藉由實例8的形成方法而形成保護膜,測定膜厚(在下述式中稱為“剛調製之後的膜厚”)。而且,利用實例7的形成方法而進行調製後,在25℃下保存第1感放射線性樹脂組成物5天,在5天後同樣地測定所形成的保護膜的膜厚(在下述式中稱為“5天後的膜厚”)。根據下述式算出膜厚增加率(%)。 The protective film was formed by the formation method of Example 8 from the first radiation-sensitive resin composition of Example 7 immediately after preparation, and the film thickness (referred to as "film thickness immediately after preparation" in the following formula) was measured. Furthermore, after preparing by the formation method of Example 7, the first radiation sensitive resin composition was stored at 25 ° C for 5 days, and the film thickness of the formed protective film was measured in the same manner after 5 days (in the following formula) It is "film thickness after 5 days"). The film thickness increase rate (%) was calculated from the following formula.

膜厚增加率(%)=(5天後的膜厚-剛調製之後的膜厚)/(剛調製之後的膜厚)×100 Film thickness increase rate (%) = (film thickness after 5 days - film thickness immediately after preparation) / (film thickness immediately after preparation) × 100

膜厚增加率為3%以下,從而判斷保存穩定性良好。 The film thickness increase rate was 3% or less, and it was judged that the storage stability was good.

耐光性的評價 Light resistance evaluation

關於利用實例8的形成方法所得的保護膜,進一步用UV照射裝置(UVX-02516S1JS01、Ushio Inc.)而以130 mW的照度進行800,000 J/m2的照射,檢查膜減少量。膜減少量為2%以下,從而判斷耐光性良好。 The protective film obtained by the method of the formation of Example 8 was further irradiated with 800,000 J/m 2 at an illuminance of 130 mW using a UV irradiation apparatus (UVX-02516S1JS01, Ushio Inc.) to examine the amount of film reduction. The film reduction amount was 2% or less, and it was judged that the light resistance was good.

耐熱性的評價 Evaluation of heat resistance

關於利用實例8的形成方法所得的保護膜,進一步在烘箱中、230℃下加熱20分鐘,用觸針式膜厚測定機(Alpha Step IQ、美商科磊(KLA-TENCOR)公司)測定其加熱前後的膜厚。而且算出殘膜率(處理後的膜厚/處理前的膜厚×100),將該殘膜率作為耐熱性。殘膜率為99%,從而判斷耐熱性良好。 The protective film obtained by the formation method of Example 8 was further heated in an oven at 230 ° C for 20 minutes using a stylus type film thickness measuring machine (Alpha Step IQ, KLA-TENCOR, measured the film thickness before and after heating. Further, the residual film ratio (film thickness after treatment/film thickness before treatment × 100) was calculated, and the residual film ratio was taken as heat resistance. The residual film ratio was 99%, and it was judged that the heat resistance was good.

耐化學品性的評價 Chemical resistance evaluation

關於利用實例8的形成方法所得的保護膜,在加溫至60℃的配向膜剝離液CHEMICLEAN(注冊商標)TS-204(三洋化成工業公司)中浸漬15分鐘,加以水洗後,進一步在烘箱中、120℃下乾燥15分鐘。用觸針式膜厚測定機(Alpha Step IQ、美商科磊公司)測定該處理前後的膜厚,算出殘膜率(處理後的膜厚/處理前的膜厚×100),將該殘膜率作為耐化學品性。殘膜率為99%,從而判斷耐化學品性良好。 The protective film obtained by the formation method of Example 8 was immersed in an aligning film stripping solution CHEMICLEAN (registered trademark) TS-204 (Sanyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) heated to 60 ° C for 15 minutes, washed with water, and further in an oven. Dry at 120 ° C for 15 minutes. The film thickness before and after the treatment was measured by a stylus type film thickness measuring machine (Alpha Step IQ, Meike), and the residual film ratio (film thickness after treatment/film thickness before treatment × 100) was calculated, and the residual film was obtained. Rate as chemical resistance. The residual film ratio was 99%, and it was judged that the chemical resistance was good.

<間隔件的形成與評價> <Formation and evaluation of spacers>

實例10 Example 10

[[α]化合物的合成] [[α] compound synthesis]

在具有冷凝管及攪拌機的燒瓶中裝入2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)7質量份及二乙二醇甲乙醚200質量份。其次裝入甲基丙烯酸16質量份、甲基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基酯16質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯38質量份、苯乙烯10質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯20質量份,進行氮氣置換後,一面緩緩地攪拌一面使溶液的溫度上升至70℃,將該溫度保持4小時而進行聚合,由此而獲得含有共聚物(α-I)的溶液(固形物濃度=34.4質量%、Mw=8,000、 Mw/Mn=2.3)。另外,固形物濃度是表示共聚物的質量在共聚物溶液的總質量中所占的比例。 In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 7 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 200 parts by mass of diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether were charged. Next, 16 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 16 parts by mass of tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl methacrylate, 38 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, and 10 parts by mass of styrene, A were charged. 20 parts by mass of glycidyl acrylate, after nitrogen substitution, the temperature of the solution was gradually increased to 70 ° C while stirring, and the temperature was maintained for 4 hours to carry out polymerization, thereby obtaining a copolymer (α-I). (Solid concentration = 34.4% by mass, Mw = 8,000, Mw / Mn = 2.3). Further, the solid concentration is a ratio indicating the mass of the copolymer in the total mass of the copolymer solution.

實例11 Example 11

[第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的調製] [Modulation of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition]

相對於作為[α]化合物的實例10中所得的共聚物(α-I)100質量份,混合作為[β]聚合性化合物的二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(β-I)100質量份、作為[γ]聚合起始劑的乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯肟)(Irgacure(注冊商標)OXE02、汽巴精化有限公司)(γ-I)5質量份、及作為[δ]化合物的4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸(δ-I),進一步混合作為[ω-1]接著助劑的γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷5質量份、作為[ω-2]界面活性劑的界面活性劑(FTX-218、Neos公司)0.5質量份、作為[ω-3]保存穩定劑的4-甲氧基苯酚0.5質量份,以固形物濃度成為30質量%的方式加入丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯後,利用孔徑為0.5 μm的微孔過濾器而進行過濾,由此而調製第2感放射線性樹脂組成物。 100 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (β-I) as a [β] polymerizable compound was mixed with 100 parts by mass of the copolymer (α-I) obtained in Example 10 as the [α] compound, as [γ] Ethylketone-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetamidine) of the polymerization initiator Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE02, Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) (γ-I) 5 parts by mass, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl hydrazine (δ-I) as a [δ] compound, further mixed 5 parts by mass of γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane as a [ω-1]-adjuvant auxiliary agent, and 0.5 parts by mass of a surfactant (FTX-218, Neos) as a [ω-2] surfactant 0.5 parts by mass of 4-methoxyphenol as a [ω-3] storage stabilizer, and after adding propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate so that the solid content concentration was 30% by mass, it was filtered using a micropore having a pore diameter of 0.5 μm. The device was filtered and the second radiation-sensitive resin composition was prepared.

實例12 Example 12

[間隔件的形成] [Formation of spacers]

作為形成間隔件的例子,對在基板上僅僅形成間隔件的例子加以說明。 As an example of forming a spacer, an example in which only a spacer is formed on a substrate will be described.

在無鹼玻璃基板上,使用旋塗機而塗布實例11中所調製的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物。其次,在100℃的熱板上進行2分鐘的預烘,由此形成膜厚為6.0 μm的塗膜。 其次,使用高壓水銀燈使曝光量為700 J/m2而對所得的塗膜進行放射線照射。其後,以顯影壓力1(kgf/cm2)(管嘴直徑為1 mm)而對該基板噴出顯影液(23℃的0.04質量%氫氧化鉀水溶液),由此而進行噴淋顯影,在基板上形成間隔件的圖案。其次,在烘箱中以180℃的硬化溫度及30分鐘的硬化時間而進行後烘,由此而在基板上形成間隔件。而且,確認在基板上以所期望的位置與形狀(解析度)形成間隔件。 The second radiation sensitive resin composition prepared in Example 11 was applied onto an alkali-free glass substrate using a spin coater. Next, prebaking was performed on a hot plate at 100 ° C for 2 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 6.0 μm. Next, the obtained coating film was irradiated with radiation by using a high pressure mercury lamp so that the exposure amount was 700 J/m 2 . Thereafter, a developing solution (0.04% by mass aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide at 23° C.) was sprayed onto the substrate at a developing pressure of 1 (kgf/cm 2 ) (nozzle diameter of 1 mm), thereby performing shower development. A pattern of spacers is formed on the substrate. Next, post-baking was performed in an oven at a hardening temperature of 180 ° C and a hardening time of 30 minutes, thereby forming a spacer on the substrate. Further, it was confirmed that a spacer was formed on the substrate at a desired position and shape (resolution).

實例13 Example 13

[間隔件的評價] [Evaluation of spacers]

關於實例12中所得的間隔件,用掃描式電子顯微鏡觀察剖面形狀。 With respect to the spacer obtained in Example 12, the cross-sectional shape was observed with a scanning electron microscope.

所形成的間隔件均是圖案邊緣為順楔形,且均為良好。 The spacers were formed with the pattern edges being wedge-shaped and all good.

其次,在實例12中的在基板上所形成的間隔件上,用液晶配向膜塗布用印刷機而塗布AL3046(JSR Corporation製造),於180℃下進行1小時的乾燥,形成乾燥膜厚為0.05 μm的配向膜的塗膜而作為液晶配向膜。利用具有捲繞有尼龍製的布的輥的摩擦器,在輥的轉速為500 rpm、平臺的移動速度為1 cm/sec的條件下對該塗膜進行摩擦處理。此時,在間隔件中,並未產生削減或剝落。 Next, on a spacer formed on the substrate in Example 12, AL3046 (manufactured by JSR Corporation) was applied by a printer for coating a liquid crystal alignment film, and dried at 180 ° C for 1 hour to form a dry film thickness of 0.05. The coating film of the alignment film of μm is used as a liquid crystal alignment film. The coating film was subjected to a rubbing treatment under the conditions of a rotation speed of the roll of 500 rpm and a moving speed of the stage of 1 cm/sec using a friction device having a roll wound with a nylon cloth. At this time, no cut or peeling occurred in the spacer.

<彩色濾光片的製造> <Manufacture of color filters>

實例14 Example 14

使用實例3中所說明的各色著色組成物(紅色著色組 成物、綠色著色組成物及藍色著色組成物)而製造彩色濾光片。首先,利用狹縫口模塗布機在形成有黑色矩陣圖案的玻璃基板上塗布紅色著色組成物,在熱板上、90℃下進行2分鐘的預烘而形成塗膜。其後,介隔規定的圖案掩模,使用曝光機Canon PLA501F(佳能公司)而照射以i線換算計而言為1,000 J/m2的曝光量的ghi線(波長為436 nm、405 nm、365 nm的強度比=2.7:2.5:4.8),使用0.05%氫氧化鉀水溶液而進行顯影,於超純水中進行60秒的沖洗,然後進一步在烘箱中、180℃下進行30分鐘的加熱處理,形成膜厚為2.0 μm的紅色的條紋狀圖案(圖案寬度為100 μm)。 A color filter was produced using the coloring compositions of the respective colors (the red coloring composition, the green coloring composition, and the blue coloring composition) described in Example 3. First, a red colored composition was applied onto a glass substrate on which a black matrix pattern was formed by a slit die coater, and pre-baked on a hot plate at 90 ° C for 2 minutes to form a coating film. Thereafter, a ghi line (wavelength of 436 nm, 405 nm, and an exposure amount of 1,000 J/m 2 in terms of i-line conversion was irradiated with an exposure machine Canon PLA501F (Canon Inc.) in accordance with a predetermined pattern mask. Intensity ratio at 365 nm = 2.7:2.5:4.8), development was carried out using a 0.05% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, rinsing in ultrapure water for 60 seconds, and further heat treatment in an oven at 180 ° C for 30 minutes. A red stripe pattern having a film thickness of 2.0 μm (pattern width of 100 μm) was formed.

其次,同樣地進行操作,使用綠色著色組成物而形成綠色的條紋狀圖案。進一步使用藍色著色組成物而形成藍色的條紋狀圖案,形成紅、綠、及藍的3色條紋狀彩色濾光片(條紋寬度為100 μm)。 Next, the operation was carried out in the same manner, and a green colored composition was used to form a green striped pattern. Further, a blue colored composition was used to form a blue striped pattern, and red, green, and blue three-color striped color filters (strip width of 100 μm) were formed.

上述所形成的在後烘溫度為180℃、30分鐘的條件下所形成的紅色、綠色、藍色的3色著色圖案並不產生硬化不充分所造成的圖案缺損、自基板上剝落等問題,可形成3色的條紋狀圖案。 The red, green, and blue three-color coloring patterns formed under the conditions of the post-baking temperature of 180 ° C and 30 minutes formed as described above do not cause problems such as pattern defects caused by insufficient curing, peeling off from the substrate, and the like. A stripe pattern of three colors can be formed.

其次,在所得的3色的條紋狀圖案上,藉由狹縫口模塗布機而塗布實例7中所說明的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物。其次,於熱板上、90℃下進行5分鐘的預烘而形成塗膜。使用高壓水銀燈以2,000 J/m2的曝光量對所得的預烘後的塗膜進行放射線照射,使用鹼性水溶液進行顯影後, 進一步於烘箱中、180℃下進行60分鐘的加熱處理,形成自3色條紋狀圖案的上表面起的膜厚為2.0 μm的保護膜。如上所述地進行而製造於著色圖案上形成有保護膜的基板。 Next, the first radiation-sensitive resin composition described in Example 7 was applied to the obtained three-color striped pattern by a slit die coater. Next, pre-baking was performed on a hot plate at 90 ° C for 5 minutes to form a coating film. The obtained pre-baked coating film was irradiated with radiation at a exposure amount of 2,000 J/m 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp, developed with an alkaline aqueous solution, and further heated in an oven at 180 ° C for 60 minutes to form a self-heating process. A protective film having a film thickness of 2.0 μm from the upper surface of the three-color striped pattern. The substrate on which the protective film was formed on the colored pattern was produced as described above.

關於所得的在著色圖案上形成有保護膜的基板,使用接觸式膜厚測定裝置α-Step(科磊日本公司)而測定保護膜表面的凹凸(平坦性)(測定長度為2,000 μm、測定範圍為2,000 μm見方、測定點數n=5)。亦即,使測定方向為紅、綠、藍方向的條紋線短軸方向及紅-紅、綠-綠、藍-藍的同一色的條紋線長軸方向這2個方向,對各方向以n=5而進行測定(合計的n數為10)。求出每個測定的最高部與最低部的高低差(nm)的10次的平均值。此時的平均值為200 nm。即使在形成保護膜後,著色圖案亦不收縮、膨脹,保護膜表面無凹凸,顯示出良好的平坦性。 The substrate having the protective film formed on the colored pattern was measured for the unevenness (flatness) of the surface of the protective film using a contact-type film thickness measuring device α-Step (Keide Japan Co., Ltd.) (measurement length was 2,000 μm, measurement range) It is 2,000 μm square, and the number of measurement points is n=5). In other words, the measurement direction is the short-axis direction of the stripe line in the red, green, and blue directions, and the long-axis direction of the stripe line of the same color of red-red, green-green, and blue-blue, and the direction is n for each direction. The measurement was carried out at =5 (the total number of n was 10). The average of 10 times of the height difference (nm) of the highest part and the lowest part of each measurement was calculated. The average value at this time is 200 nm. Even after the formation of the protective film, the colored pattern does not shrink or swell, and the surface of the protective film has no unevenness, and exhibits good flatness.

其次,關於所得的在著色圖案上形成有保護膜的基板,使用濺鍍法在保護膜上形成ITO膜,從而形成ITO電極。 Next, regarding the obtained substrate on which the protective film was formed on the colored pattern, an ITO film was formed on the protective film by a sputtering method to form an ITO electrode.

其次,用狹縫口模塗布機在ITO電極上塗布實例11中所調製的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物。其次,在100℃的熱板上進行2分鐘的預烘,由此形成膜厚為6.0 μm的塗膜。其次,使用高壓水銀燈並使曝光量為700 J/m2而對所得的塗膜進行放射線照射。其後,以顯影壓力1(kgf/cm2)(管嘴直徑為1 mm)而對該基板噴出顯影液(23℃的0.04質量%氫氧化鉀水溶液),由此而進行噴淋顯影,在基板 上形成間隔件的圖案。其次,在烘箱中以180℃的硬化溫度及30分鐘的硬化時間而進行後烘。由此而在ITO電極上形成間隔件。間隔件形成在ITO電極上的與黑色矩陣形成區域對應的區域內。 Next, the second radiation-sensitive resin composition prepared in Example 11 was applied onto the ITO electrode by a slit die coater. Next, prebaking was performed on a hot plate at 100 ° C for 2 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 6.0 μm. Next, the obtained coating film was irradiated with radiation using a high pressure mercury lamp and an exposure amount of 700 J/m 2 . Thereafter, a developing solution (0.04% by mass aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide at 23° C.) was sprayed onto the substrate at a developing pressure of 1 (kgf/cm 2 ) (nozzle diameter of 1 mm), thereby performing shower development. A pattern of spacers is formed on the substrate. Next, post-baking was carried out in an oven at a hardening temperature of 180 ° C and a hardening time of 30 minutes. Thereby a spacer is formed on the ITO electrode. The spacer is formed in a region on the ITO electrode corresponding to the black matrix forming region.

以如上方式而製造本實例的彩色濾光片。所製造的本實例的彩色濾光片具有優異的顏色特性。 The color filter of the present example was fabricated in the above manner. The color filter of the present example produced has excellent color characteristics.

實例15 Example 15

[具有光配向膜的彩色濾光片的製造] [Manufacture of color filter with photo-alignment film]

在本實例中,使用實例14中所得的彩色濾光片,使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑而形成光配向膜。 In the present example, using the color filter obtained in Example 14, a photo-alignment film was formed using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group.

首先,在實例14的彩色濾光片中,在形成有間隔件的基板上,利用旋轉器而塗布作為包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑的國際公開(WO)2009/025386號的實例6中所記載的液晶配向劑A-1。其次,在80℃的熱板上進行1分鐘的預烘後,在對內部進行了氮氣置換的烘箱中、180℃下進行1小時的加熱而形成膜厚為80 nm的塗膜。其次,使用Hg-Xe燈及格蘭-泰勒棱鏡,自相對於垂直於基板表面的方向而言傾斜40°的方向,對該塗膜表面照射200 J/m2的包含313 nm的明線的偏光紫外線,而製造具有光配向膜的彩色濾光片。 First, in the color filter of Example 14, an international publication (WO) 2009 as a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group was coated on a substrate on which a spacer was formed by a spinner. Liquid crystal alignment agent A-1 described in Example 6 of No. 025386. Next, after prebaking for 1 minute on a hot plate at 80 ° C, it was heated in an oven which was internally purged with nitrogen at 180 ° C for 1 hour to form a coating film having a film thickness of 80 nm. Next, using Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan - Taylor prism, autocorrelation vertical direction is inclined 40 ° in terms of the direction of the surface of the substrate, / m 2 comprising a bright line of 313 nm of the polarized light irradiating the surface of the coating film 200 J Ultraviolet rays are used to produce a color filter having a photo-alignment film.

實例16 Example 16

[具有垂直配向膜的彩色濾光片的製造] [Manufacture of color filter with vertical alignment film]

在本實例中,使用實例14中所得的彩色濾光片,使 用包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑而形成垂直配向膜。 In this example, the color filter obtained in Example 14 was used to make A vertical alignment film is formed using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimine having no photo-alignment group.

首先,在實例14的彩色濾光片中,在形成有間隔件的基板上,利用旋轉器而塗布作為包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑的垂直配向膜形成用AL60101(JSR Corporation製造)。其次,在80℃的熱板上進行1分鐘的預烘後,在對內部進行了氮氣置換的烘箱中、180℃下進行1小時的加熱而形成膜厚為80 nm的塗膜,而製造具有垂直配向膜的彩色濾光片。 First, in the color filter of Example 14, an AL60101 for vertical alignment film formation as a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimide having no photo-alignment group was coated on a substrate on which a spacer was formed by using a spinner. Manufactured by JSR Corporation). Next, after prebaking for 1 minute on a hot plate at 80 ° C, the film was heated at 180 ° C for 1 hour in an oven purged with nitrogen to form a coating film having a film thickness of 80 nm, and was produced. Color filter for vertical alignment film.

<彩色濾光片在液晶顯示元件中的應用> <Application of color filter in liquid crystal display element>

實例17 Example 17

[彩色液晶顯示元件的製造] [Manufacture of color liquid crystal display elements]

於液晶顯示元件的製造中,彩色濾光片使用實例15的具有光配向膜的彩色濾光片。驅動用基板使用以與實例15相同的方法而在依照公知的方法而準備的基板上形成有光配向膜的驅動用基板。將該些加以組合而製造彩色液晶顯示元件。所製造的彩色液晶顯示元件配置有偏光板等,且具有與上述圖2所示的彩色液晶顯示元件相同的結構。本實例的液晶顯示元件顯示出夾持液晶的基板間的間隙的高度的均一性。而且,實現優異的顏色特性的彩色顯示。 In the manufacture of a liquid crystal display element, a color filter having a photo-alignment film of Example 15 was used as the color filter. As the driving substrate, a driving substrate on which a photo-alignment film was formed on a substrate prepared in accordance with a known method was used in the same manner as in Example 15. These are combined to produce a color liquid crystal display element. The manufactured color liquid crystal display element is provided with a polarizing plate or the like, and has the same structure as the color liquid crystal display element shown in FIG. 2 described above. The liquid crystal display element of this example shows the uniformity of the height of the gap between the substrates sandwiching the liquid crystal. Moreover, a color display that achieves excellent color characteristics.

[產業上的可利用性] [Industrial availability]

本發明的彩色濾光片可利用低溫硬化而製造,具有高的可靠性且顏色特性優異。因此,本發明的彩色濾光片可 作為使用樹脂基板的柔性液晶顯示器用彩色濾光片、或要求高畫質的大型液晶電視用彩色濾光片而適宜地使用。 The color filter of the present invention can be produced by low-temperature curing, and has high reliability and excellent color characteristics. Therefore, the color filter of the present invention can be It is suitably used as a color filter for a flexible liquid crystal display using a resin substrate or a color filter for a large liquid crystal television requiring high image quality.

1‧‧‧液晶顯示元件 1‧‧‧Liquid display components

2、5‧‧‧基板 2, 5‧‧‧ substrate

3‧‧‧像素電極 3‧‧‧pixel electrode

4‧‧‧ITO電極 4‧‧‧ITO electrodes

6‧‧‧著色圖案 6‧‧‧Coloring pattern

7‧‧‧黑色矩陣 7‧‧‧Black matrix

8‧‧‧保護膜 8‧‧‧Protective film

9‧‧‧間隔件 9‧‧‧ spacers

10‧‧‧彩色濾光片 10‧‧‧Color filters

12‧‧‧配向膜 12‧‧‧Alignment film

13‧‧‧液晶 13‧‧‧LCD

14‧‧‧偏光板 14‧‧‧Polar plate

16‧‧‧密封材料 16‧‧‧ Sealing material

17‧‧‧背光源光 17‧‧‧Backlight light

圖1是本實施形態的彩色濾光片的模式剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a color filter of the embodiment.

圖2是包含本實施形態的彩色濾光片的彩色液晶顯示元件的模式剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a color liquid crystal display element including the color filter of the embodiment.

1‧‧‧液晶顯示元件 1‧‧‧Liquid display components

2、5‧‧‧基板 2, 5‧‧‧ substrate

3‧‧‧像素電極 3‧‧‧pixel electrode

4‧‧‧ITO電極 4‧‧‧ITO electrodes

6‧‧‧著色圖案 6‧‧‧Coloring pattern

7‧‧‧黑色矩陣 7‧‧‧Black matrix

8‧‧‧保護膜 8‧‧‧Protective film

9‧‧‧間隔件 9‧‧‧ spacers

10‧‧‧彩色濾光片 10‧‧‧Color filters

12‧‧‧配向膜 12‧‧‧Alignment film

13‧‧‧液晶 13‧‧‧LCD

14‧‧‧偏光板 14‧‧‧Polar plate

16‧‧‧密封材料 16‧‧‧ Sealing material

17‧‧‧背光源光 17‧‧‧Backlight light

Claims (25)

一種彩色濾光片,其特徵在於包含著色圖案、保護膜,所述著色圖案含有選自由二酮基吡咯並吡咯類顏料、鹵化鋅酞菁類顏料、三芳基甲烷類染料及偶氮類染料所構成的群組的至少1種著色劑;所述保護膜由含有如下成分的第1感放射線性樹脂組成物所形成:[A]矽氧烷聚合物、[B]自由基聚合起始劑、及[C]有機溶劑。 A color filter comprising a colored pattern and a protective film, the colored pattern comprising a pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment, a triarylmethane dye, and an azo dye At least one coloring agent of the group formed; the protective film is formed of a first radiation sensitive resin composition containing the following components: [A] a siloxane polymer, [B] a radical polymerization initiator, And [C] organic solvents. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:進一步包含間隔件,所述間隔件由含有如下成分的第2感放射線性樹脂組成物形成:[α]鹼溶性樹脂、[β]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[γ]感放射線性聚合起始劑、以及[δ]選自由下述式(1)所表示的化合物及下述式(2)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物;[化1] 在式(1)中,R1~R6分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R1~R6中的至少1個是吸電子基,且R1~R6中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烷基取代;在式(2)中,R7~R16分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R7~R16中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烴基取代;A為單鍵、羰基、羰氧基、羰基亞甲基、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、亞甲基或碳數為2~6的伸烷基;其中,上述亞甲基及伸烷基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被氰基、鹵素原子或氟烷基取代。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the spacer further comprises a spacer formed of a second radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following components: [α] alkali-soluble resin, [β a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a [γ] radiation-sensitive polymerization initiator, and [δ] are selected from a compound represented by the following formula (1) and a compound represented by the following formula (2) At least one compound of the group formed; [Chemical 1] In the formula (1), R 1 to R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 1 to R 6 is an electron withdrawing group, and in R 1 to R 6 At least one of them is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in the formula (2), R 7 to R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom. And an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 7 to R 16 is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Is a single bond, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylmethylene group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, a methylene group or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 6; wherein the above methylene group and alkylene group are present All or a part of the hydrogen atom may be substituted by a cyano group, a halogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述著色圖案由含有如下成分的著色組成物形成:[I]鹼溶性樹脂、[II]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[III]感放射線性聚合起始劑、及[IV]所述著色劑。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the coloring pattern is formed of a coloring composition containing the following components: [I] an alkali-soluble resin, [II] a polymerizable property having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. a compound, a [III] radiation-sensitive polymerization initiator, and a colorant according to [IV]. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述著色組成物進一步含有[V]選自由上述式(1)所表示的化合物、上述式(2)所表示的化合物、三級胺化合物、胺鹽、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物、硫醇化合物、嵌段異氰酸酯化合物及含有咪唑環的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物。 The color filter according to claim 3, wherein the coloring composition further contains [V] a compound selected from the formula (1), a compound represented by the above formula (2), and three At least one compound of the group consisting of a primary amine compound, an amine salt, a phosphonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a guanamine compound, a thiol compound, a blocked isocyanate compound, and a compound containing an imidazole ring. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述著色組成物中所含有的[I]鹼溶性樹脂是包含如下結構單元的共聚物:(I-1)由選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所構成的群組的至少1種所形成的結構單元、(I-2)由含有環氧基的不飽和化合物所形成的結構單元。 The color filter according to claim 3, wherein the [I] alkali-soluble resin contained in the coloring composition is a copolymer comprising the following structural unit: (I-1) is selected from the group consisting of A structural unit formed of at least one of a group consisting of a saturated carboxylic acid and an unsaturated carboxylic anhydride, and (I-2) a structural unit formed of an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物中所含有的[A]矽氧烷聚合物是水解性矽烷化合物的水解縮合物,該水解性矽烷化合物包含:(a1)下述式(A-1)所表示的水解性矽烷化合物、與(a2)下述式(A-2)所表示的水解性矽烷化合物; 在式(A-1)中,R1是碳數為1~6的烷基;R2是包含自由基反應性官能基的有機基;p是1~3的整數;其中,當R1及R2成為多個的情況時,多個R1及R2分別獨立;在式(A-2)中,R3是碳數為1~6的烷基;R4是氫原子、碳數為1~20的烷基、碳數為1~20的氟化烷基、苯基、萘基、環氧基、胺基或異氰酸酯基;n是0~20的整數;q是0~3的整數;其中,當R3及R4成為多個的情況時,多個R3及R4分別獨立。 The color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the [A] siloxane polymer contained in the first radiation sensitive resin composition is a hydrolysis condensate of a hydrolyzable decane compound, The hydrolyzable decane compound includes: (a1) a hydrolyzable decane compound represented by the following formula (A-1); and (a2) a hydrolyzable decane compound represented by the following formula (A-2); In the formula (A-1), R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R 2 is an organic group containing a radical reactive functional group; and p is an integer of 1 to 3; wherein, when R 1 and When R 2 is plural, a plurality of R 1 and R 2 are each independently; in the formula (A-2), R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R 4 is a hydrogen atom and the carbon number is 1 to 20 alkyl groups, 1 to 20 carbon atoms, phenyl, naphthyl, epoxy, amino or isocyanate groups; n is an integer from 0 to 20; Wherein, when R 3 and R 4 are plural, a plurality of R 3 and R 4 are each independently. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物進一步含有[D]除了[A]矽氧烷聚合物以外的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the first radiation sensitive resin composition further contains [D] an ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the [A] alkane polymer. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物進一步含有[E]感放射線性酸產生劑或感放射線性鹼產生劑。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the first radiation sensitive resin composition further contains an [E] radiation sensitive acid generator or a radiation sensitive alkali generator. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的彩色濾光片,其中: 所述第2感放射線性樹脂組成物中所含有的[α]鹼溶性樹脂是包含如下結構單元的共聚物:(α-1)由選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所構成的群組的至少1種所形成的結構單元、(α-2)由含有環氧基的不飽和化合物所形成的結構單元。 For example, the color filter described in claim 2, wherein: The [α] alkali-soluble resin contained in the second radiation-sensitive resin composition is a copolymer containing a structural unit: (α-1) is selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic anhydrides. At least one structural unit formed in the group, and (α-2) a structural unit formed of an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述著色圖案是在200℃以下的硬化溫度下所形成的著色圖案。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the coloring pattern is a colored pattern formed at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述保護膜是在200℃以下的硬化溫度下所形成的保護膜。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the protective film is a protective film formed at a curing temperature of 200 ° C or lower. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述間隔件是在200℃以下的硬化溫度下所形成的間隔件。 The color filter of claim 2, wherein the spacer is a spacer formed at a hardening temperature of 200 ° C or lower. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述著色圖案是在比所述保護膜的硬化溫度更低的硬化溫度下所形成的著色圖案。 The color filter according to claim 1, wherein the coloring pattern is a colored pattern formed at a hardening temperature lower than a curing temperature of the protective film. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述著色圖案是在比所述間隔件的硬化溫度更低的硬化溫度下所形成的著色圖案。 The color filter of claim 2, wherein the colored pattern is a colored pattern formed at a hardening temperature lower than a hardening temperature of the spacer. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述保護膜是在比所述間隔件的硬化溫度更低的硬化溫度下所形成的保護膜。 The color filter according to claim 2, wherein the protective film is a protective film formed at a hardening temperature lower than a hardening temperature of the spacer. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第15項中任一項所述的 彩色濾光片,其中:包含配向膜,所述配向膜是使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑及包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑中的任意種所得的配向膜。 As described in any one of claims 1 to 15, a color filter comprising: an alignment film which is a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group; and a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimide having no photo-alignment group Any of the resulting alignment films. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的彩色濾光片,其中:所述配向膜是使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線性聚合物的液晶配向劑所得的配向膜。 The color filter according to claim 16, wherein the alignment film is an alignment film obtained by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a radiation-sensitive polymer having a photo-alignment group. 一種液晶顯示元件,其特徵在於包含如申請專利範圍第1項至第17項中任一項所述的彩色濾光片。 A liquid crystal display element comprising the color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 17. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其特徵在於包括如下步驟:[1]在基板上形成著色組成物的塗膜的步驟,所述著色組成物含有選自由二酮基吡咯並吡咯類顏料、鹵化鋅酞菁類顏料、三芳基甲烷類染料及偶氮類染料所構成的群組的至少1種著色劑;[2]在所述著色組成物的塗膜上形成著色圖案的步驟;[3]在200℃以下對形成有所述著色圖案的塗膜進行硬化的步驟;[4]在基板上形成第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜的步驟,所述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物含有如下的成分:[A]矽氧烷聚合物、[B]自由基聚合起始劑、及[C]有機溶劑; [5]對所述第1感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線的步驟;[6]對步驟[5]中照射了放射線的所述塗膜進行顯影的步驟;[7]在200℃以下使步驟[6]中進行了顯影的所述塗膜硬化的步驟;[8]在具有步驟[7]的所述經硬化的塗膜的基板上形成第2感放射線性樹脂組成物塗膜的步驟,所述第2感放射線性樹脂組成物含有如下成分:[α]鹼溶性樹脂、[β]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[γ]感放射線性聚合起始劑、及[δ]選自由下述式(1)所表示的化合物及下述式(2)所表示的化合物所構成的群組的至少1種化合物;[9]對所述第2感放射線性樹脂組成物的塗膜的至少一部分照射放射線的步驟;[10]對步驟[9]中照射了放射線的所述塗膜進行顯影的步驟;以及[11]在200℃以下使步驟[10]中進行了顯影的所述塗膜硬化而形成間隔件的步驟;[化5] 在式(1)中,R1~R6分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R1~R6中的至少1個是吸電子基,且R1~R6中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烷基取代;在式(2)中,R7~R16分別獨立為氫原子、吸電子基或胺基;其中,R7~R16中的至少1個是胺基;而且,上述胺基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被碳數為1~6的烴基取代;A為單鍵、羰基、羰氧基、羰基亞甲基、亞磺醯基、磺醯基、亞甲基或碳數為2~6的伸烷基;其中,上述亞甲基及伸烷基的氫原子的全部或一部分也可以被氰基、鹵素原子或氟烷基取代。 A method of producing a color filter, comprising the steps of: [1] forming a coating film of a coloring composition on a substrate, the coloring composition containing a halogenated pyridylpyrrole pigment selected from the group consisting of halogenated At least one coloring agent of a group consisting of a zinc phthalocyanine pigment, a triarylmethane dye, and an azo dye; [2] a step of forming a colored pattern on a coating film of the coloring composition; [3] a step of curing the coating film on which the colored pattern is formed at 200 ° C or lower; [4] a step of forming a coating film of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition on the substrate, the first radiation-sensitive resin composition The composition contains the following components: [A] a siloxane polymer, [B] a radical polymerization initiator, and [C] an organic solvent; [5] at least a coating film of the first radiation-sensitive resin composition a step of irradiating a part of the radiation; [6] a step of developing the coating film irradiated with radiation in the step [5]; [7] hardening the coating film developed in the step [6] at 200 ° C or lower; a step; [8] on the substrate having the hardened coating film of the step [7] In the step of forming the second radiation-sensitive resin composition coating film, the second radiation-sensitive resin composition contains the following components: [α] alkali-soluble resin, [β] a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and [ γ] sensitizing radiation polymerization initiator; and [δ] at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (1) and a compound represented by the following formula (2); a step of irradiating at least a part of the coating film of the second radiation-sensitive resin composition; [10] a step of developing the coating film irradiated with radiation in the step [9]; and [11] a step of hardening the coating film developed in the step [10] to form a spacer at 200 ° C or lower; [Chemical 5] In the formula (1), R 1 to R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 1 to R 6 is an electron withdrawing group, and in R 1 to R 6 At least one of them is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in the formula (2), R 7 to R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom. And an electron withdrawing group or an amine group; wherein at least one of R 7 to R 16 is an amine group; and all or a part of the hydrogen atom of the above amine group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Is a single bond, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylmethylene group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, a methylene group or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 6; wherein the above methylene group and alkylene group are present All or a part of the hydrogen atom may be substituted by a cyano group, a halogen atom or a fluoroalkyl group. 如申請專利範圍第19項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中:所述著色組成物進一步含有[I]鹼溶性樹脂、[II]具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的聚合性化合物、[III]感放射線性聚合起始劑。 The method for producing a color filter according to claim 19, wherein the coloring composition further contains [I] an alkali-soluble resin, [II] a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, [III] A radiation sensitive linear polymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第19項或第20項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中:所述步驟[3]的硬化溫度是比所述步驟[7]的硬化溫度更低的溫度。 The method of producing a color filter according to claim 19, wherein the hardening temperature of the step [3] is a temperature lower than a hardening temperature of the step [7]. 如申請專利範圍第19項或第20項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中:所述步驟[3]的硬化溫度是比所述步驟[11]的硬化溫度更低的溫度。 The method of producing a color filter according to claim 19, wherein the hardening temperature of the step [3] is a temperature lower than a hardening temperature of the step [11]. 如申請專利範圍第19項或第20項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中:所述步驟[7]的硬化溫度是比所述步驟[11]的硬化溫度更低的溫度。 The method of producing a color filter according to claim 19, wherein the hardening temperature of the step [7] is a temperature lower than a curing temperature of the step [11]. 如申請專利範圍第19項或第20項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中:於所述步驟[11]之後包含[12]在200℃以下形成配向膜的步驟。 The method for producing a color filter according to claim 19, wherein the step of forming an alignment film at 200 ° C or lower after [11] is included in the step [11]. 如申請專利範圍第24項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法,其中:所述步驟[12]是使用包含具有光配向性基的感放射線 性聚合物的液晶配向劑及包含不具光配向性基的聚醯亞胺的液晶配向劑中的任意種而形成所述配向膜。 The method of manufacturing a color filter according to claim 24, wherein the step [12] is to use a radiation containing a photoalignment group. The alignment film is formed of any one of a liquid crystal alignment agent of a polymer and a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyimide having no photo-alignment group.
TW101129765A 2011-08-17 2012-08-16 Color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing color filter TWI541601B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011178656A JP5708363B2 (en) 2011-08-17 2011-08-17 Color filter, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing color filter

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201310170A true TW201310170A (en) 2013-03-01
TWI541601B TWI541601B (en) 2016-07-11

Family

ID=47764231

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101129765A TWI541601B (en) 2011-08-17 2012-08-16 Color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing color filter

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5708363B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101842085B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102955188B (en)
TW (1) TWI541601B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI489212B (en) * 2013-03-29 2015-06-21 Chi Mei Corp Photosensitive resin composition and its application

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5826135B2 (en) * 2012-08-23 2015-12-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition and color filter using the same
CN103744236B (en) * 2013-12-27 2016-02-24 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Dot structure
TWI693470B (en) * 2015-06-30 2020-05-11 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured film, cured film, and liquid crystal display device
KR20180082540A (en) * 2015-11-11 2018-07-18 롤릭 테크놀로지스 아게 Composition of photo-alignable material
JP6969086B2 (en) * 2015-12-28 2021-11-24 Jsr株式会社 Color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, display element and resin composition for forming protective film
KR20180037105A (en) * 2016-10-03 2018-04-11 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 Display device, display module, and manufacturing method of display device
KR102572711B1 (en) * 2016-11-15 2023-08-30 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and image display apparatus comprising the same
KR102661122B1 (en) * 2016-11-21 2024-04-26 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Display device and method for fabricating the same
JPWO2019230539A1 (en) * 2018-05-31 2021-07-15 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Method for manufacturing a coloring composition and a color filter for a solid-state image sensor
JP2021179451A (en) * 2018-07-23 2021-11-18 Jsr株式会社 Color filter, liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for color filter
CN109358390B (en) * 2018-10-30 2024-03-22 东莞市谷麦光学科技有限公司 Light guide assembly with uniform light emitting
CN110989066B (en) * 2019-12-20 2022-01-11 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Polaroid, manufacturing method thereof and display device

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003066604A (en) * 2001-08-28 2003-03-05 Jsr Corp Radiation sensitive resin composition for spacer, spacer and liquid crystal display element
JP2003128957A (en) * 2001-10-25 2003-05-08 Jsr Corp Curable composition for forming protective film, method for forming protective film and protective film
JP2003131021A (en) * 2001-10-30 2003-05-08 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Manufacturing method of color filter
JP4178812B2 (en) * 2002-02-25 2008-11-12 凸版印刷株式会社 Color filter manufacturing method and color filter manufactured using the same
KR100955570B1 (en) * 2006-09-18 2010-04-30 주식회사 엘지화학 At low temperature, fast hardening composition for preparing protecting film prepared therefrom, and substrate comprising the same
JP2008208342A (en) * 2007-01-31 2008-09-11 Toray Ind Inc Resin composition, cured film and color filter with cured film
CN101815966B (en) * 2007-08-21 2012-04-04 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
WO2009025388A1 (en) * 2007-08-21 2009-02-26 Jsr Corporation Liquid crystal aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP5191244B2 (en) * 2008-01-28 2013-05-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photospacer and method for forming the same, protective film, coloring pattern, substrate for display device, and display device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI489212B (en) * 2013-03-29 2015-06-21 Chi Mei Corp Photosensitive resin composition and its application
US9298091B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2016-03-29 Chi Mei Corporation Photosensitive resin composition and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5708363B2 (en) 2015-04-30
CN102955188B (en) 2015-12-09
CN102955188A (en) 2013-03-06
KR101842085B1 (en) 2018-03-26
TWI541601B (en) 2016-07-11
JP2013041165A (en) 2013-02-28
KR20130020594A (en) 2013-02-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI541601B (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for producing color filter
TWI547724B (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display device, and method for fabricating color filter
JP5708227B2 (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing color filter
KR101892491B1 (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display, and process for producing the color filter
JP5771944B2 (en) Manufacturing method of color filter
KR101770180B1 (en) Colored composition, method of producing the colored composition, colored pattern, color filter, color display device, and method of manufacturing the color filter
JP5862081B2 (en) Array substrate, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing array substrate
TW201341957A (en) Radiation-sensitive coloring composition, color filter and display device
CN102236259A (en) Radiation sensitivity resin composition for display element, interlayer insulation film, protective film and spacer and forming method thereof
JP5857578B2 (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing color filter
KR101836913B1 (en) Color filter, process for producing the color filter, and liquid crystal display
CN102364397B (en) Radiation-sensitive resin composition, cured film, method for forming cured film, and display device
JP5708398B2 (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing color filter
KR20130036153A (en) Coloring composition, color filter and display device
CN102692661B (en) The manufacture method of colored filter, colored filter and liquid crystal display cells
JP5786501B2 (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing color filter
JP5966268B2 (en) Array substrate, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing array substrate
JP5786445B2 (en) Array substrate, liquid crystal display element, and method of manufacturing array substrate